Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Relativization in Bengali'
Relativization in Bengali'
Abul
Kalam
IN BENGALI'
Manzur
Morshed
Ph. D.
University
of
1982
Edinburgh
Declaration
This
in
thesis
it
is
was composed
by myself,
and the
my own.
12.. 10.82..
work
recorded
Abstract
The process
in
gated
of
the
present
different
of
relative
constituents
in
the
more
background,
major
syntactic
where
there,
the
been
clauses,
different
types
the
been
given
in
of
different
of
relative
is
present
of
relative
of
and deletion
and the
given
in
study.
the
the
of
relative
clefting
last
chapter
Bengali,
in
the
relationship
The
constructions.
deal
conclusion)
rules
in
pronouns,
and the
major
phrase
noun
pronouns
In
clauses.
the
clauses.
a detailed
of
clause
and complement
(preceding
introduction,
transformational
relative
the
clause,
the
types
a relative
of
and its
relative
different
of
A short
introduction,
the
nature
clauses
clauses
A summary
the
of
aspects
movement
relative
of
the
chapters
theoretical
head
the
relative
two
the
framework
Bengali
following
but
account;
aspects.
explaining
major
of
in
work
of
and distribution
relative
last
in
relevant
the
movement
into
theoretical
has
made of
taken
development
investi-
Bengali,
descriptive
an account
chapters
occurrence
between
also
are
can become
that
the
is
four
has
study
the
features,
that
studies
on the
than
showing
been
on the
placed.
clauses
relative
In
is
characteristics
Recent
clause.
has
the
and the
pronouns
grammar
been
in
clause
relative
has
determine
relative
of
distribution
emphasis
to
study
types
transformational
relativization
of
these
constituents
have
to
been
show the
with
some
chapters
in
explained.
findings
Abbreviations
in
used
AL:
Archivum
FL:
Foundations
Mansell
Linguisticum.
Language.
of
Journal
International
The University
of
Publishing,
International
and Philosophy,
Language
IJAL:
Bibliography
London.
Journal
of
Dordrecht-Holland.
of
American
Linguistics.
Press,
Chicago
Chicago:
Illinois.
IL:
JL:
LA:
Indian
Journal
Linguistics.
Society
of
India,
Journal
of
Linguistics.
Poona.
of
the
Linguistic
.I
The Journal
Linguistic
Association
Linguistic
Analysis.
Elsevier
Cambridge
Great
of
of
the
Britain,
North
London.
Holland,
New
York.
LI:
Linguistic
Inquiry.
Lg:
Language.
Journal
Studies
Society
Linguistic
the
of
Baltimore.
America,
SL:
of
Massachusetts.
in
Language.
John
Benjamins
B. V.
Amsterdam.
SLS:
Studies
Linguistics.
inLinguistic
University
Sciences.
of
Illinois.
Department
of
Acknowledgments
I would
directly
of
present
three
University
Edinburgh,
I am also
and for
my work
during
allowing
Professor
comments
and criticisms
very
for
views
grateful
two
scholarly
and discuss
are
terms
comment
subject.
insights
improve
into
my third
year
and passed
many parts
to
period
complete
University
flat
Asher
structure
his.
is
work
to
my
everlasting
and even
his
sabbatical
the
thesis.
during
page,
helpful
of Bengali
my research
Asher's
his
making
Miller
time
am also
-I
enthusiasm
and Dr.
found
leave.
Professor
me some of
every
a most
the
who supervised
on to
carefully
Professor
the
for
page,
during
J. E. Miller,
and displaying
Both
to
He made thoughtful
throughout
in
reading
syntax,
my work
Dr.
in
indebted
University
the
for
on every
to
leave
Asher,
guidance.
reflected
sabbatical
preparing
for
Committee,
required
in
me to
a Scholarship
Dacca
retain
R. E.
and
His
for
I am deeply
me to
debt
patience
read
the
who
abroad.
My greatest
to
for
the
those
completion
possible
Studies
which
to
leave
my absence
supervisor
for
grateful
me study
granting
became
Postgraduate
the
me in
assisted
only
to
my gratitude
work
of
them.
It.
by the
years
express
have
work.
this
undertake
to
indirectly
or
the
like
knowledge
detailed
for
the
provided
which
helped
me to
taking
care
of our
of the dissertation.
I am grateful
to my wife
for
for
daughter,
me to
encouraging
our
shouldering
daughter,
forget
to
to
write
I would
Gerstl
for
her
made jelly
work
the
boredom
of
Ms.
the
her
the
and for
family
My thanks
work.
started
like
to
encouragement
and for
the
of
but
schooling
too,
go,
did
not
me.
and cake,
her
typing
complete
who just
burdens
all
thank
in
my work,
me for
inviting
arranging
my landlady
to
trips
Miss
Inge
home-
providing
evening
parties
see Scotland
H.
at
to
forget
work.
Alison
thesis
in
Jones
a very
has
done. a wonderful
short
time.
job
of
to
CONTENTS
Page
i
Declaration
ii
Abstract
iii
Abbreviations
iv
Acknowledgments
Chapter
1.1
1.2
One:
Introduction
Background
1.1.1
Introduction
1.1.2
Oldest
1.1.3
Word Groups
1.1.4
Loan
Outline
Specimens
Words
of
1.2.1
Sentence
1.2.2
Basic
in
1.2.3
6
8
Bengali
Structures
Structures
Syntax
Bengali
Aspectsof
Relevant
Bengali
in
in
Bengali
of
of
of
11
Bengali
Simple
sentences
15
Bengali
17
Complements
1.2-3.1
Complement
to
the
Predicate
19
Verb
1.2.4
The Place
1.2.4.1
of
the
Transitive
Verb
in
the
Sentence
21
and Intransitive
22
Verbs
and Non-finite
1.2-4.2
Finite
1.2.4.3
Verbless
Sentences
Verbs
25
26
PaRe
1.2.5
Adjective
31
and Adverb
1.2-5.1
Adjective
Non-Verbal
in
32
Sentences
and Particles
33
Quantifiers,
1.2.7
Number
and Person
1.2.7.1
Number
34
1.2.7.2
Person
35
1.2.8
1.3
Determiners
1.2.6
Concord
Bengali
in
Focusing
The Present
34
38
Work
Background
1.3.1
Theoretical
1.3.2
Transformational
Derivation
Relative
Clauses
1.3.2.1
The Matching
1.3.2.2
The Promotion
1.3.2.3
Underlying
1.3.2.4
Analysis,
Structure
1.3.4
Replacement
47
Structure
Correlative
Structure
42
Analysis
Analysis
Surface
of
42
Conjunction
1.3.3
Matrix
40
of Relative
54
Analysis
Clauses
55
60
the
Sentence
65
Work
67
1.3.5
Previous
1.3.6
Design
1.3.7
Translation
of the
68
Study
of Bengali
Sentences
into
68
English
vi
Page
Chapter
Two:
Relativization
Phrase
2.1
Relativization
Process
and Noun
69
Accessibility
69
Process
69
2.1.1
Relativization
2.1.2
Derivation
of
Bengali
2.1.3
Occurrence
of
Head
2.1.4
Occurrence
of
Relative
Relative
Clauses
Nouns
86
and
Correlative
Markers
2.1.5
88
The
Position
the
Matrix
of
Relative
Sentence
Clause
in
the
and
Complement
Construction
2.2
70
89
Clauses
Relative
2.1.6
Restrictive
2.1.7
Non-restrictive
2.1.8
Headless
2.1.9
Stacked
2.1.10
Embedding
Relative
Clauses
90
92
99
Relatives
108
Relatives
115
2.1.10.1
Left-Embedding
118
2.1.10.2
Centre-Embedding
118
2.1-10.3
Right-Embedding
119
Noun Phrase
Accessibility
2.2.1
The Position
2.2.2
Accessibility
120
of
the
NP
120
Hierarchy
2.2.2.1
Pubject
2.2.2.2
Direct
2.2.2.3
Indirect
Relativization
Object
vii
123
126
Relativization
126
Object-Relativization
127
Paae
2.2.2.4
Oblique
2.2.2.5
Genitive
2.2.2.6
Relativization
Object
Relativization
128
NP Relativization
of
130
Object
of
Comparison
2.2.3
Relative
Clause
2.2.3.1
Prenom,
+ Case
132
2.2.3.2
Postnom,
+ Case
134
2.2-3.3
Internal7+
Studies
2.2.4
Recent
2.2.5
Maxwell's
2.2.6
Other
Chapter
Forming
131
Case
by Keenan
135
and Comrie
138
140
Works
143
of Relative
3.0
Introductory
3.1
Relative
Pronouns
3.1.1
'Whol:
-Je
3.1.. 2
Jini
'Who':
3.1.3
Ja:
'What,
that':
3.1.4
Je:
'What,
that,
Pronouns
145
145
Relatives
145
human and neutral
in
148
inanimate
150
-human
+inanimate
which':
Bengali
Double
3.3
Correlatives
in
3.4
Restrictions
on the
Occurrence
Je 'Who''as
a Relative
Bengali
a Deictic
146
3.2
3.4.1
Strategy
Proposal
Elements
Three:
131
Relative
Marker
viii
150
152
Constructions
of Je
Pronoun
158
160
and
160
PaRe
3.4.2
Je as a Complementizer
168
3.5
Relative
Pronoun
Deletion
171
3.6
Antecedent
and Postcedent
175
3.7
Determiners
185
3.7.1
Non-specific
3.7.2
Specified
3.7.3
Unique
Chapter
Determiners
Determiners
Introductory
4.1
Negatives
4.2
Infinitive,
192
and Different
and Clause
4.0
189
Determiners
Relativization
Four:
186
Sentence
Types
195
195
196
and Interrogation
Gerundive
and Participial
202
Constructions
4.2.1
Infinitive
4.2.2
Gerundive
4.2.3
Participial
Chapter
Five:
5.1
212
Construction
Complement
Constructions
Beng. :
-li:
Clauses
Complement
and
in
215
215
Introductory
Different
207
construction
Complementizers
5.0
202
Construction
Types of Je
ix
216
Paae
5.2
220
Types of Complementizer
'Different
5.3
Noun Phrase
5-4
Condition
on the
Occurrence
Complements
of the
234
Complementizers
and Complement Clauses
5.5
Relative
5.6
Complementizer
5.7
Reduced Complementation
Chapter
Six:
228
Insertion
236
Rule
241
246
Deletion
and Movement
Relative
Clauses
Rules
in
Bengali
248
6.0
Introductory
248
6.1
Gapping
251
6.1.1
Gapping
6.1.2
Different
251
Bengali
in
Coordinate
Conjunctions
in
Bengali
6.1.3
Movement
6.1.4
Identical
262
of
Constituents
Verb
Phrases
Clauses
6.2
after
in
Gapping
274
Relative
281
6.1.5
Identical
Object
Gapping
283
6.1.6
Identical
Adverb
Gapping
284
286
Scrambling
6.2.1
Scrambling
Defined
286
Page
6.3
6.2.2
Scrambling
in
Bengali
6.2.3
Scrambling
of
Complex
6.2.4
Change
Word
Order
6.2.5
Gapping
of
and
Sentences
in
290
Relative
Clause
Scrambling,
300
6.3.1
Topicalization
6.3.2
Topic
6.3.3
Topicalization
of Object
6.3.4
Topicalization
of Constituents
6.3.5
292
296
Topicalization
Defined
300
and Comment
Relative
6.4.
286
Primary
6.3-5.2
Object
6.3.7
Secondary
of a
309
Topicalization
Subject
Adjectives
305
Clause
6.3-5.1
6.3.6
304
Primary
Primary
and Adverbs
312
Topic
313
Topic
314
as Topic
317
320
Topicalization
Extraposition
324
6.4.1
Introductory
324
6.4.2
Extraposition
6.4.3
eTa-insertion
6.4.4
Extraposition
6.4.5
Non-restrictive
in
Bengali
326
328
of Relative
Relative
Clauses
Clauses
Cannot be Extraposed
6.4.6
340
of PP and NP
Extraposition
336
343
6.4.6.1
Extraposition
of PP
343
6.4.6.2
Extraposition
of NP
344
xi
Page
6.4.6.3
Complex
6.4.6.4
Extraposition
345
NP Shift
of
Sentential
346
Subject
6.5
6.4.7
Extraposition.
6.4-8-
Condition
350
Rules
on Extraposition
356
Intraposition
Chapter
Seven:
Focus
and Clefting
358
7.0
Introductory
358
7.1
Focus
359
7.1.1
Focus
7.1.2
The Meaning
after
7.1.3
and Presupposition
of
359
before
a Sentence:
364
Focusing
Focus. in
Cleft
and Pseudo-cleft
368
Sentences
7.1.3.1
Focus
in
Negative
7.1-3.2
7.2
Cleft
and
Focus
Affirmative
and
Sentences
on Subject
369
and Object
Sentences
370
376
7.2.1
Clefting
Rule
7.2.2
Focus in
Cleft
7.2.3
Relative
Clauses
7.2.4
Clefting
of Relative
c11
376
Sentences
in
Cleft
382
Sentences
Constructions
385
388
Paae
7.3
Pseudo-cleft
Sentences
393
7.3.1
Construction
7.3.2
7.3.3
Clefts
7.3.4
Relative
Chapter
Eight:
393
Negation
and Pseudo-clefts
Clauses in Pseudo-clefts
ConclUsion
394
398
402
405
Bibliography
414
xiii
CHAPTER ONE
Introduction
1.1
Background
1.1.1
Introductory
.
of
Indic
the
Sanskrit.
descendant
is
West
Bengal,
it
Asia,
Though
the
has
gible
dialects
into
Bangladesh
focal
the
of
area
different
the
of
both
two
in
Assam,
Tripura,
alphabet
of
dialects
of
Bengali.
render-some
to
Though
the
(India),
Bengali
widespread
of
province,
of
there
Phonological
them
of
the
causes.
partition
of
Calcutta
and regional
Dialects
among them
unintelli-
Bengali
was spoken
SCB.
bulk
Bengal,
and cultural
until
use
the
of
political
Bengal
by the
spoken
South
of
dialects.
and West
The survival
and West
of
is
Bangladesh
in
languages
and regional
social
centuries,
SCB.
a-distinct
Bengali
political
parts
and
of
people
of
many other
social,
province,
blocked
range
attributable
last
the
During
Like
SCB speakers.
is
in
differences
and morphological
to
by 150 million
written
divergent
several
family,
and-therefore
Colloquial
class
educated
exist
is
a wide
Standard
language
Prakrit,
spoken
Script.
Devanagari
and a member
(India).
and Bihar
Bengali
the
Indo-Aryan
of
Bengali
Bangladesh,
Orissa
the
of
group
a direct
thus
an Indo-European-language
is
Bengali
Bengal
was the
throughout
factors
developed
the
in
Chittagong
2
and Noakhali
and North-west,
the North
and East
Bengali
Moreover,
into
the
unknown in
other
dialect
major
terms
in
of
groups
of a division
classes:
Northern
Bengali:
Rajshahi,
Bogra
b. -
Rajbangshi:
ce
Eastern
The dialects
Tippera,
Khulna.
Southern
Bengali:.
Dinajpur.
of
The dialects
Bengali:
Jessore,
Dinaipur,
of
and Pabna.
The dialects
Mymensingh,
d.
typical
formed
can be handled
Bangladesh
following
a.
Calcutta
were largely
of the
The outline
in
the West,
in
Bengal.
of undivided
Bengali
in
which
patterns,
and Bankura
in
Bengali
and Rangpur in
Sylhet
south,
Midnapore
dialects
educated.
linguistic
parts
the
in
dialects
(i)
of
(ii)
Sylhet;
Dacca,
Faridpur,
Noakhali,
Chittagong,
Cakma.
The dialect
can be shown
Bengal
High
diagrammatically,
Bhasa:
4-
written
I
only)
thus:
(Chalit
Bhasa:
and
written
both
spoken)
I
dialects
Regional
(spoken
Figure
and West
SCB
Bengali
(Sadhu
Bangladesh
in
situation
Three
varieties
of
only)
Bengali
Speech
forms_
3
High
(HB) is
Bengali
language
spoken
and is
by the
spoken
are
by different
speech
language:
dialect
is
tendency
of
and authors
a non-standard
textbooks
are
varieties
used
by a SCB speaker.
lexical
is
(2)
between
variations.
two
only
three
writers
patterns
distinct
example
varieties
of
Bengali
of
(Noakhali)
HB
SCB
Dialect
sae lok
sala
hala
brother-in-law
citra
chobi
obi
picture
puttra
chele
-aoal
son/boy
konya
meye
maia
daughter/girl
prabhat
s; )kal
bian
morning
mastak
matha
mata
head
lexical
non-reduced
here
SCB written
A sample
the
modern
shown here:
between
The difference
the
the
the
This-
purposes.
the
of
of
inter-
educational
following
books.
varieties
SCB for
as most
their
in
different
home,
at
rapidly,
changing
Regional
communities
and HB for
encounters,
commonly
respective
three
uses
area
SCB is
class.
their
A-person
regional
dialectal
in
mainly
groups.
(non-SCB)
educated
of the
form
written
by anyone.
spoken
not
and written
dialects
Sanskritized
the
to
variations
words
show the
from
lexical
of
the
language,
Sanskrit.
patterns
Gloss
HB having
A few
of
examples
HB and SCB.
mainly
in
more
are
given
4
a.
Verbal
forms:
HB
SCB
Gloss
koriachilo
korechilo
(he/she/they)
khaiachilam
kheechilam
(I/we)
ate
bokiachilam
bokeehilam
(I/we)
rebuked
jabe
(he/she/they)
maribo
marbo
(I/we)
koritechi
korchi
j aibe
b.
c.
Pronominal
Ist
person
sive
Forms:
HB
SCB
Gloss
tahara
tara
they
tomadigoke
tomader
your
tahader
tader
their
-guli
-gulo.
-S
-digake
-der
-s
mastak
matha
head
candra
c9d
moon
hasti
hati
elephant
Plural
will
Markers:
Noun Forms:
did
will
beat
Progres-
go
5
Specimen
Oldest
1.1.2
The first
mystic
seventh
the
'Charyapadas'
the
time
uniquely
is
following
the
of
presen
the
Buddhists
old,
brought
at
India.
The
Bengali.
The
in
form
of
manuscript
was perhaps
the
the
in
some time
poets
it
'Charyapadas',
are
discovered
where
insurrection
the
'Charyapadas'
Nepal,
in
Buddhist
(1907)
Sastri
century.
of
by the
Bengali
of
works
extant
written
songs
Bengali
of
of
a specimen:
'uca
'uca
pabot
tahi
basoi.
sabari
bali
high
high
mountain
there
dwell.
Sabari
girl
morogi
piccha
parhina
sabori
gibate
g'unjari
mali
peacock
feather
wearing
Sabari
neck
catechu
garland
umato
saboro
pagolo
sa,boro
ma
kara
guli
exhflarated
Sabara
mad
Sabara
not
do
noise
guhara
tohari
your
nia
tThe
gharini
name. sahajo
sundari
house-wife
name simple
pretty
Sabari
She is
girl
wearing
on her
feathers
high
and
mountain
catechu
garland
Sabara!
Oh mad Sabara!
don't
make noise
her
against
your
After
represented
peacock
on the
neck
Oh exhilarated
She is
resides
house-wife
the
by the
who is
'Charyapadas',
twelfth-century
simple
written
and pretty'
Bengali
ISrikrishnakirtan',
is
.
a
long
narrative
followed
by the
translations
and Bhagava4gita
of Saghir's
poetical
(5)
b.
Middle
C*
Modern Bengali:
in
1800
educated
and written
These
may be called
(derived
from
(foreign
are
from
words
their
changing
have
Sanskrit,
(and
are
Deshi
Bengali).
indirect
direct
or
have
survived
in
that
words
words
(Sanskrit),
in
retained
with
from
the
which
the
the
stocks.
Tadbhava
used
are
common words
those
in
used
and Bideshi
in
Non-Aryan
language
derived
words,
the
last
few
Colloquial
do not
Sanskrit
Bengali
in
the
in
many changes
most
the
of
word
Tadbhava
structure.
are
commonly
different
that
in
present
present
(Indigenous)
and are
relation
Bengali
four
Tatsama
undergone
the
the
of
are
at
by-most
used
basis
Deshi
Tatsama
spoken
is
have
as the
Sanskrit),
origin).
centuries
It
the
system
Sanskriticized
without
Bengal.
and is
spoken
- onwards.
is
dissertation.
way:
Bengali
speakers,
of
Bengali:
and West
writings
a.
Bangladesh
original
of the development
the following
Old Bengali:
Word Groups
the
with
stages
can be shown in
1.1.3
along
and Zulekhal.
The distinctive
Bengali
was
in Bengali
'Yousuf
which
have
any
lexicon
speech
and
of
the
7
early
in
settlers
through
of
the
are
be classified
(India)
Bangal
or
the
foreign
Persian,
examples
direct
the
other
that
here
neighbouring
in
are
from
trade
used
in
four
words.
a.
b.
C.
(Sanskrit
krisna
.0
sarpa
'black'
matsa
'fish'
settlers
and culture.
Most
and English.
word
groups
words). -
(derived
from
Sanskrit):
Sanskrit
Bengali
Gloss
mKta
ma
mother
b-agghra
bagh
tiger
viVaha
bie
wedding
puspa
0
phul
flower
Foreign
U)
Loan Words:
deshi
(Indigenous):
peT
'stomach'
cap
'fresh'
ciiire
'shrimp'
cal
'husked
h^Ak
'loud
rice'
call'
Bengazli.
present-day
?snake'
Tadbhava
Bideshi
foreign
Bengali.
Tatsama
provinces.
communities
the
Portuguese
the
of
loan
speech
and mostly
French,
given
the
as foreign
contact
words
Arabic,
are
from
or
are
outside
Bengal
A few
retained
in
8
(ii)
(Foreign)
Bideshi
darbar
'court'
asami
'prisonerl
setar
'sitar'
kagoe
'paper'
hindu
'Hindu'
I
Loan Words
1.1.4
Bengali
Munda,
Dravidian,
Persian,
by English,
foreign
loan
words
in
Bengali
has been
Santal,
Kol,
Arabic,
used
frequently
English:
Tebil
'table'
cear
'chair'
Tul
I stool
laiT
'light/lamp'
gws
I gas I
skul
'school'
Persian:
-goenda
Bhil
Ispy,
cakor
'servant'
calak
'clever'
languages,
Portuguese
here.
b.
influenced
considerably
in
as well
and French.
Bengali
by
are
as
A few
shown
co
d.
cada
'subscription'
b;; ndor
'port'
Portuguese:
ispat
'steel'
cabi
'key?
janala
'window'
toale
towel,
jisu
'Christ'
saban
'soap'
girja
'church'
Greek:
suro5go
e.
f.
g.
IItunnel'
French:
kartuj
'cartridge'
rest`6ra
frestaurant'
kaphe
'cafe'
kupon
'coupon'
semij
'chemise'
Dutch:
ruiton
'diamonds?
h:Drton
'hearts'
iskapon
tspadest
Arabic:
ojuhat
'excuse'
10
gorib
'Poor'
julum
?torture'
sinduk
'chest'
Chinese:
ca
i.
'teal
Japanese:
riksa
'rickshaw'
11
.
1.2
Outline
Structures
Sentence
1.2.1
This
sentence
in
structure
stylistic
word-order
This
is
of
the
present
dissertation
normally
precedes
also
the
(8),
in
word-order
a.
and due to
sentence,
the
in
(Chapter
a direct
object,
A few
examples
may
to
show
book given-has
Mohua book
given-has
has
mohua boi
given
given
a book
dieche
to
Mouj
Mou-to
a book to Moul
porche
reading
a book'
mouke
given
a book to Moul
Mou-to
a bookl
the
order
Mohua Mou-to
dieche
in
section
though
dieche
can be altered.
object
a sentence.
mohua boi
free
An indirect
are
mouke
For
relative
Gapping
6).
d.
the
boi
['Mohua
the
SOV pattern
mohua mouke
'To
C*
a SOV structure.
purposes,
detail
Bengali
terms.
non-transformational
of
an outline
have
be reversed.
Syntax
Bengali:
of
sentences
in
explained
Bengali
of
provides
section
Bengali
special
Aspects
Relevant
of
this
here
12
The four
examples
for
possibilities
the
SOV pattern
verb,
sentence
a direct
is
the
at the
which
occurs
the
indirect
Mout is
of the
object
pattern
is
stands
object
at
changing
the
indirect
object
'has
of the
is
basic
and (8c).
of the
the
of
where
is
the
mouke tto
the direct
sentence
The indirect
(8b)
sentence
(8c),
In
sentence.
at the
occurs
(8a),
given'
'book'
from. the
the beginning
is
The occurrence
dieche
and boi
shows
of the
object
shown in
(8b)
in
meaning
the
is
Deviation
illustrated
is
object
verb.
(8d)
Bengali.
the verb.
object
subject,
'book'
is
and an indirect
mohua 'Mohual
verb,
boi
'reading'
and porche
in
patterns
sentence,
sentence,
(8)
in
are given
of the
of the
subject
that
end of the
without
the
sentence,
preceded
by the verb.
Though the
at the'beginning
in
the
grammatical
sentence
without
for
the following
examples:
co
the
can be placed
the
affecting
occurrence
meaning.
of a subject
boi
porche
Mohua morning-in-the
book
reading
is
reading
book
occurs
normally
mohua nkalbeelae
'Mohua
b.
it
of a sentence,
possibilities
a.
subject
in
the
nkalbEelae
boi
morning-in-the
book reading
porche
morning'
mohua
Mohua
sakalbeelae
mohua boi
porche
morning-in-the
Mohua book
reading
elsewhere
Three
are
shown in
13
The position
Normally
vary.
the
though
object,
'Moina
b.
d.
boiTa
Moina
that
n;)ena
oi
Moina
that
that
The various
pattern
of
the
the
before
of
above
the
possibilities
are
shown in
occurrence
the
direct
object
(mou
the
being
placed
objects
(mou
direct
fbookl)
'Mouf)
occurs
object
occurs
after
in
Moina
and indirect
(10a)
the
is
shown in
subject
the
subject
not
position
before,
of
both
The indirect
in
(.10d)
The. direct
in
the
immediately
(10c).
determiner.
mou IMout
before
The ocau3nnee
position.
usual
the
shows
'book')
though
the
The remaining
(10b)
(boi
objects
object
'book'.
(lob-e).
between.
shows
indirect
boi
object
in
in
gave
gave
object
'Mout),.
by side
side
diechilo
moena
direct
where
direct
verb
Mou-to
diechilo
examples.
sentence,
indirect
10
the
of
mouke
mouke
DO '
Id
book-the
Mou-to
positions
shown in
Moul
to
boiTa
boiTa
DO
book-the
oi
(10).
as shown in
gave
gave
boiTa
DO
book-the
the direct
diechilo
diechilo
DO
book-the
mouke oi
10
Mou-to that
e.
book
may also
before
occurs
15oiTa
DO
book-the
that
gave
a sentence
can be changed,
order
maena oi
ce
occurs
object
maena mouke oi
10
Moina Mou-to that
a.
are
indirect
this
in
of an object
(10e)
after
object
and the
object
the
(boi
14
direct
the
without
string
is
Pla-ced in
the
between,
if
the
before
the
the
indirect
in
the direct
if
is
verb
becomes grammatical.
a sentence
any particle
without
does not
sentence
indirect
resulting
and the
object
If
any indirect
contain
(cf. 10i).
object
(JO)
.
diechilo
mouke
10
Mou-t. o gave
mDena boi
DO
Moina book
g. *
'Moina
'Moina
'Moina
is
ately
before
objects
before
the
as the
a book
reading
reading
between
as the
sentence.
(10h)
the
verb
by side
object,
examples,
occurs
in
object
and the
is
and the
direct
side
direct
previous
direct
object
can occur
the
a book'
indirect
the
the
to-Moul
porche
ungrammatical
end of
occurs
is
mouke
10
Mou-to
gave
gave
Moul
to
diechilo
m; ena boi
DO
Moina book
(log)
a book
gave
ena boi
DO
Moina book
h.
In
subject.
However,
Bengali.
sentence
can occur
object
the
or determiner,
in
the
before
or determiner
the
immediately
placed
ungrammatical
after
object
any particle
occurs
direct
is
object
object
object
indirect
and the
determiner
if
is
grammatical
which
(10c)
is
as the
is
more acceptable
in
at
verb
Both
used
in
shown already
position
placed
object.
a determiner
is
sentence-final
verb
indirect
immedi-
occurs
(10c).
than
(10c).
(10b),
15
(10i)
the
shows the
direct
grammatical
object
indirect
object
1.2.2
Basic
Bengali
in
finite
the
word
order
is
second
noun
the
in
finally
placed
a single
of
rence
may be added
to
used
here
say,
it
the
ting
se gotokal
se boi
a.
to
the
to
otherelements
boi
porchilo
porchilo
porche
Moina
reading
is
maena boi
Moina
'Moina
first
noun
the
verb
and the
book
is
the
the
element
in
present
in
'He-was
reading
a book').
reading'
porche
reading
a book'
subject,
is
verb
the
of
occurAdjuncts
allows
a sentence.
without
construction
a book
both
Adjunct
verbs.
sentence
the
the
subject.
predicate
and a
and the
is
predicate
the
reading
case
be the
will
wena
nouns
the
In
commonest
a sentence
from
can be deleted
the
two
one or
and the
subject,
of
in
of
this
as no
Bengali
in
occur
sentence.
noun,
the
of
followed,
as an optional
'Moina
b.
nouns
object
Sentences
sentence
either
and complements
adjuncts
is
declarative
consists
of
sentence.
Simple
of
When two
verb.
basic
the
structures
A simple
type
in
occurrence
and determiner
any particle
without
occurs
and the
sentence
That
affec(e. g.
yesterday,
is
16
(11a)
is
(11b)
(e. g. boi
adverb,
always
precede
and after
in
occur
(12)
(11b)
and
as well
the
NP.
Attributive
in
NP
VP
ii.
VP
(NP)
(Adv)
iii.
NP
(Adj)
1,
can be illustrated
a.
mou aste
N
Adv
Mou slowly
'Mou is
fThat
and
adjective
occur
before
The PS rules
slowly
meeTa
N
girl-the
girl
boi
Nv
book
aste
reading
book
sundor
Adj
beautiful
is
the
with
generating
wearing
following-examples:
porche
reading
slowly'
posak
Nv
dress
a beautiful
the
adjectives
Pron
(11)
oi
Det
that
Sentences
(12).
i.
b.
Adverbs
are given
a-subject
be constructed
cannot
with
It
The determiners
an NP.
Subject
without
of discourse.
determiners.
(Det)Rule
a book')
context
the noun in
the
sentences
whereas,
of the verb.
object
can be extended
as with
a NP before
structures
that
reading
in
except
(11a)
like
'is
Porche
in Bengali
the
here
be mentioned
should
verb
shows the
verb,
poreche
wearing
dress'
17
1.2.3
Complements
When a complement
lying
'being'
plus
surface
future
are
adjective
adverb
the
normally
complement
and is
sentence
a.
adjective
which
is
he
'he
optional
sikkhok
a) teacher'
mouTusi
Complement
*0
sundori
Moutusi
pretty
'Moutusi
Adverbial
(is)
pretty'
Complement
se
skule
he
school-in-the
'He (is)
in
the
school'
that
tense
case
of
a NP
in
the
case
of
an
are
given
complements
for
tense)
the
and adverbial
and marked
or
in
examples
teacher
(is
present
omitted
in
past
the
The following
positive
Adjective
ce
(whatever
Noun Complement
tini
for
under-
complement
present
marked
positive,
is
verb
complement.
noun,
For
NP plus
obligatorily
sentences
all
as negative.
the
is
sentences
all
and for
tense
sentences,
or
for
structure
marked
The verb
verb.
the
a sentence,
is
sentence
a simple
of
structure
in
occurs
in
present
to
a simple
tense.
show
1EL
ache
se skule
is
he school-in-the
'He is
The PS rules
in
in
the
schoolf
the
generating
are
structures
complement
given
(15).
S
NP
Comp
(V
Comp
Pres
Be
v Be
Past
Fut
Be
NP
--p
Adj
Adv
Such
structures
complement
As
clauses.
in
the
be
clauses
can
This
process
may be
(16)
Noun Complement
such
bhdrolok,
be
the
simple
if
of
source
the
relative
the
sentences,
tense
present
in
observed
who
gentleman,
of
deleted
and
following
verb
positive.
examples:
sikkhok],
tini
amader
protibesi
teacher
he
our
neighbour
Ljini
gentleman
'The
case
can
who is
a teacher,
is
our
neighbourl
Complement
Adjective
mohua, [ je
sundorij,
Mohua
who pretty
'Mohua,
who is
pretty,
se skuler
she school-of
is
a student
chattri
student
of
the
school'
in
19
(18)
Complement
Adverbial
girl-the
'The
the
(17),
and
(16)
the
show that
does not
matter.
Predicate
verbs
I
cheleTa
'sick'
psustho
'the
predicate
that
Normally
occur
pa3t
in
the
in
verb
'being'
positive
the
or future
simple
tense.
the
examples
clause
the
head NP.
Verb:
I
complements,
take
as in
(19).
was
sick'
as the
occurs
here
was
relative
here
chilo
sick
boy
'The
the
Predicate
Osustho
boy-the
in
either
modifies
still
after
shown in
The above
of
also
occur
be mentioned
are. used
sentences.
the
initial
is
that
should
structure
to
in
occur
clauses
The clause
my friend'
complements
point
matrix
Complement
the
head nouns
no verbs
internal
the
is
garden,
and the
sentence
embedded or in
to
the
One interesting
in
she my friend
embedded relative
brackets.
that
in
the
examples,
the
them in
who is
girl,
in
position
amar bandhobi
se
who garden-in-the
the
In all
bagane ].
Lje
meeta,
boy'
predicate
'was'.
form
the
of
sentences
present
as the
and functions
chilo
the
tense
The examples
of
adjective
It
verb
complement
should
be mentioned
occurs
in
'being'
but
the
they
below
verbs
(19).
do not
do occur
in
the
show complements
20
to
predicate
(20)
verbs.
lok I k6khono
aeani
0
learned
man never
a.
'A learned
b.
proud
hz n
na
becomes
not
becomes
man never
robindronather
bDlaka
Rabindranath's
Balak
proud'
boiTal
book-the
hoeche
paT
Qnarser
Honours-in
text
became
'Rabindranath's
Honours
C.
'Balakal
has
sikkhok
somitir
become
a text
in
class'-
saidur
rahomanj
Saidur
Rdhman tqachers
association-of
'Saidur
sabhapoti
president
chilen
president
the
of
was
Teachers
Association'
In
the
'text
Honours
in
tpresident
ment
the
is
of
their
to
the
as the
of
the
in. negative
that
is
not
any verb.
possible
z)narser
Honours
'in
modifier
in
verb
verbs
(20a),
is
the
construct
'text
paTTho
also
are
a negative.
shown at
of
sobhapoti
in
Honours
a genitive
ttext'.
should
verbs
are
comple-
tassociation's'
as modifier
paTTho
it
which
somitir
class'
of
sentence's
to
used
as the
occur
(20c),
In
(20b),
-onarser
presence
predicate
and-is
word
In
and occurs
association'
sentence.
genitive
class',
teachers
respective
'president'..
it
class'
the
the
end of
lproud,
ahoakari,
-Dnarser paTTho
V
and sikkhDk
szbhaoti
somitir
examples,
above
word,
Regarding
be mentioned
always
here
present
sentence
the
and
without
21
The place
of the Verb in
The verb
sentence,
though
following
examples
(21)
a.
b.
In, (21a),
medial
(22)
a.
book
reading-was
'The
boi
porchilo
a,
1.2.2).
The
for
the
but
is
a book'
cheleTa.
boy-the
reading-was
porchilo
boi
cheleTa
reading-was
book
boy-the
is
the verb
end of the
at the
(21b),
in
where the
That
position.
occurs,
is
(cf.
end of
possibilities
various
boy-the
as usual,
placed
before
(21c).
after
the
in
je
girl-the
who dancing-was
nacchilo
dancing-was
is,
the verb
the
object
the
in
in
porchilo
in
(21b).
If
becomes
sentence
(22, ) illustrate
the
embedded sentences.
meeTa,
girl,
sentence,
subject
object,
The sentences
of verbs
tThe
.1
show the
the
at
elsewhere
porchilo
ungrammatical
occurrence
can occur
boi
to sentence-final
the verb
placed
cheleTa
position
'reading?
normally
verb.
book
c. *
it
the
of
position
is
Sentence
the
nacchilo,
meeTa,
girl-the
je
se kDleJer
chattri
she college-of
student
is
a college
se
kolejer
student'
chattri
Audent
22
b.
bunchilo,
meeTa,
je
girl-the
who sweater
soeTar
e k.; lejer
knitting-was
she
college-of
chattri
student.
'The
was knitting
girlwho
is
a sweater,
a college
student'
41
b. *
bunchilo
soeTar
meeTa
je
knitting-was
sweater
girl-the
who she
kvlejer
se
college-of
chattri
student
In
(22a),
initial
the
to
a objectless
embedded
quite
in
(21c).
This
to
the
initial
position
sentence
or
than
[Je
and shifting
indicates
is
in
is
ungrammatical,
fact
to
verb
sentence
a sweater'
is
the
(22b)
embedded
position
clause
of
acceptable.
for
verb
sentence
shifting
the
[Je
as
that
much easier
a sentence
or
in
clause
an object.
1 . 2.4.1
transitive
(23)
certain
and Intransitive
Transitive
Bengali
cf.
is
sentence-initial
any
shifting
the
and the
object
previously
mentioned
with
direct
bunchilo]
verb
(22a)
in
position
shown with
the
occurs
no object
nacchilo]
soeTar
in
verbs.
(though
cases).
sentences
A transitive
this
allow
Verbs
both
verb
can be deleted
transitive
requires
with
some verbs
in
NP.
23
(23)
a.
lokTa
cheleTake
bokche
man-the
boy-the
rebuking
'The man is
b.
lokTa
caka
ghorachchilo
man-the
wheel
whirling
'The
c.,
anita
rumike
kamrechilo
anita
Rumi
bit-,
'is
verbs
(23b)
and kamrechilo
ment of the
in
the
1981:
(24)
rebuking'
'bit'
the
are
(23a),
(23c)
of the
occurrence
following
direct
a.
following
objects
'is
ghorachchilo
transitive
'wheel'
of the
whirling'
The environ-
respectively.
verbs
(Brown
Miller,
and
way
NP
1980:
can be shown
51; Bowers,
NP rule
structure
of
(23a)
sentence
can, bb shown
tree-diagram:
b.
vp
NP
III
NF
lokTa
'the
The following
verbs:
caka
80-81):
The phrase
the
(23c)
boy (23a),
'the
cheleTa
'Rumil
bokche
wheel'
Rumil
bit
child'
the
'Anita
(23b)'and
the
rebuking
examples
vt
cheletake
man
illustrate
to the
child
the
use
bokche
rebuking'
of
intransitiVe,
in
24
(25)
a.
cheleTa
douraclfche
boy-the
running
'The
b.
such
of
girl-the
crying
uTheche
sun
risen-has
and the
finite
the
verbs,
shown in
(25)
the
is
a sentence
d.
The frame
is
girl
surjo
NP to
object
running'
Yadche
'The
In
is
meeTa
'The
C.
boy
sun has
above
in
NP
-#
in
(23d)
the
of
following
which
does
verb
occur-s
As with
predicate.
intransitive
verbs
any
head
of
noun,
transitive
be
can also
way:
corresponds
to
the
NP
tree-diagram
VP
v
'the
require
structure
as the
chel
not
The simple
meaning.
subject,
verb
the
examples,
environment
the
risent
its
express
the
crying'
ta
boy
i'
dourachche
is
running'
in
(25e).
25
Finite
1.2-4.2
and Non-finite
Besides
tion
in
finite
the
and non-finite
can be constructed
a finite
used
a.
in
verbs
occurrence
Finite
Verb
mou sz)kale
eseche
Mou morning-in
come-has
mens.
Trene
Moina
train-in
'Moina
Moina
_gienf
going
sleep
will
in
c. *
d.
(26c):
train-in
moena Trene
Moina
'Moina
is
reading
incomplete
moena Trene
Moina
train-in
will
verbs
or with
cannot
examples
and non-finite
in
ghumobe
verbs.
the
train'
porche
f
reading
sitting
without
gie
nf
going
ghumbobe
f
sleep-will
in
the
on a chair'
any finite
(cf-4.2.1)
sleep
sleep-will
bose
nf
sitting
chair-on
'Moina
illustrated
alone
mzena ceare
remain
sentences
Verbs
Non-finite
Sentences
verb
The following
finite
of
Bengali
Non-finite
sentences.
(26)
Bengali.
verb.
the
distinc-
a finite
with
and a non-finite
in
and intransitive
distinction
either
independently
illustrate
(26)
transitive
a further
verbs,
Verbs
train'
verb,
as
be
26
Verbless
1.2-4.3
Sentences
Some very
(25)
(cf.
(27)
a.
have
common structures
as in
no verb,
1.2.3).
se
bhalo
mee
good
girl
mou
She
Mou
'She/Mou (is
b.
jini
sikkhok
tini
biddan.
bekti
who
teacher
he
learnea
man
'Who (is
ce
pinTu
namkora
khEe loar
Pintoo
famous
player
(is
amar
a)
paser
side-of
bhasat. otter
'The
eDinbora
gentleman
Edinburgh
University's
oddhapok
teacher
Linguistics
thesimple
dopula
Bengali
the
is
(27)
tense,
of
sentences
the
to
next
(is
me
teacher
a)
contained
a verb,
it
but
present
tense
in
the
(1972)
detail
of
University'
Edinburgh
Ferguson
optional.
copula
absence
at
in
present
player'
bissobiddaloer
gentleman
examples
famous
man'
bhoddrolok
Linguistics-of
the
learned
a)
ee kjon
my
If
(is
teacher
a)
'Pintoo
d.
a) good girl'
has
would
be in
form
discussed
but
has
not
in
the
surface
of
the
the
explained
copula.
Even where
no verb
occurs
structure
27
can be assumed to be present
it
of a sentence,
structure,
but
structure.
One relevant
tense
has optional
of the
forms
or future
past
One point
the present
tense
rence
in
(28)
in
a.
co
d.
form
bhai
hae na
brother
is
that
of verb
not
(ache)
lokTar
boi
man-of-the
hand-in
book
(has
man
a)
book
lokTar
hate
boi
man-of-the
hand-in
book
man does
ami
bhalo
well
'I
(am)
not
have
(achi)
am
well'
(achen)
tini
gh2re
he
room-in-the
in
the
is
roomf
has
in
his
hand'
nei
is
book
not
in
his
though
occur-
always
my brother'
not
(is)
shown
is
hate
'He
are
my brother'
. se amar
'The
here,
the
(hoe)
brother
(is)
'The
forms
never
negation.
he my
b.
the present
has optional
copula
this
surface
only
to occur,
be mentioned
se amar bhai
'He is
is
it
The missing
sentences,
with
'He
that
fail
of the
forms
he my
forms.
should
positive
sentences
that
copula
tense
(28).
in
is
point
the
in
realisation
the deep
in
hand'
occurs
2EL
A further
statement
structure
of the negative
(28a)
in
illustrated
in
the verb
after
a sentence
of the
the nature
regular
(28b).
and
of a negative
structure
be formulated
(29)
'is
on the
complement
as a negative
not'.
it
na,
occurs
Apart
may take
on
the
from
the forms
The following
PS rule
of negative
elements
occurrences
the
depending
a sentence.
element
are
which
constituent,
may vary
in
complements
nze or nei
a sentence
Though na 'not'
constituent
use of a negative
of either
in
elements
and the
occurrence
can
in
sentences.
S
NP
--*
Comp
Neg
Be
COMP ---- NP
Adj
Adv
A morphophonemic
different
is
(29')
b.
co
after
(30)
of
in
shows
verbs
a.
V
V
V
Be
Be
Be
Pres
Pres
variable
Neg
[hoe]
Crial
Neg
[hz
[na]
Neg
patterns
--4
--->
of
illustrated
in
selina
amar bandhobi
hzena
Selina
my
which
a sentence.
of
This
Rules
three
in
elements
occurrence
(20.
Pres
the
handle
to
needed
negative
Morphophonemic
a.
(2)
rule
types
illustrated
is
are
friend
is
not
e]
[ache] [na]
negative
(30)
-*
----
--o.
h.; )ena
Adj
n.) e/
nei
constituents
NP
Adv
29
is
'Selina
my friendf
not
bhalo
nze
Selina
good
is
'Selina
is
cheleTa
ghDre
boy-the
room-in-the
b.
selina
ce
'The
boy
good'
not
is
nei
that
The examples
a Ibeingt
verb
occurrence
in
of
privileges
of
can occur
pronoun
in
occurs
only
in
the
and its
obligatory
tense
present
have
ha nd,
other
or
any
pronoun
The following
a.
b.
eTa hochche
ce kTa jama
it
is
'It
is
a shirt'
o
he/she
'He/she
hochche
is
is
shirt
amar bondhu
my
my friend'
friend
is
(*hochche)
is
diffe-
noun
or
tis,
and never
examples
(*hochche)
same
'has/have,
hochche
this.
(31)
the
Among the
after
(28
forms
and ache
or
of
forms
when different
do not
noun
present
optionally
honorific)
subject
in
show the
a sentence.
On the
position.
sentence-final
in
sentence-final
a sentence.
after
tense.
they
sentences,
in
either
Ibeingt
i-s that
h-ae (Inn:
'being'
forms
non-
(28)
sentences
occurrence
sentences
point
in
roomt
verb
in
positive
negative
occur
the
of
given
The interesting
'being'
rent
are
in
not
statement
and occurrence
occurrence
is
in
not
The following
a, b).
not
illustrate
in
30
amar bondhu
ce
friend
my
is
'My friend
32
a.
In
the
he
is
has
book
'The
a book,
man has
in
in
pattern
usual
occur
after
a Bengali
that
all
whereas
also
be mentioned
of
(31)
(32)
sentence
here
cannot
the
after
occur
the
show the
The contrast
between
sentences
show the
are
like
optionally
show the
SOV pattern
the
elsewhere,
and never
in
literary
(31)
and
SVO sentence
sentences.
It
in
verbs
occur
noun
of
Bengali.
common in
that
subject
(31)
they
When the
they
in
verbs
(32),
sentence.
subject,
sentence.
after
When the
positions
a Bengali
the
optional
either
positions.
sentence-final
of
show the
'has/have'
and ache
'is'
hochche
of
(32)
and
sentence-final
occur
types
must
fis'
has
di. stribution
(31)
subject.
Both
verbs
the
examples,
or
in
(ache)
man-of-the
subject
pattern,
is
eekTa
the
is
(h: )n)
ache
hon
(32)
-is
boi
of
in
doctor
lokTar
occurrences
usage
my brother'
shown after
verbs
(*hochche)
brother
my
the
above
eakjon
Daktar
a doctort
above
show the
is
tini
'He is
b.
hochche
should
(32),
the
i. e.
they
sentence-final
positions.
Another
is
present'in
the
fact
supporting
deep structure
the
is
view
that
it
that
the
appears
copula
in
31
questions
and answers,
(33)
tumi
you
how
a.
(33).
as in
are
a.
ami
bhalo
achi
well
am
'I
Note
(34)
the
that
1.2.5
am well'
Adjective
a.
b.
taratari
haTche
boy-the
fast
walking
'The boy is
fast'
white
pigeon-the
flying
in
amader
protibesi
clever
man-the
our
neighbour
clever
(is)
man
of adverb
the
is
our
attributive
no verb
occur
is
before
adjectives
sky'
neighbour''
(34a),
iyl
shown
before
and
noun
usually
the
(Adj+V)
calak
(34c),
and
is
lokTa
after
adjectives
(Adj+V)
urche
sky-'--i.n flying
pigeon
white
(Adv+V)
akase
paeraTa
The occurrence
with
walking
sada
'The
placed
SOV pattern.
the
and Adverb
cheleTa
'The
co
have
sentences
copula
the
verb.
used in
the
noun.
are
where it
is
(34b)
shown
(34c).
Both
shown in
is
Attributive
in
(34b)
sentence-
32
initial
position.
The occurrence
tively.
(See also
(34d).
in
(34)
Adjectives
d.
'The girl
occur
in
1.2.5.1
(35)
.
b.
or
Non-verbal
fool
is
kopal
mondo
boy-of-the
destiny
bad
tomar
your
'Our
quite
prettyf
girl-friend
girl-friend
amader
our
is
pretty
bandhobi
'Your
cf.
sundori
quite
girl
sentences.
unlucky'
bes
meeTa
adjectives
fool'
a congenital
is
can
Sentences
cheleTar
boy
hand,
other
non7verbal
congenital
'The
e.
On the
boy-the
boy
no adverbs
usually
boka
girl-the
d.
that
askebare
'The
bad'
look
verbal
in
not
cheleTa
'The
ce
here
in
Adjectives
'
a.
bad
sentences.
verbless
shown
mondo n:)e
does not
be mentioned
should
is
adjective
1.2-3).
look-to
girl-the
It
of predicative
dekhte
meeTa
be used predica-
may also
bes
sundori
q.uite
pretty
is
quite
0ker
mathematics-of
mathematics
teacher
pretty'
sikkhak
ottonto
teacher
very
is
very
bzdragi
ill-tempered
ill-tempered'
(35).
33
Adverbs
can occur
modifiers
of adjectives
However,
such adverbs
the verbless
(36) a. *
in
the verbless
(35a)
(35d).
and
without
adjectives
as shown in
cannot
occur
Cf-(36)
sentences.
sentences
as
in
se t aratari,
b. *
c. *
he fast
cheleTa
aste
boy-the
slowly
cheleTa
m kebars
"boy-the
completely
1.2.6
Determiners
-Quantifiers,
and Particles
1*
Quantiiers
(37)
a.
tinion
chele
maThe
bol
khelche
three
boy
field-in
ball
playing
'Three
boys
are
ei
cheleTa
aj
bal
khelbe
this
boy-the'to-day
ball
play
playing
with
the
Determiner
(37)
b.
'This
co
boy will
play
cheleTa
boi
boy-the
book reading
'The boy is
ball
to-day?
porche
reading
a book'
will
ball
in
the
field'
34
d.
English:
A man came
Bengali:
es kTa/ee kj on
(person)
one
'A (one)
Quantifiers
and determiners
noun either
in
sentence.
suffixed
Bengali
has a quantifier.
article
tthel
1.2.7
Number
is
position
having
the particle
given
to show the
form
of the particles
has an indefinite
singular
to the
definite
in
Bengali
concord
show grammatical
The following
examples
forms
and plural
Nouns
bon --
bonra
manus -boi
bagh
---
'sister
(-gulo)
manusra
boigulo
baghgulo
(*
-ra)
'tiger
sistersi
tman. 'book
-
with
are
of nouns and
Number
a.
are
article,
pronouns.
1.2-7.1
the
-Ta.
concord
the
the
in
or elsewhere
Corresponding
and Person
in
used before
are occasionally
Where English
to nouns.
man came
man camet
sentence-initial
Determiners
manus esechilo
men'
-
tigers'
bookst
35
b.
Pronouns
ami --
tara
se --
amar --ra
is
not
ordinarily
used
tel
'oil',
(baligulo.
plural
are
are
and maTi
them.
or
with
used
count
with
used
inanimate
nouns
(maTigulo)s,
such
nouns
they
'sand'
plural
as count
a plural
The marking
the
allow
No
'water',
as pani
as bali
*, etc.
ordinarily
nouns
such
and is
nouns.
However,
plurality.
that
shows
human nouns
any nouns
for
tearth'
maTi
are
any animate
to show its
suffixes
added
for
added
sometimes
),
only
marker
for
they'
-
'my - ours'
amader
used
etc.
is
marker
we'
'he/she
as a plural
markers
plural
tI
amra
of
markers
like
bali
suffixes
with
1.2.7.2
Person
The grammatical
variations
in
second
category
(honorific,
person
for
variations
of
third
person
has
three
nonhonorific
person
(honorific
and
and
common):
(38)
a.
b.
First
Person
Singular
Plural
ami
amra
we'
Second Person
tumi
tomra
(neutral)lyou
tui
tora
(non-honorific)fyou
- you'
- you'
36
apnara
(honorific)fyou
se
tara
(neutral)lhe/she
tini
tara
(honorific)lhe/she
apni
Third
co
Person
The honorific,
third
(39)
based
are
are
shown
a.
tumi
asbe
you
come-will
b.
c.
full
come-will
and individual
criteria.
the
endings.
verbal
and
examples:
come'
will
(honorific)
apni
asben
you
come-will
come'
will
as opposed
as subject,
the
reflect
endings
second
(non-honorific)
you
nouns
for
come'
asbi
'You
they'
(common)
tui
'You
verb
following
they'
common forms
change
person
the
in
, you will
With
on social
in
forms
The differet
These
and
non-honorific
person
youl
to
between
contrast
the
pronouns,
honorific,
common,
but
does
and non-honorific.
There
not
affect
the
ogy,
the
feminine
by the
addition
morphemes
four
are
choice
genders
of
is
of
(40a. ii);
feminine
but
noun,
inflection.
verb
gender
of
In
verbal
or
noun
from
distinguished
suffixes
gender
(40a. i)
personal
or
forms
the
morpholmasculine
separate
are
not
37
for
marked
gender,
as shown in
and neuter
genders,
no suffices
is
common gender
after
adding
thuman't
(40)
a.
i.
In the
human',
and feminine
a
genders
morphemes with
manus 'male
case of common
Occasionally
are used.
separate
Purus
(40).
Masculine
Feminine
bagh
baghini
'tiger
mes thor
mes thrani
'sweeper-
human').
tigress'
woman
sweeper'
purus
mohila
'male
chele
mee
'boy
Common
C.
d. i.
manus
Imant
hati
'elephant'
Neuter
cear
'chair'
kolom
'pen'
boi
I book
bagh/baghini
ghumuchche
tiger/tigress
sleeping
'The
ii.
tiger/tigress
is
sleeping'
baghgulo/baghinigulo
ghumuchche
tigers
sleeping
'The
tigresses
tigers/tigresses
are
sleepingf
female'
girl'
3a
cheleTa/meeTa
ghumuchche
chelegulo/meegulo
boy-the/girl-the
sleeping
boys/girls
'The boy/girl
is
boys/girls
are
Focusing
1.2.8
Focusing
after
the
sleeping'
of
the
signalling
new information
the
operation
the
first
(41)
a.
either
these
is
a sentence
by an intonation
the
main
Focusing
a movement
of
of
part
of
the
can be performed
by the
use
of
Example
rule.
possible
to
stress,
(41)
give
speaker's
in
or
by
illustrates
processes:
mohua kopale
Tip
dieche
Mohua forehead-on
finger-mark
given-has
'Mohua
has
finger-mark
given
Tip
mohua 1pale
b.
is
which
two ways:
in
in
element
constituent
interest.
communicative
Bengali
any
on her
forehead'
dieche
forehead-on
mohua kopale
ce
Tip
dieche
finger-mark
The shifting
meaning
of
of
the
focus
from
sentences
in
to
one word
(41):
another
changed
the
39
finger-mark
a.
on her forehead
b.
(and
in
(and
is
again
(42)
to
here
a.
to
relevant
(see Chapter
constructions
on her
forehead
on her
forehead
else).
nothing
Focusing
finger-mark
only
given
only
place);
no other
Mohua has
ce
finger-mark
given
show the
eTa mohua je
cleft
and pseudo-cleft
formation
cleft
(41)
Example
7).
kopale
it
'It
is
in
is
taken
up
Bengali.
Tip
dieche
finger-mark
given-has
finger-mark
on her
forehead'
b.
ja
mohua kppale
dieche
what
Mohua forehead-on
given-has
eTa Tip
it
finger-mark
'It
is
finger-mark
that
Mohua has
on her
given
forehead'
co
eTa Ibpal
it
forehead
fit
is
on the
J.ekhane
mohua Tip
dieche
where
Mohua finger-mark
given-has
forehead
that
Mohua has
given
finger-mark'
In
(42),
head'
occur
Note the
regular
mohua 'Mohual,
Tip
as the focused
occurrence
relative
in
marker
I-Pinger-markf
nouns in
(42c)
like
of
cleft
3ekhane
(42a)
and kzpal
'fore-
constructions.
'where'
(42b).
and
without
40
The Present
1.3
Study
Theoretical
Background
is
Relativization
as a modifier
embedded
formational
various
here
the
different
(1968),
Langendoen
process
the
They follow
in a complex
for
view
(1968),
Back
that
in
its
the
structure.
relative
relative
accepted
in
Bengali
involves
Bengali
sentences
in
a noun
phrase.
the
present
either
clearly
in
(1973),
When a relative
(1967),
who believe
for
embedding
has
view
in
as relativization
embedding.
embedding
clause
is
for
source
The first
partial
show the
sentence.
and conjunction
and conjunction
work,
structure
Ross
shows
clause.
deep. or
are embedded
a complex
embedding
analysis
a noun phrase.
(1965),
and Schachter
clause
is
the underlying
both
Lees
Thompson (1968,
like
by Lakoff
This.
to
clauses
relative
that
shows
the
relativization
a conjunction
(1972)
non-restrictive
been
is
clause
restrictive
the
believe
Aissen
deep
that
maintained
a relative
given
and Rosebaum
Jacobs
embedded into
is
Linguists
clause
is
According
and others,
principle
(1968)
a relative
A third
(1969)
structure.
Drubig
1971),
is
regarding
views
clause
a sentence
whereby
investigated
description
Chomsky (1965),
(1964),
Smith
been
three-different
a relative
of
(1963),
has
trans-
recent
approaches.
are
structure
In
and a short
standpoints,
There
deep
a noun
phrase.
relativization
studies,
from
of
in
is
a sentence
whereby
a process
of
The
a sentence
constituted
in
41
a complex
in
the
matrix
a.
in
the
boy-the
book reading
porche]
friend
EcheleTa
amar bon4hu]
boi
porche
book
reading
boy-the
my
cheleTa,
[j'-e boi
porche],
se amar bondhu
boy-the
who book
reading
he my
boy who is
lie
either
boy is
bondhu]'Who
'The boy is
reading
phrase
my friend'
(see 2.1.11).
reading
antecedent
second
sentence
Process
occurs
by a comma in
of the relative
boi
other
amar
porche]
of embedding
before
surface
clause
the
[je
where
(43e),
4mbedded in (cheleTa
This
amar
hand,
other
can
is
porche]'who
sentence(cheleTa
shown in
is
a book'
reading
Ee boi
On the
a bookf.
separated
embedding
is
my friend'
he book
or the
the
is
porche
is
shows that
my friend'.
is
when the
first
friend
se boi
my friend,
embedded in
of embedding
and is
friend
the
(43d)
is
a book
amar bondhu]p
who is
boy,
friend
reading
who my
other.
a book'
the
shows
amar bondhu
porche]
boy-the
possibility
clause
my friendl
my
shows that
shows that
'The boy is
book reading
bondhu]'The
a book'
reading
friend
my
boy-the
'The
reading
boy-the
boy-the
boy-the
embed the
amar bondhu]
boi
cheleTa,
e.
[cheleTa
cheleTa
'The
in
embedded
[cheleTa
cheleTa
d.
embedding
example:
boi
co
is
[cheleTa
b.
the
shows
clause
following
'The boy is
(43)
relative
sentence.
an NP is-shown
(43)
the
sentence,
in
the
relative
structure,
the noun
it
42
1.3.2
Transformational
Derivation
derivation
The transformational
claused
has
A short
description
from
below
been
also
recent
Three
relative
of
transformatiomiderivations
studies
on relativization.
in
briefly
The Matching
to this
According
embedded
surface
realization
of
The following
the
(44)
a.
b.
Sentence
NP of
of
Analysis,
Promotion
Analysis.
These
section.
in
the
is
studying
relativization.
coreferentiality
condition
NPs that
the
embedded
matrix
the
of
that
has
the
relative
shows
the
surface
within.
occurs
show the
and
matrix
sentence
sentence
pronoun
to
in
occur
antecedent
given
Analy-
the Matching
application
of
Analysis:
That
s[That
(46a)
the
shows
and
two
relative
example
Matching
the
as the
the
following
The NP in
sentences.
and the
clause
Matching
given
literature
present
has proposed
analysis,
realization
the
application
between
established
is
Analysis
has simple
which
the
relative
analyses
Conjunction
(1973)
Schachter
is
the
These-are
discussed
sis,
in
available
Clauses
perspectives.
transformational
Analysis
are
of
are
linguistics.
of
different
from
studied
different
clauses
of Relative,
is
the
girl
is
the
girl
is
presumed
process
who borrowed
she
girl
to derive
of relativization
my book
borrowed
from
my bookL]
sentences
after
applying
(44b),
the
43
Matching
Analysis.
(44b)
is
girl)
the
indicates
clearly
the
modify
said
clause.
is
relative
the
is
construction
derived
after
third
that
pronoun
(1974: 6),
Vergnaud
Analysis
in Matching
that
the
Following
Analysis
clause
clause
noun for
the repeated
deleting
The Matching
the relative
in
girl)
the NP (the
with
the relative
that
whereby
a process
coreferential
sentence.
matrix
the NP (the
shows that
term
it
is
can'be
deleted
in
(44):
sentence
(45)
the
girl
wh
'the
girl
borrowed
my
book
the
girl
for
the
the
NP (the
in
(the
term
The third
sentence.
In
constitute
the
strategy
in
the
tactic
je-se
semantic
this
clause.
The Matching
Analysis
is
not
because
Analysis
matrix
of
the
elements
interpretation.
the
the
is
Bengali
have
The NP-(the
head
of
noun
RP is
in
simple
favoured
girl)
the
to
deleted
its
formation
relativization
correlative
structure.
NP in
repeated
correlative
There
sentence.
description
-he'
not
its
of
explains
but
clause,
the
with
coreferential
repeated
is
to
applicable
Bengali,
in
'who
the
deleted
is
sentence
sentence.
the
sentence)
embedded
is
which
occurs-as
process,
the
embedded
matrix
relative
The Matching
relative
the
sentence
matrix
it
in
girl)
the
(wh),
pronoun
relative
the
though
an NP in
is
which
NP in
repeated
pronoun
no matching
relative
to
be related
English
sentences
in
the
that
occurs
the
synthough
clauses,
by a rule
of
like
boy
'The
44
I met is
that
of
the
latter
Bengali
in
retained
is
the
pronouns,
Similar
e. g.
of
slot
is
Analysis
also
The
Bengali
sentence
used
with
involving
given
for
some
'what-
la-ta
relative
tDkhon
-
jokhon
is
initially
sentence.
the
then',
the
of
occurs
pronoun
not
example
Matching
the
empty
twho-het,
occur
?if
jobe-tobe
non-application
(46)
patterns
embedded
sentence,
more usually
je-se
The following
'when-then'.
tive
like
elements
etc.
is
the
embedded
the
for
is
sentence.
matrix
structure
application
complex
antecedent
the
of
pronoun
relative
coreferential
that',
of
in
coreferential
part
kind
this
for
that
later
the
in
the
in
in
occurs
the
of
shows
antecedent
or
structure
The
Bengali
for
the
sentence
retained
sentence,
matrix
reason
is
in
Bengali,
matrix
structure
my brother'.
suitable
not
In
pronoun
sentence.
the
is
on the
antecedent
coreferential
matrix
the
in
a Bengali
he correlative
cases.
depending
When the
I met he is
that
with
all
to
correspond
Analysis
'either
sentence,
the
boy
Matching
the
retained
in
'The
construction
that
to
kind
my brother?
to
show the
Bengali
rela-
clauses.
a.
je.
cheleTa
who boy-the
b.
se amar bondhu
playing
he my
'Who the
boy
is
cheleTa,
je
khelche,
boy-the
who playing
'The boy,
The relative
khelche,
pronoun
is
playing
who is
occurs
friend
my friend'
se amar bondhu
he my
playing,
is
before
the
friend
my friend'
postcedent
in
(46a),
45
and the
process
(47)
(46b),
sentence
matrix
a.
boy-the
[je
b.
playing
boy-the
my
khelchel
[se
playing
he
is
b.
boy-the
khelche]
amar bondhu
boy-the
playing
my
[je
clauses
Analysis
in
Bengali
is
my friend'
the Matching'Analysis
there
where the
is
playing,
to Bengali
However,
friend
he my
who playing
who is
friend
se amar bondhu
khelche]
totally
Matching
friend
[cheleTa
show that
clause
my friend]
my
boy,
Bengali
my friend'
is
boy-the
in
friend
my
playing
boy-the
construction.
friend
amar bondhu]
cheleTa,
applicable
my
khelche]
boy-the
'The
bondhu]
amar bondhu]
is
playing
amar
EcheleTa
cheleTa
C.
(he)
playing
FThe boy
who is
friend
cheleTa
he boy-the
boy
IWho the
a.
(47):
in
playing
in
This
pronoun.
coreferential
khelche][se
the
retained
amar bondhu]
who boy-the
(48)
is
antecedent
khelche]
cheleTa
EcheleTa
in
NP occurs
[cheleTa
who boy-the
c.
the
more precisely
cheleTa
fje
the
the
with
can be observed
[cheleTa
for
pronoun
In
sentence.
matrix
the
coreferential
due to its
correlative
is
type
another
as illustrated
to this
in
type
(49).
not-
of relative
does not
correlative
applicable
is
occur.
of relative
The
46
(49)
[amar
a.
[ee kta
r-ekta
boi
my
book have
book mother
kine
dieche]
ache]
boi
ammu
amake
me
bought-has
b.
amar
es kta
boi
ache,
ja
ammu
amake kine
my
book
have
which
mother
me
bought
dieche
has
'I
have
NP (boi
The repeated
by the
sentence
clearly,
coreferential
Bengali
pronoun
it
to
examples
are
give
Analysis
for
one type
(50)
a.
the
show the
of
(49)
in
the
when no
in
sentence
A few
of
applicability
Bengali
which
be
show that
clause.
me'
embedded
should
matrix
relative
for
(49),
in
It
like
bought
the
'which'
ja
the
more
Matching
relative--clause.
bhoddroloker
sekTa
bari
gentleman-of
house
bhege
in
replaced
Analysis.
occurs
before
stands
i's
sentences
has
my mother
pronoun
Matching
that
here
which
'book')
relative
the
allows
mentioned
a book
chilo
had
ja
jAcre
which
storm-in
gee che
gentleman
had a house
which
was blown
down
a storm'
monjular
abbar
ea kTa aTi
ache
ja
hire
Manzulals
father-of
has
which
diamond
die
with
toiri
made
ring
47
'Manzulals
father
has a ring
is
which
made, of
diamond I
C.
hasnat
saheb
Hasnat
Saheb died
itihas
praten
history
taught
'Mr
Hasnat
the
University'
Analysis
Matching
process
to
who
University-to
who used
to
history
teach
to
the
proposes
also
Promotion
and argues
analysis
is
better
Analysis.
Promotion
Analysis
is
a transformational
the
To put
promotion
of
matrix
show the
it
in
another
this
way,
from
the
in
sentence
the
matrix
analysis
allows
sentence
is
example
(example
Analysis
Promotion
than
an embedded
The following
sentence.
of
in
a dummy symbol
a constituent
process
an embedded
of
constituent
replaces
clause
the
has
this
sentence.
into
bissobiddaloe
that
where
relative
jini
AnalZsis
(1973)
Schachter
geschen,
has died
The Promotion
1.3.2.2
the
mara
given
from
Schachter).
(51). a.
These are
b.
shese
According
clause
that
are the
to this
occurs
as a constituent
the
of the
try
men's
[the times
times
analysis,
before
that
times
the antecedent
the
souls
try
men's
of the
embedded sentence
embedded sentence.
is
soul S]
relative
generated
The constituent
48
of the embedded sentence
is
clause
promoted
to the NP position
The following
NP that
in
occurs
deleted
of the relative
as the antecedent
position.
is
which
in
the relative
the matrix
to fill
clause
shows the
example
the
from
the
empty
of the
promotion
of the
embedded sentence
sentence
relative
clause.
(52)
a.
mouer
as kTa bhai
Mou's
'Mou has
brother
take
je
has
who her-to
who loves
a brother
bhalobase
ache
loves
her?
b.
VP
NP
I
V,
motier
mouer
Imouls
UP om
No-m---
ache
has
VP
NP
It
is
lying
of
is
NP ee kTa bhai
the
result
sentence
is
slot
empty
the
'a
a brother
her-to
(52a)
brotherl.
the
of
take
(52b).
shown in
structure
the
fill
that
assumed
ad kTa bhai
derived
is
(52a)
to
relativization
of
the
the
matrix
Nom, dominated
lower
likes'
from
shows
the
bhalobade
the
under-
promotion
sentence
to
by NP.
The
node
S, which
0
of
S1.
as
shown
The Bengali
Promotion
applying
Analysis.
the
Promotion
relative
There
clause
are
Analysis
three
for
can be derived
possible
Bengali
ways
relative
via
the
of
clauses.
49
First,
it
before
the postcedent;
is
used
noun
is
before
occurs
The above
(53)
a.
applicable
the
embedded
sentence;
as the
antecedent
before
cheleTa
[je
cheleTa,
boy-the
(54)
*se
[J'e
cheleTa
he boy-the
'He the
Eje
(55)
mou,
Mou
(53)
(55)
and
is
what
show
the
like
(55),
and
antecedent
(54)
as the
in
are not
very
plausible
in
reading
(55).
reading
a book'
that
is
in
Bengali.
for
applying
the
a full
the
common
the proper
shows contrast
pronoun
acceptable
structure
whereas,
(54)
in
se 'he'
a bookl
porche
(53b),
in
coreferential
of
is
identical
sentence
case
reading
reading
the matrix
of
shows substitution
book
difference
in
place
porche
she book
is
a book'
reading
essentially
The only
its
reading
se boi
my friend,
as the antecedent
noun occurs
he book
my friend
friend
a book'
reading
porche
is
' friend
amar bondhu],
following:
se boi
amar bondhujboi
boy who is
who is
in relativization.
(53)
my friend,
who my
who my
'Mou,
friend
who is
boy,
clause.
porche]
'The boy is
amar bondhujv.
who my
the
any
book reading
boy-the
my friend'
if
embedded
boi
IThe boy is
'The
the
amar bondhu][cheleTa
friend
pronoun
and third,
in
my
occurs
coreferential
exemplified
are
possibilities
boy-the
b.
the
if
s'econd,
pronoun
occurs
(54).
before
Sentences
(54)
Moreover,
NP which
Promotion
with
is
not
Analysis
50
the
as
coreferential
of relative
mentioned
(54)
like
the Matching
Moreover,
if
the relative
se boi
sentence
that,
the
sentence
which
sentence
in
matrix
the antecedent
does not
be regarded
Though the
here,
is
seem very
correlative
following
example
Promotion
Analysis
is
givento
for
Bengali
is
empty slot
is
retained
in
the matrix
[cheleTa
a.
boy-the
*friend
another
of the
the retention
this
case,
and it
can
applicable
Analysis.
where the
clauses
sentence
The
of the
and the
embedded sentence
without
boy-the
This
analysis.
totally
EcheleTa
b9i
amar bondhu]
my
is
Bengali
relative
antecedent
(56)
embedded
the
from
the
antecedent
Promotion
in
promoting
the
not
retained
antecedent
there
for
is
the
the
to correlative
the
for
embedded sentence.
effective
it
before
'In
approach
(he)
follows
only
the antecedent.
applicable
cheleTa
shows the
it
allow
the
[je
my friend
which
in
retained
as not
applicable
sentences
before
pronoun
of relative
process
the
for
before
occurs
From this
by promoting
the problem
Promotion
of the matrix
However,
structure.
the
Analysis
antecedent
the antecedent
allows
sentence,
is
Analysis
surface
way to solve
Promotion
the
Sentences
clause
boy is
embedded sentence.
Promotion
the
porchellwho
the
of promoting
system
in
relative
the
already
with
pronoun
the deictic
then
a book',
reading
reverse
be handled
cannot
bondhu,
amar
is
(see P-44).
it
the rule
with
which
Analysis
shows that
Analysis.
is
interpretation
correlative
in
can be handled
pronoun
porche]
book reading
51
[je'
b.
a2 bondhu]'
,F
my friend
[se
amar bondhu]
chele'Ta
who boy-the
[je
cheleTa
who boy-the-m'
friend
'Who the
is
my friend
Except
the
book
for
where
in
other
all
book
reading
[se
boi
porche]'
book
reading
he
(he)
is
a book'
reading
(where
cases
reading
before
antecedents
Promotion
Analysis
occur
works
sentence
embedded
he boy-the
of, the
The Promotion
perfectly.
porche]
the
pronouns)
relative
to'the
['The
sentences
antecedents,
before
boy
boi
cheleTa
41.
way for
Bengali
antecedent
in
rent
-the
is
that
is
retaining-the
[amar
b.
in
the
the
rule
This
analysis
below
the
solves
in
the
to
show the
It
sentence.
in
either
the
structure
the
embedded
shows
matrix
of
problem
clause.
easy
the
formulation
or
the
of
A few
more
of
Analysis.
eEkjon bondhu
friend
ache]
have
my-
[amar
bondhu
amake bhalobase]
my
friend
me
'Camar ee kjon
my
of
then
antecedent,
embedded
depending,
sentencq
given
Promotion
(57)-a.
retention
The simple
sentence.
before
occurs
antecedent
are
the
allow
can be retained
clause.
examples
embedded
retained
embedded
relative
which
theantecedent
in'the
the
the
je 'who'
if
antecedent
that
,
sentences
loves
ache]
have
[amar
my
bondhu
amake bhalobase]
friend
me
-loves
52
ce
amar Eskjon
bondhu ache, je
my
friend
a,
'I
(58)
have
[Lou
a.
a friend
boi
Mou book
b
C.
reading
tion
who school-to
cedent
go to
bose
sitting
is.
sitting
where
matrix
subject
relative
is
who
my relative
antecedent
(57)
(58)
and
of
clause.
Promotion
(shown
occur in
do not
sentence
the
of
my relative'
main
verb
However*,
also
the
impose
and the
Analysis
is
underlined)
The sentences
sentence.
the
-my relative
achen
do not
of
amar attio]
lattio
amar
who is
attio]
my relative
jini
pronouns
The object
the
the
a book
amar
gentleman
application
schooll
reading
[bhoddrolok
sitting
the
examples,
either.
as the
is
gentleman
go to
is
school,
achen]
gentleman
go-will
who will
bose
bose
. jabe
achen]Fhzddrlok
is
gentleman
sitting
bh; )ddrlok
go-will
bkule
a book
reading
coreferential
of
Mou school-to
reading
in. the
different.
j abe]
Mou book
who will
go-will
skule
je
can be observed
sentences
Emou
porche
these
retained
jabe]
skule
mou boi
'The
that
Mou school-to
I&
C*
all
reading
Fbh;
)ddrolok
L_
gentleman
b.
In
porche]
book
[IMou,
a.
me'
[Mou
porche]
loves
who me
who loves
boi
'Mou is
(59)
have
amake bhalobase
matrix
any restric-
head
occurs
show
noun
as, the
sentences
like
are
ante(58)
53
(59)
and
the
with
following
structures:
(5t)
moi;[je
jabel
skule
se boi
porche
go-will
go to school.
is
a book'
reading
or.
je
my
who
'The gentleman,
is
tini
he,
relative
who is
a book'
reading
amar attio.
-Jini
gentleman
porche
go to school
se boi
jabe,
mou skule
bose
achen
sitting
is
is
my relative,
sitting?
or.
bhzddrolok
je
'Who the
Sentences
sis
is
relative
Promotion
which
in
terms
in
the
sentences.
of
the
previous
given
in
(57-59)
These
Matching
section.
types
of
Analysis,
the
Promotion
the
structure.
one type
only
the
correlative
sentence
which
AnalyBengali
The
show that
clearly
to
sitting'
analysing
correlative
is'applicable
Analysis
clauses
matrix
are
which
in
achen
is
show that
acceptable
its
bose
my relative
(50
and
due to
clause
examples
tive
(58')
completely
not
is
gentleman
like
tini
amar"a"ttio,
of
in
the
relathe
can be analysed
has
been
described
54
Underlying
1.3.2.3
(1968,
Thompson
et
(1973)
al
the
for
on logical
to
(60)
a.
amar eskjon
a
my
'I
b.
Underlying
this
abstract
in
the
in
nature
Conjunction
acheje
sister
have who me
and is
is
me'
there
an
that
such
eks #ochche
X
is
bon
sister
my
given
loves
sekhane
Eekjon
.
a
structure.
Analysis.
deep
amake bhalobase
who loves
the
example
bon
have a sister
Structure
proposal,
The following
Structure
and Stockwell
transformation
of
source
less
structure.
Underlying
show the
to
conjunction
more or
type
as the
According
has
is
analysis
based
known
clause
clause
relative
a third
Analysis
(1968)
Bach
-1971),
proposed
Analysis.
Conjunction
This
have
relative
Conjunction
Structure
have and
me
bhalobase
loves
IThere
According
and
(60b)
logical
exists
(I
to
this
shows
formulation,
the
not
Matching
a sister)
me)
(60a)
conjunction
derived
is
source
from
(60a)
for
(60b)
with
its
structure.
Structure
The Underlying
been
(X is
an X such that
followed
in
and Promotion
the
present
Analyses
Conjunction
dissertation
are
more
Analysis
as the
easily
applied.
has
55
Moreover,
the
Bengali
the
matching
shows
tion
relative
of the relative
of the antecedent
From this
have a readier*(though
analyses
Bengali
Schachter's
perspective,
relative
The three
different
show that
individually
they
structure
of
Promotion
the
and
limited
Bengali
of
the
which
Structure
Bengali
can handle
Structure
Bengali
both
of
the
to
antecedent
relative
the
properly
the
analyses
relative
clauses
as they
relative
pronoun
and
the
clauses
relative
clauses
Conjunction
in
structure
relative
The Matching,
clauses.
matching
the
of
handle
cannot
to
correlative
perspective,
analyses
Underlying
the
only
promotion
not
to
application
Analysis
relative
application
can handle
but
clauses).
and Promotion
Underlying
the
Structure
Correlative
1.3-2.4
the
Matching
the
Analysis.
Conjunction
have
of relative
restricted)
than
clauses
(or in
sentence
types
certain
rule
pronoun
to the matrix
for
embedded sentences
formulation
clause
matrix
sentence,
Bengali.
need
pronoun
From this
an analysis
and
the
correla-
tive.
Bengali
structures
described
with
in
the relative
the
relative
or without
following
clause
clauses
an antecedent
way:
(a)
which
the antecedent
(can be considered
as a deictic
(headless
head
noun
any
clause);
(b)
without
clause);
(c)
can be
the matrix
within
relative
relative
sentence;
head
56
noun in
the relative
(e)
sentence;
pronoun
referential
(g),
Except
all
of the relative
which
its
the
lacks
of Bengali
in the following
a.
outlined
my
se esechilo
friend
he came
came'
boy who is
my friend
came']
amar bondhu,
who my
friend
'Who is
.
my friend
je
friend
boy
came'
se cheleTa
esechilo
he boy-the
came
came who is
je
se esechilo,
he came
'He
se esechilo
he came
amar bondhu,
'The
e.
are
my friend'
cheleTa
who boy-the
came the
boy who is
se cheleTa
amar
bondhu,
he boy-the
my
friend
amar bondhu
my
friend
my friend?
je
esechilo
who came
The
can be handled
along
occurrence
element.
structures
my friend
je
sentence.
clauses
who my
d.
relative
the
no co-
show the
correlative
amar bondhu,
cheleTa
['The
co
the matrix
examples.
boy-the
who
b.
and the
clauses
occurring
(g)
and
clauses
correlative.
relative
je
in
and correlative
relative
mairix
relative
of Bengali
the
sentence
clause)
occurring
pronoun
above structures
(f)
relative
other
after
the matrix
clause;
(true
clause
relative
occurring
head noun in
the relative
before
with
clause
with
(g)
structures
can be shown
57
f.
'He the
boy is
cheleTa,
amar bondhu,
I
friend
who my
g.
boy,
amar-eakTd-boi
my
'I
The above
relative
of
structures
a.
je
IThe
boy,
True
relative
the
b.
which
mother
bought
has
bought
my mother
range
arp
of
me'
structures
needed
relative
for
to
clauses;
of
handle
these
the
may
way.
X, je Y, se Z
cheleTa,
dieche
-rules
following
the
in
kine
which
Bengali
'eamel
ammu
have
and seven
he came
'Ja
show a wide
sentences
be formulated
(62)
a book
have
se esechilo
my friend,
ache,
book
clauses
complex
who is
(lit)
who came'
je
boy-the
'The
my friend
je
clause:
antecedent
occurs
before
se Z
XY,
the
deictic
amar bondhu,
boy
is
relative
se esechilo
my friend
came'
head
clause:
clause-(je
relative
+ NP)
se Z
c0jeY,
je
came'
(NP + S)
clause
relative
'Who.
se esechilo
cheleTa
the
amar bondhu,
amar
bondhu,
se esechilo
'Who is
my friend
came'
headless
relative
clause
noun
occurs
inside
58
d
je
Y, se XZ
je
amar bondhu,
'The
boy
head
noun
se Z,
(i)
(ii)
je
XY
X,
Je Y
boy who is
se esechilo,
cheleTa,
boy who is
head
noun
in
Relative
in
occuring
after
occurring
the
after
a book
matrix
esechilo
my friend'
matrix
relative
boi
je
sentence:
occurring
clause
Y
ammu kine
acheja
which
my mother
construction:
the
X=
without
die"'che
bought
any
for
me'
correlative
sentence
NP
These
has
the
je/ja
have
my friend'
Ir
eekTa
bondhu
amar
sentence.
IThe
XzI
je
clause:
amar bondhu,
the
bondhu
my friend'
clause:
relative
se cheleTa
amar
sentence;
matrix
je
before
cheleTa
relative
se XZ,
'I
sentence
matrix
amar
matrix
je
true
show it
the
se esechilo,
the
in
occurs
esechilo
my friend'
came who is
deictic
se cheleTa
examples
a structure
of
like
the
Bengali
NP[je
relative
+ clausLse
clause
+ matrix
S]
59
se the'
insertion
the
replaces
the
then
'who'
shows je
which
insertion
in the matrix
identical
of se 'he'
occurrence
A rule
sentence.
of the
before
that
a Bengali
like
je-se
semantic
the
'what-that',
without
which
The relative
and the
correlative
the mutual
in
co-member
as a
together
tives
imply
which
be
said
can
1981: 221).
correlative
structure
determined_by
in
of a complex
pronoun
and a correlative
the
elements
It
is
clauses
relative
making
from
clear
require
of the relative
pretation
element
without
that
occurs
Structure
Correlative
problem
with
pronoun
in
semantic
Bengali.
in
not
in
correct.
Bengali
show
used
The correla-
complex
sentence
identity
of function
analysing
the relative
the reference
can be
the
in
interpretation
of semantic
a rule
clause
sentences.
Bengali,
The
are regularly
in
Moreover,
which
complex
needed to
or ja-ta
is
pronouns
to be more than
(Matthews,
'who-he'
relationship
a positive
is
relative
sentence
of two items
relation
the matrix
pronoun.
correlative
interprets
rule
clause,
automatically
correlative
interpretation
of semantic
and
'who'
the relative
the reference
handle
in
clause
When je
sentence.
noun phrase
the relative
follows
the relative
in
sentence
that
so
,
containing
marker
can contain
both
any recursion.
this
discussion
a separate
and its
clause
the matrix
Analysis
rule
is
interpretation
that
for
inter-
coreferential
The present
sentence.
capable
the
Bengali
of handling
of the
correlative
the
60
Surface
1.3.3
It
relative
is
clear
clauses
are
relative
entire
the
surface
is
description
short
relative
from
by the NP.
same NP.
(63)
b.
the
been
surface
has described
This
examples
has
with
This
the
clause#
of a relative
the
The
described
A
perspectives.
of
the
a relative
standpoints.
clause
here
in
structure
of
clauses.
Chomsky (1965)
dominated
different
the
sequence.
clause
of
different
given
and by having
relative
description
a relative
linguists
by different
the
Bengali
a
of
by a correlative
of
from
that
embedding
phrase
noun
followed
of
realization
discussion
by the
the
embedding
Clauses
above
generated
can be presented
clause
the
The structural
phrase.
noun
from
clause
shows
also
of Relative
inside
sentence
modifying
It
Structure
description
clause
can be illustrated
in
sister
the
a tree-diagram.
oi
bariTa
ja
ami
kinechilam
that
house-the
which
bought
'the
house
ei
cheleTa
je
this
boy-the
who field-in
tthe
boy who is
that
I bought'
dourachche
maThe
running
structure
is
directly
as being
clause
surface
running
in
the field'
nodes of
following
61
NP
C.
oi
'the
ja
house
that
'this
Ross
show the
whereas,
the
to
given
a.
who is
differs
from
clause
as the
relative
clause
relative
the
show the
is
oi
is
aunt
of
formulation
repeated
here).
analysis,
the
by the
the
the
as
determiner
lower
NP,
higher
NP.
aunt
tree-diagfam
of
field'
formulation
by the
is
blause
The following
noun.
ja
Chomsky's
dominated
relative.
the
(1969)
dominated
above
barita
'the
is
in
running
and Peterts
The determiner
(example(63a)
(64)
boy
clause
and the
determiner
je
Lakoff
formulation,
this
maThe dourachche
cheleTa
(1967),
relative
In
bought'
W-L
they
ri
Det
of
ami kinechilam
bartiTa
d.
the
S. -
Det
relative
of
the
is
clause
ami kinechilam
house that
I bought'
NP
Dert
bariTa
ja
'the
house
that
The third
relative
ami kinechilam
oi
clause
is
reading
I bought'
on the
made by Stockwell,
structure
Schachter
of
the
and Partee
62
(1973)
(1975).
and Partee
NP node.
From this
are dominated
is
the
clause.
dominated
of the determiner.
sisters,
The following-
4bove configuration
Det
of
NS
oi
'the
In the
Ross (1967),
under
Under
point.
antecedent
the
first
the
a.
precedes
following
that
Bengali
phrase
other
kinechilam
ami
I
bought?
relative
exact
from
phrase
a different
structure
rule,
S, where
the
This
clause.
stand-
'the'engali
be shown as NP
NP
---
relative
two
clause,
to show the
and Peter's
and the
clause*can
relative
house
clause.
Lakoff
hypothesis
structure
ja
are necessary
of the relative
structure
bariTa
case of the
rules
structure
phrase
(66)
are
clause
lp
(65)
in
same
topmost
to show the
given
by the
by the
are niece
tree-diagram
relative
is
reading
by the
they
whereas,
formulation,
are dominated
clause
the determiner
whereas,
node,
to their
According
the
may be shown
way:
cheleTa,
'The boy,
boi
porche,
se amar bondhu
who is
reading
a book,
je
is
my friend'
63
b.
Relative
X -( NP -EYNP
Rule:
Formation
Clause
j NP -W
NP - ZI
NP
sS
123456
12
Co
je+3
05
Condition
:2
se+6
boi
cheleTa
Ob
==-->
cheleTa
_porche
NP
Allpy
amar
Z] 1
W
s NP56
23
d.
boi
cheleTa,
je
je+
0,
porche,
bondhu
se amar
345
se+
bondhu
(66b)
(66)
to be NP -- NP
clause
relative
phrase
S, as shown in
the Bengali
(66e).
NP
e
NP
chele, ta
'the
boy
necessary
(67)
S -- S1 and S2
relative
conjoined
illustrated
before
occurs
in
who is
reading
at
phrase
sentences,
for
rule
pronoun
that
porche
a second
for
The appropriate
boi
je
.
Haiever,
clause
for
structure
the
structure
namely
sentence
the antecedent
the
the following
end of the
way:
a book'
that
rule
the
is
rule
in
shows the
or the
sentence
relative
maAe
(67).
64
(68)
a.
je
cheleTa
se amar bondhu
esechilo,
LcheleTa
C.
esechilol
boy-the
came
cheleTa
esechilo
'The
[cheleTa
boy
boy-the
d.
friend
my
ebo,5 se amar
came and he is
bQndhu
amar
bondhu
my friend'
NzIl'-----1
..........................................................
bo
s2
esechilo
cheleTa
boy
'The
ex-
came
and
chele-Ta
amar
the
is
boy
my friend'
ZINP
*NPYP
SW
-YrI
xpp
bondhu
123456
Ob
=i
je+2
cheleTa
X-LNP
se+O
Condition:
24
esechilo
56
cheleTa
NP -
-yI-[
amar
-Z
NP
bondhu
jjW
NP *S
125
g.
1
Rule
not
allow
(69)
(68e)
je
cheleTa
je
+ 2,3
is
also
have coreferential
the relative
a.
esechilo
s. e+0,56
bajae
plays
for
applicable
pronoun
clause
amar bondhu
se cheleTa
girl-to
at
in
the
such sentences
the
sentence
second conjoined
bhalobasi
love
matrix
which
je pikaDelite
who Piccadilly-in
do
and
sentence.
behala
violin
65
'I
b.
love-a
plays
girl-who
ami
Ia
love
girl-to
te
ami
violin
meeke bhalobasi
eakTa
bajae]
biala
Piccadilly-in
girl
plays
ebo 5 se pikaDelite
bajae
behala
love
'I
Piccadilly'
violin'in
a girl
who plays
in
violin
Piccadilly'
d.
2
ebo5
ami Ee kTa meeke'
Ee kTa mee p
bhalobasi
behala
baj-ae
a girl
plays
love
'I
a girl
and
in
violin
Piccadilly'
Replacement
1.3.4
A further
the
replacement-of
referential
been
shown
that
a relative
clearly
retained
in
the
clause
retained
in
is
case
relativization,
of
Analysis.
It
is
the
has
matrix
NP is
the
This
with
pronoun
and the
a co-
already
with
relativization.
Pronominalization
the
for
introduced
The relative
Bengali.
on the
sentence
Bengali
the
here
matrix
pronoun
relative
element
also
in
indicates
in
relativization
the
Matching
in
Matrix
the
may be stated
from
noun
pronoun
coreferential
process
point
pronoun
Noun from
the
of
is
coreferential
senience.
replaced
by the
In
the
relative
66
pronoun,
the NP is
and either
or it
pronoun
is
the NP to
used with
coreferential
show the
Pronominali-
in
following
of the NP.
zation
by the
replaced
the
examples:
(70)
-je
cheleTa
Who
(71)
b.
[ cheleTa
boi
a.
cheleTa[
je
b.
porche,
se amar
is
reading
a book
boy
the
'The
boi
(cheleTa
4
se
porchel
bondhu
is
amar bondhu]
boi
porchel,
se amar
boy, who is
reading
a book, is
boi
[cheleTa
my friend'
porche][cheleTa
bondhu
my friend'
amar
bondhu]
my
friend
+ se
book
boy-the
bby-the
reading
+ he
(70)
in
shows
the
matrix
(chele
the
head
The head
noun
noun
as no surface
(71)
show the
from
the
the
after
has
that
cheleTa
'the
deletion
clause
of
Je in
boy[
in
identical
NP is
retained
(se
the
occurs
like[cheleTa
possible.
one of
of
or
the
(71)
from
relative
'he')
NP
in
with
'in
ondhu
like
identical
clause
of
shown
superficially
matrix
the
sentence.
matrix
Sentences
the
occurs
along
se amar
the
'he')
the
pronoun.
pronoun
occurred
structure
relative
insertion
relative
coreferential
my friendfjis
boy he is
identical
the
(se
pronoun
after-replacing
The second
clause
retaining
coreferential
sentence
'boy').
relative
the
the
that
(71),
'the
(70).
and
NP either
sentence
and
se in
and
the
67
matrix
In
sentence.
can be retained
matrix
(72)
either
NP
Si
NP
112
a.
bS2
e.
NP3:
se 'he'
delete
(chele
NP
one
1
head
has
(71)
moved to
give
t that
N,e
head
noun
in
such
cases
cheleTa
'the
In
available
Bengali
Dasgupta
the
main
emphasis
way:
in
in
retained
from
the
S1 or
by stating
that
the
its
sentence
to
clause.
the
separates
matrix
S2
the
place
relative
a comma intonation
boyl
from
either
Bengali
of
(1980).
sentence..
writing
has
(1976)
is
has
than
to
of
in
been
independently
Kabir
provided
incomplete
all
have
done
wo rk
was PrDnominalization.
rules
dissertation,
been
the
except
Kabir
this
relativization
so far
which
interest
of
on Bengali
relativization
to
following
Position
is
preparation
Nothing
on relativization,
his
the
Work
sources
consulted.
initial
pronoun
realization
Previous
1.3.5
the
surface
'boy')
be explained
could
and the-coreferential
the
the
in
or
'who'
Je
like
clause
NP
2
Sentences
noun
relative
NP chele
NP
1v
NP
3
Ce
identical
may be shown in
This
sentence.
the
in
either
the
case
on
(1976)
a partial
its
study
approach,
He gives
*
investigating
and
more,
practical
as
68
of the
aspects
relative
clauses
provides
available
views
The purpose
the
of
Bengali
in
relativization
of
zation,
practical
aspects
in
transformational
into
but
account;
more
the
than
framework
Translation
1.3.7
In
the
English,
given
the
English
construction,
the
included
Any
in
the
describe
syntactic
and theoretical
have
on the
put
and
relativi-
of
rules
studies
is
to
is
study
language
Bengali
Sentences
of
and meaning
translation
a second
seemed far
translation
brackets).
into
Bengali
and a literal
of
was not
dissertation.
the
the
emphasis
translation
structure
use
on
been
taken
practical
theoretical.
of
priority
are
through
the
(1976)
different
writing
aspects
recent
writer
The study
not
present
from
In
standpoints.
semantic
this
writing
on
Study
of the
Design
study
constructions.
on complement
section
1.3.6
of
more
Neither
by Chattopadhyay
expressed
His
on relativization.
Complement Constructions
time
putting
and incomplete.
scanty
Questions#
studies
Bengali
and Complements.
emphasis
at the
in
clauses
on Questions
is
(1980)
Dasgupta
language.
of
sentences
the
translation
from
has
English
Bengali
is
a normal
been-given
into
sentences
give.
When
English
(sometimes
CHAPTER TWO
Relativization
Relativization
2.1
-
Process
Process
Relativization
2.1.1
is
Relativization
embedded
in
sentence
is
normally
in
have
other
(ae,
to
be the
or
to
the
embedded
clause
in
of
the
pronoun,
or
the
the
head
the
coreferential
noun
matrix
the
constitutes
which
the
as the
the
pronoun
in
69
one clause
or
Ja,
correlative
the
to
either
embedded
which
the
head
matrix
head
noun
is
left
is
sentence
the
contains
and the
the
and
When a sentence
clause
or
is
The sentence
sentence.
may be retained
Jini
as Je,
may be placed
relative
Pronoun,
so that
corresponding
sentence,
The
correlative
pronoun
pronouns,
the
The
marker.
relative
such
matrix
relative
embedded
by a pronoun.
replaced
the
it
phrase
noun
the
of
respectively).
clause
relative
right
front
is
i. e.
have
will
embedded
a coreferential
by a relative
pronoun,
and ta
tini
the
by some other
a relative
a noun
contains
standard
the
clauses
may be described
Bengali,
the
The relativizable
phrase
phrase
followed
normally
sentence
is
a sentence
In
contains
replaced
noun
noun
construction
form
structure
is
identical
identical
relative
moved to
later
and
sentence
second
of
whereby
phrase.
be relativized.
to
noun phrase
will
deep
the
a process
a nou
analysis
The embedded
modifies.
phrase
in
as a modifier
transformational
the
Accessibility
noun,
sentence
relative
whereas
with
may be substitute
70
for
the
coreferential
any coreferential
without
Derivation
2.1.2
clause
different
Bengali,
five
on the
turns
distinction
be
retained
can
clause
relative
is
pronoun,
in
antecedent.
relative
the
the
clause,
the
matrix
if
the
relative
matrix
relative
after
embedding
relative
clause
following
as a deictic
relative
When the
is
the
antecedent
from
separated
is
When the
clause
between
The
and before
clause
sentence
in
relativized
sentence
(cf-1,3).
exists
the
ways.
sentence.
show complete
the
it
in
structure.
in
different
of
of
the
relative
the
relative
When the
ante-
the
relative
clause,
relative
as a
pronoun
before
occurs
the
ante-
and
the
relative
clause
a comma intonation.
with
Moreover-,
relative
any
6)
can be taken
it
juncture
close
not
matrix
occurs
cedent
the
does
the
in
clause
in
retained
it
pronoun,
in
embedded
completely
cedent
(cf.
in
the
noun,
placement
complex
antecedents
The
common.
head
the
and the
in
be explained
can also
antecedent
the
of
relative
are
which
of
sentences
The distribution
sentences
of
markers,
and matrix
relative
possible
occurrence
and coreferential
relative
the
in
Clauses
Relative
seven
are
patterns
pronoun.
Bengali
of
There
pronoun,
clause
antecedent
a relative
either
and the
with
pronoun
(cf-1,3,7)
coreferential
in
may occur
or
marker
without
is
the
(cf.
retained
2)
in
71
the matrix
sentence
(cf. 1,2,8)
without
is
clause
either
referential
the matrix
before
sentence,
The relativization
the relative
particular
relative
clause
position
in
the matrix
and Ja-ta
the
from
and the
NP is
(cf.
6).
In
deleted
from
the
matrix
pronoun
and is
This
retained
in
sentence
either
with
noun
is
relative
referential
the
in
case
indicates
the
the
or
clause)
pronoun
in
in
NP.
When the
relative
clause,
the
relative
NP +S
clause,
the
in
relative
structure
or
NP is
(Of-1,4).
may be
noun
the
in
matrix
a coreferential
sentence
(7)
the, matrix
is
becomes
Je+S,
the
the
in
retained
which
the
with
before
shows
is
the
no co-
sentence
retained
no head
in
or
where
construction
antecedent
pronoun,
(where
relatives
like
antecedent
matrix
identical
head
the
matrix
sentences
occurs
identical
structure
headless
the
clause
clause
or
for
a coreferential
that
a relative
of
the
relative
relative
either
retained
the
embedding,
clause
in
retained
for
twho-het
of Je-se
relative
process,
initial
Of complete
the
sentence
retained
either
except
another
clearly
process
in
case
deleted
a relative
sentence
the
the
in
pronoun
occurrence
NP is
shows in
or inside
the
In
pronoun
Bengali
sentence
'what-thatf.
identical
in
(cf,, 1-7).
(cf. 7).
it
within
before
co-
the matrix
retained
coreferential
involves
of relativization
in
absent
pronoun
and the
clause
process
and the
the antecedent
sentence,
is
the antecedent
or
When a relative
the relative
may remain
pronoun
but
with
any antecedent.
embedded in
occurs
normally
(cf-3,4,5,6,7)
in
the
turn,
72
does
show the
not
Note,
from
dropped
sentence
the
after
in
either
following
close
(1)
becomes
the
case
of
juncture
matrix
are
to
given
Je,
cheleTa
who
boy-the
my
friend
(is)
my friend
['The
a.
boy who is
amar bondhu
my friend
'He
b.
Je amar bondhu,
friend
boy
friend
he came
'He came the
my friend?
se esechilo
he came
(he)
came?
se cheleTa
esechilo
he boy-the
came
my friend'
Je-cheleTa
who boy-the
boy who (is)
camel
he came
(is)
came who
se esechilo,
(he)
camel]
my friend
Je amar bondhu,
who my
he came
se esechilo
(is)
came who
'Who (is)
'The
Je,
who
who my
se esechilo
my friend
my friend
amar bondhu
my
matrix
an antecedent
shows
deictic.
friend
my friend'
came']
that
The
above
represents
as Je-).
amar bondhu,
the
the
clauses
Je -
boy
illustrate
the
after
pronoun
becomes
clause
relative
after
retained
of
is
antecedent
sentence,
coreferential
relative
Bengali
and is
The occurrence
and the
relative
clause.
when the
above,
the
deictic.
a relative
of
clause
in
pronoun
'Who the
(2)
relative
examples
features
structure
as mentioned
the
coreferential
true
73
se-cheleTa
amar bondhu,
he boy-the
my
fHe-the
boy-the
who my
who came'
-he came
(he)
my friend,
came?
amar eekTa
boi
ache,
Ja ammu
Ia
book
have
which
mother
bought
which
mother
bought
for
a book
have
and matrix
clauses
complete
and partial
Sentence
(1)
the
relative
the
becomes
deictic
between
them.
due to
the
be regarded
pronoun
relative
relative
non-deictic
deictic
presence
before
occurs
a comma intonation,
with
deictic
deictic
as a
relative
relative
of
any
clause;
clause).
close
of
Je,
This
juncture
'the
before
occurs
clause.
If
but
it
a
is
sepa-
be considered
will
Je-cheleTa
'Who,
'who
the
(i.
distinction
between
any
them,
posteedent
cheleTa
clause
juncture
a close
relative
(e. g.
NP
relative
between
it
clause
identical
exists
any
the
with
the
pronoun
juncture
NP and the
postcedent[cheleTa
presence
the
of
clauses.
the
the
of
process
relative
pronoun,
When a relative
and a close
postcedent
of
As the
relative
me'
clause
deletion
has
and the
the
relative
the
after
occurs
the
sentence.
matrix
of
dieche
distribution
embedding-of
and the
pronoun,
show the
embedding
NP in
kine
sentences,
shows partial
of
retention
(1-7)
examples
relative
rated
(lit)
se esechilo
friend
(is)
who
boy,
The above
will
my friend
Je amar bondhu,
'I
boyij
who came
cheleTa,
'The
from
friend
(is)
boy
Je esechilo
as a
the
boy:
e.
relative
boy':
non-
the
pronoun
74
and the posteedent
pronoun
determining
whether
This
deictic.
(2)
for
except
relative
the matrix
or in
embedding.
and it
becomes deictic
also
relative
clause.
is
The postcedent.
the relative
embedding
these
relative
occurs
pronoun
the
clause
sentences,
after
the
it
relative
in
a close
before
the
to
a close
where the
a structure
and the
postcedent
coThe
clause.
is
juncture
close
shows complete
sentence.
clause
of
shows partial
also
as there
(1).
and the
clause
with
embedding
the matrix
of the
structure
the relative
the matrix
in
clause
before
only
(6)
sentence
postcedent
the
shows partial
relative
occurrence
pronoun
coreferential
the
with
relative
illustrates
precedes
of
of headless
occurrence
occurs
sentence
With
kind
due to the
becomes deictic
sentence
between
the
(1)
to
matrix
opposite
the
This
(5)
occurs
pronoun
referential
in
before
of the NP.
sentence
matrix
shows the
them.
the
3.4.1.
shows partial
postcedent
sentence
retained
pronoun
between
juncture
matrix
the
becomes deictic
clause
relative
relative
(4)
in
also
due to the
juncture,
in
occurs
before
pronoun
coreferential
(3)
sentence.
The postcedent
in
This
either
in
or non-
as an illustration
relatives,
clause
of the postcedent.
can be taken
clause
deictic
identical
pattern
relative
important
a structural
the absence
is
clause
the
is
or antecedent)
a relative
discussion
illustrates
between
and an intonation
and the
sentence.
(5).
The
Among
embedding
of the
The antecedent
coreferential
Though the matrix
75'
it
pronoun,
is not deictic,
as the relative
the relative
The relative
shows its
?who is my friend'
of a Bengali
are illustrated
relative
However, this
the
hence
relative
sentence and
a subordinate
the matrix
(7) illustrates
the antecedent..
contains
like
clause
earlier
and
clause
where no coreferential
shows partial
pronoun
embedding within
kind of structure
which also
stands
exists
clause.
clause
intonation
a
comma
and
a different
sentence contains
clause
clause
sentence
in the matrix
can be regarded
the other
relative
except that
(6).
of
as
'clauses which
sentence
(4) and
Though these
less
they
easily comprehended
grammatical,
are
sentences are
'
As sentences like (4) and
by speakers of the language.
(5) are not completely
acceptable
to all
language,
further.
All
structure
Je - NP or NP - S.
the sentences
the Je - NP structure,
exhibit
the NP -S
illustrated
The first
whereas,
the last
speakers of the
not be discussed
in
five
(1-7)
have the
sentences
show
two sentences
structure.
76
Bengali'relative
The subordinate
of embedding.
types
does not
clause
relative
of relative
completely
second sentence
(The words
construction.
to the
embedded in
in which
order
The sentence
which
the
their
of relative
embedding.
this
latter
Most of the
kind
complete
the
relative
except
embedding
(6),
given
all
of the
embedding
in
other
relative
is
can
process
relative
regarding
show only
in
embedding
(cf. 6);
sentence
previously
is
Bengali.
show complete
(cf. 1,2#
of structure
1980:
consideration,
Bengali
clauses
are
sentence
clauses
matrix
however,
clause,
The examples
show that
in
clause
which
two standpoints
Some sentences
construction.
of the relative
types
from
the
sentence
sentence
relative
case of embedding,
can be explained
clauses
other
on the
refer
sentences
From this
clause.
of the
merely
in
of the matrix
statement
In the
and the
either
a complex
constituents
as a relative
in
where the
the
all
or the
sentence
significance.
dominates
sentence
for
sentence,
are presented
to operate
the
either
and "second"
sentences
of other
constituents
is
sentence
"first"
sentences
134).
second
description
embedding
another
first
processes
constitutes
When a sentence
sentence
that
clause
show complete
clauses.
or partially
the first
show different
clauses
other
partial
Bengali
show
3# 4,5,7).
in
sentences
clauses
(1-7)
clearly
do not
show
in
the matrix
77
In
sentences.
show partial
next
to
Only
the
main
of
(8)
a.
b.
c.
The process
of
embedding
my
esechilo
boy-the
came
boy
[ cheleTa
amar bondhu][cheleTa
friend
my
(is)
boy
clause
is
'Who the
boy-the
fully
my friend'
came
'The
boy
my
boy
(is)
boy who is
cheleTa
came'
friend
esechilo]
he boy-the
my friend
my friend
came
he the
amar bondhu][se
boy who is
my friend
boy
came?
I
camel
cheleTa
I
he
43,
who boy-the
my friend
.
(he)
Who the boy (is)
friend
my
['The
in
esechilol
amar bondhu]se[cheleTa
Je[cheleTa
[Je
relative
came'
who boy-the
e.
clause.
my friend'.
cheleTa
['The
main
friend
(is)
boy
boy-the
d.
the
boy-the
'The
clauses
as an illus-
of
cheleTa
'The
the
after
can be interpreted
amar bondhu
'The
Bengali
(8).
in
illustrated
clauses
as subordinate
or
clauses
perspective,
embedding
complete
sentence.
matrix
(6)
like
sentences
From this
before
relative
as subordinate
and stand
clauses.
either
Bengali
cases,,
can be regarded
may occur
tration
the
of
embeddings
clauses
relative
which
most
camel
esechilol
came
camel
]
the
78
f.
I Je cheleTa
who boy-the
'who
['The
g.
cheleTa,
[Je
boy-the
who my
h.
cheleTa,
boy-the
who came
boy,
(8)
of
clause
relative
of
embedding
embedding
complete
the
either
into
the
first
structure
the
of
identical
NP in
and
the
(8g-h)
deictic
relative
deictic
nature.
is
that
and
second
or
(8a-b)
Bengali
process
of
clauses
show embedding
'what-that'
shows
the
the
the
is
the
of
is
relative
of
clause
of
non-
here
between
nature
the
of
the
shows
second
can be mentioned
and the
source
inter-
shows
of
sentence
The difference
latter
relativization.
in
second
(8d)
deletion
former
point
show that
the
(8c)
sentence.
the
and
(8g-h)
juxtaposition.
and the
clause
(8e-f)
(8e-f)
sentence.
simple
One important
and Ja-ta
into
matrix
Partial
in
shown
insertion
(8e-f)
of
structure
mediate
is
process
embedding
sentence.
(8g-h).
embedded
my friend'
the
matrix
sentence
came'
friend
(is)
(he)
can be embedded.
first
of
he my
clause
in
(he)
illustrate
the
relative
he came
se amar bondhu
who came,
in
esechilo
my friend,
esechilo],
shown to
is
my friend'
friend
[Je
'The
my friendt
amar bondhulse
(is)
who
boy,
my friend
(is)
(he)
came
'The
he
came
boy
the
amar bondhul
cheleTa
esechilo][se
on the
relative
Je-se
and in
'who-he'
the
'
79
matrix
To put
points.
can be
tion
insertion
only
approach
seen that
does not
account
satisfactorily
It
for
deleted
embeddings
(je
pronoun
insertion
the
It
se in
insertion
of
identical
NP is
already
of embeddings
referential
in
clause.
relative
examples
the matrix
pronouni,
coreferential
rule
it
provided
sentence.
the relative
in
clause
a, second T-
via
two simple
the relative
but
(se
which
for
(8)
relative
the
'he/she')
through
provides
an
for
the
or when the
sentence
the
to explain
of relative
and matrix
for
insertion
can be explained
This
in
or partial
easily,
the matrix
provides
clause.
of the relative
sentence,
pronouns
of the
matrix
can be explained
deleted
and in
or se
the
pronoun
transformational
additional
the
Je twhol
complete
insertion
coreferential
unexplained.
remains
in
pronoun
can be explained
'who')
of, the
in
shows either
Bengali,
embedding-
Identical
clause
in
and. in
of
and an
deletion
In relativization,
a relative
When a relative
both
for
can be explained
rule).
contain
sentences
the
of either
are inserted
sentence
(insertion
(ii)
the
only
clause
or Ja-ta
relativiza-
the relative-clause
explains
the relative
in
the
in
and Ja-ta
stand-
of rules,
rule,
an embedding
'he/she'
in
two types
already
sentence.
identical
Bengali
is
It
of Je-se
the matrix
is
(I)
two different
way,
through
explained
rule.
insertion
rule
in a different
it
are T-rules:
which
from
can be explained
sentence
of Je
through
different
and cosentences.
the
types
80
(8e)
shows that
the
shared
and is
deleted
in
clause
referential
but not
the relative
NP cheleTa
'the
the
NP is
shared
be said
that
deleted
boy'
which
relative
This
embedding rule.
in
are introduced
the problem
solves
NP in
shared
and the
coreferential
both
second
of
the
twho-he/shel
embedding
se amar bondhu
that
is
also
Je-se
or
Ja-ta
the
T-rule
where
6).
'The
In
that
boy,
matrix
also
the
relative
example,
who came,
the
by any
cleft
and
to form
This
T-rule
pronoun
From
relativization
and a
in
occurrences
jeheleTa,
NP
shared
a T-rule)
the
sentence.
Bengali
clause
is
in
or the
sentence.
explains
relative
and Ja 1whatt
matrix
(which
explain
second
(cf.
can be said
and in
clause
relative
Je-se,
to
T-rule
the
the NP
the relative
clause
in
pronoun
embedding
to
(cf. 7.2).
both
cannot
the
and not
positions
the relative
it
perspective,
inserted
sentence
As
transformational
identical
of retaining
and the
requires
is
sentence-initial
and a pseudo-cleft
cleft
tion
T-rule
for
of the
T-rule
a separate
shared
it
both
retains
is
the
Je 'who'.
retained
a second
Je twhol
transformations
Pseudo-cleft
this
through
through
clause
clause
sentence
clause,
the retention
that
explains
both
the relative
As the relative
pronoun,
the matrix
pronoun
is
a co-
the deletion
contains
pronoun
can be explained
pronoun
rule
in
retained
in
the relative
NP.
which
for
explains
pronoun
clause
the relative
sentence
This
a coreferential
in
retained
the matrix
se 'he'.
pronoun
of the NP for
NP is
The applicaretention
shows
of
complete
Je esechilo,
my friend'
or
81
cheleTa,
Je amar bondhu,
the process
came],
-friend,
retention
of embedding
of the NP cheleTa
'the
sentence
but
fails
to explain
relative
(se
'he')
in
is
rule
insertion
the matrix
the matrix
types
and it
clause
relative
in
in
sentence
process
clauses)
correlative
the partial
through
second T-rule.
(partially
(first
This
of the
that
the
cor-
The second T-
can be said
se 'he'
embedded
is
T-rule)
embedded
Bengali
through
and the
insertion
can be illustrated
in
inserted
So both
and completely
in
are constituted
of embedding
(second-T-rule).
like
matrix
of the
sentence.
the problem
my
the
the
the insertion
matrix
who is
explains
before
boy'
sentence
clauses
of relative
relative
the
of handling
capable
'The boy,
se esechilo
the
rule
the following
manner.
cheleTa
amar bondhu
boy-the
my
'The
b.
my friend'
esechilo
boy-the
came
boy
[ cheleTa
boy-the
d.
(is)
boy
cheleTa
'The
c.
friend
[Je
came'
amar bondhU][cheleTa
friend
my
who boy-the
'Who the
boy-the
Amar, bondhu]
cheleTa
boy
my
(is)
friend
boy who is
my friend
se 'he'
inserted
came
V
se
he
esechilo
came
(he)
my friend
'The
is
esechilol
came'
in
came
]
the matrix
sentence
82
through
(ii)
Je
cheleTa
second
T-rule;
is
inserted
in
'whot
through
clause
e.
the
rJe
6
boy-the
boy,
Je
(ii)
se
relative
(first
embedding
amar bondhu][se
(is)
who
T-rule).
esechilol
he
friend
who my
'The
the
came
(he)
my friend,
came'
'who' is inserted
in the relative
I
(first
through
T-rule)
clause
embedding
'he'
through
sentence
(iii)Je
is
'who'
(cheleTa
Je
the
boy')
T-rule;
as the
follows
the
relative
(ge)
as the
NP
juncture;
is
non deictic
(cheleTa
relative
matrix
in-(9d)
a close
antecedent
the
second
with
'who'
the
in
deictic
'the
pronoun
(iv)
inserted
is
in
'the
boy')
pronoun
with
applies
to
precedes
a comma
intonation.
T-rule
'he'
in
the
clause
relative
ithe
relative
pronoun
tcorrelative
show the
And after
Je-insertion.
the
a.
(i.
pronoun
ELnd (10c)
Vf
and
matrix
(10b)
in
e.
matrix
shows
the
head
the
(11b)
before
amar bondhu,
who boy-the
my
noun
noun
clause
show the
se-insertion.
se esechilo
he came
and
sentence
sentence).
(11c)
and after
Je-cheleta
head
relative
and
friend
the
matrix
the
of
structure
clause
the
shows
'who'
Je
and in
(10a)
insert
with
with
the
(10b)
before
structure
83
'Who the boy (is)
['The
boy who is
(he)
my friend
my friend
came'
came']
NP
b.
NP
fThe
bondhu
amar
cheleTa
boy
(is)
my
friend'
NP
NP
.'N
Jd<hel\eTa
'who
d.
s
amar
boy
the
NP
-S
12
SC:
a.
my friend'
Je Insertion:
SD:
(11)
(is)
bondhu
Je
Je
cheleTa,
boy-the
'The
Ob
=>
esechilo,
who came
boy,
who came,
is
se amar
bondhu
he myI
friend
my friend'
NP
b.
NP
cheleTa
'The
boy
s
Je esechiln
who came',
84
Je Insertion:
C.
SD:
NP
-S
12=
SC:
(12)
Je
a.
=>
Je
esechilo,
who came
+2
se-cheleTa
amar bondhu
he boy-the
my
the
boy
(is)
friend
(lit)
my friend',
my friend']
L'The
Ob
NP
b.
NP
amar bondhu
cheleTa
(is)
boy
'The
my friend'
NP
NP
se cheleTa
'He the
d.
NP-
SC:
structure
the
clauses.
Ob
=q
se +12
The T-rules
relative
my friend'
12
handling
(is)
boy
Insertion:
se
SD:
of
bondhu
amar
which
are
shown
and distribution
summary
of
(9-12)
structures
relative-correlative
A brief
in
can be given
relative-
clauses
are
in
capable
Bengali
here
in
on the
Bengali
85
includes
which
the
postcedent,
(13)
a.
the matrix
relative
Relative
the antecedent,
sentence,
and coreferential
markers.
can be partially
clauses
the
or completely
embedded.
b.
Both
(partially
types
relative
for
T-rule
the
embedded)of
(first
relative
T-rule)
and cor-
structures.
relative
The relative
clause
may be retained
The postcedent
in
clause-or
relative
e.
The antecedent
f.
Je and se
is
the
either
matrix
in
the
the
the matrix
occur
normally
and in
in
sentence.
matrix
retained
'who-he/she'
clause
relative
the
either
it.
or follow
sentence
d.
completely
show embedding
clauses
and a second
C.
and
sentence.
the
in
sentence
matrix
respectively.
g0
The relative
the
h.
i.
If
head
the
pronoun
noun
in
coreferential
the
postcedent.
The coreferential
the matrix
sentence
A relative
clause
either
a relative
postcedent
the
can
occurs
precede
or
follow
clause.
in
the
matrix
pronoun
always
pronoun
can be dropped
preceding
does not
or a matrix
sentence,
before
occurs
only
the relative
clause
become deictic.
sentence
in
becomes
86
deictic
when the
relative
or
the
before
occurs
postcedent
pronoun
correlative
with
the
a close
juncture.
k.
A relative
clause
relative
basis
basis
on the
of
occurrence
examples
that
nouns,
in
study
who boy-the
coreferential
(1-7)
['The
boy
boy-who
criteria
markers
may be repeated
(1-7),
types
amar bondhu,
friend
of
here
where
relative
se esechilo
he came
is
my friend
came'
is
my friend
camel]
b.
Je
amar bondhu,
'Who is
ce
my friend
Je amar bondhu,
'Who is
['The
my friend
se esechilo
came'
se cheleTa
he the
esechilo
boy came'
my friend']
and the
The
sentences.
supplements
my
oelative
distributional
and matrix
relative
cheleTa
discussion,
above
on broad
are'given
'Who the
the
a comma intonation.
(1
the
This
convenience.
discussion
head
of
the
of
can be examined
clauses
before
occurs
Head Nouns
of
On the
becomes
sentence
antecedent
with
clause
Occurrence
2.1.3
the
if
non-deictic
a matrix
or
(lit)
for
a short
clause.
87
d.
Je cheleTa
se esechilo,
'I
book
have
a book
these
All
head nouns
occurs
in
in
my friend
who is
kine
have
mother
bought-has
which
show the
coreferential
marker
in
(14c).
the
head
is
identical
to
that
the
clause
occurs
(14e)
is
the
to
identical
sentence
matrix
shows
relative
occurs
initial
relative
clause.
sentence
and before
(14c);
before
occurrence
clause
after
relative
the
the
only
the
after
the
the
of
relative
the
difference
is
sentence.
is
occurs
in
before
the
that
(14f)
clause.
noun
clause.
the
of
matrix
head
noun.
occurrence
difference
only
relative
any head
(14d),
(14a),
the
The head
after
sentence
mef
of
the
of
absence
In
The headin(149)
the
occurrence
sentences.
matrix
dieche
for
in
the
shows
the
noun
bought
mother
which
in
noun
came'
ammu
occurs
The head
se esechilo
ache, Ja
relative
(14b)
(14a).
(lit)
my friend']
positions
the
inside
who came'
my friend,
examples
different
(lit)
Je esechilo
Je amar bondhu,
boy,
my
marker
my friend'
boi
kTa
w
amar
g.
noun
boy who is
came who is
cheleTa,
tThe
my friend'
boy is
[? The boy
f.
is
amar bondhu,
se cheIeTa
'He the
boy
bondhu
amar
the
matrix
the
88
Occurrence
2.1.4
of Relative
in
occur
(15)
can be described
The relative
a.
clause
b.
matrix
Except
for
sentence
after
the
or
head
or
is
relative
the
the
after
clause
is
in
that
the
noun
is
always
the
matrix
occurrence
fixed*in
occurs
the
after
shows
absence
marker
the
Bengali
the
The
relative
When a
nouns.
the
noun,
complete
of
are
other.
complex
pronoun
embedding.
any head
In
marker.
the
can
It
head
sentence;
noun
in
occur
noun
this
case
three
struc-
be mentioned
should
correlative
matrix
the
in
in
When a relative
relative
sentence.
of
after
headless.
The correlative
tures
any head
noun
illustrated
in
head
the
may totally
follow
the
it
noun
in
a head
positions
after
it;
or'after
markers
embedding.
partial
the
two
relative
structure
or
before
occurs
possibility
before
in
occur
before
shows
either
of
the
in
marker
type
the
manner:
may occur
with
can precide
pronoun
The third
either
and each
relative
occurs
marker
relative
either
following
or after
and correlative
pronouns
clause,
the
coreferential
absent.
obligatory
relative
the
remain
the
markers
sentence
or
and correlative
may occur
before
The coreferential
it
Markers
in
marker
either
without
(14g),
relative
and Correlative
marker
the
and never
with
the
correlative
before
here
head
marker
it.
The
89
marker
correlative
it,
before
if
may also
In the
relative
contains
no coreferential
The Position
the
but
this
(14)
which
the
given
are
the
preceding
relative
the
is
Gapping
word
where
in
Bengali.
in
order
Forward
here
to
matrix
shows
Gapping
is
show Forward
examples
preceding
When the
it
sentence,
is
more
comprei. e.
more
comprehensible
whi-ch
in
shown
and Backward
SOV
be shown
can also
are
occurs
as Backward
Bengali.
the
of
and when it
Relativization
are
sentence
matrix
may be taken
The examples
Gapping.
be repeated
as it
Bengali
it
which
clause
times.
Relativization,
Forward
in
Backward
the
sentence,
matrix
occurrence
and the
before
sentence,
the
relative
three
in
sentence
The seven
clause
as Forward
matrix
normal
times
four
occurs
Relativization.
hensible
on the
show the
relative
clause
may be taken
after
(14)
Matrix
and the
The examples
sentences..
matrix
sentence
matrix
before
can be explained
in
Clause
a complex
of
clause
relative
sentence
matrix
Construction
Complex
the
be
reversed.
may
order
in
given
the
has
the
in
absent
the
structure
Relative
or remains
marker.
of
in
Sentence
third
without
clause.
2.1-5
occur
in
than
(14)
Relativization
may
90
Forward
a.
je
Relativization
cheleTa
who boy-tHe
my friend'
my friend']
boy
Relativization
Backward
b.
he my friend
came
came is
'Who the
['The
se amar bondhu
esechilo,
Je
bondhu,
se amar
Relative
to
whether
they
In
of
cation
the
head
noun
n8un
occur
contour
which
both
that
by side
side
relative
modification.
clause
has
-In
is
as it
The role
of
and the
clause.
The process
without
the
restrictive
break
meaning
or
of
the
determining
clauses,
the
is
head
of
the
modifihead
by intonation
So the
modifies.
a defining
and
clause
any
upon
modification
the
relative
non-
modifi-
dependent
clause
clause
relative
the
clauses
relative
relative
limits
it
or
the
the
respect
with
restrictively
noun
essential
inside
and thus
the
is
with
occurs
shows
cation
head
modification.
together
that
the
restrictive
noun
accompanying
displayed
can be classified
clauses
modify
restrictively.
Clause
Relative
Restrictive
(lit)
my friend']
[IThe
came
the
my friend
'He is
2.1.6
who boy-the
friend
he my
esechilo
cheleTa
head
noun
restrictive
role
relative
in
is
pronoun
91
occurs before
tive
clause
identifies
In another
the particular
referred
clause
It
item which is
is assumed that
is shown to be restrictive
clause
in Bengali
relative
clause
contains
replaces
the identical
Je
shows partial
the coreferential
the
Pronoun, which
The, following
noun phrase.
from a
sentence contains
matrix
a relative
by being derived
restrictive.
relative
examples
in
clauses
Bengali.
a.
Je
amar bandhobi,
MeeTa
'Who the
CIThe
b.
Je
C.
Je boiTa
which
'Which
a famous
singer'
who is
my friend
is
a famous
singer']
L'The
In
(17a),
relative
elaka
cinto,
se curi
this
area
knew
he stolen-has
knew this
area
has
stolen'
area
has
'Stolen']
ami porchi,
book-the
book
book
which
Je amar bandhobi
clause
koreche
ei
thief
the
singer
is
who thief-the
thief
she famous
my friend
corTa
['The
ga,*. ika
namk3ra
is
girl
girl
'Who the
friend
my
who girl-the
se
I reading
I
seTa
sDmproti
that
recently
kena
bought
am reading
was bought
recently'
I am reading
was bought
recently']
'who is
girl'
my friend'
is
is
the
92
is
by the relative
modified
pronoun
relative
occur
break
by intonation
close
juncture
or it
pronoun.
The relative
head
which
noun
that
indicates
has
been
Paying
cation
the
of
clause
one
shows
that
head
head
the
an animate
2.1.7
the
or
From this
point
In
that
area
noun
it
which
inthe
against
of view,
from
merely
(17b)
is
also
Je ei
elaka
modifiThe meaning
thieves,
but
constituted
with
These
clause
of
the
(17c)
something.
modifies.
a
is
speaker
ive-clause
are-many
them
one of
one-object
passing.
restrictive
an inanimate
sentence
words,
one the
stolen
the
other
thief".
is
clause
the
the-restrictive
'the
has
from
relatives
in
there
well
relative
noun
as the
shows
the
examples
show
can be either
noun.
Relative
A non-restrictive
rent
sentence.
corTa
noun
Non-Restrictive
information
only
out
relative
but
pick
any
exists
be removed
The relat.
areal
indicates
the
knew
who
inanimate
that
head
and. the
friends
an object
of
there
of
it
restrictively.
the
that
Non-restrictive
to.
cinto
the
without
The meaning
clauses
a property
interpreted
'
and specify
noun
cannot
several
in
to
attention
mention
head
clause
relative
objects
of
the
I have
typi6ally
may be said
modifies.
referred
restrictive
set
it
by side
side
between
clause.
Clause
relative
clause
the relative
provides
it
clause
diffe-
modifies.
is
separated
93
from
the matrix
of the modified
meaning
clause
provides
as-intensive
cation
referenceof
Due to the
can never
matrix
.
as it
of this
structure
as it
be deleted
(Stockwell,,
is
clause
from
the
relative
162).
1977:
kind
the
of modifi.
two sentences.
in
meaning
alone
without
non-restrictive
of
is
clause.
the head noun
clause
the
matrix
of the
structure
information
provided
by the
un"ecessary
the
the
on the head
provided
affects
extra
overall
the modi-
can stand
type
the hearer
If
in
this
the
by the
provided
occurs
between
separated
term
affect
sentence.
relative
620)
does not
the modification
the
information
some extra
of the antecedent
clause
affect
relative'clause
relationship
The modification
restrictive
not
et al '(1979:
Quirk
noun.
would
In a non-restrictive
sentence.
fying
it
sentence,
clause
This
to
become
may be shown
non-restrictive
in
the
following
way:
(18)
a.
lparTeks
bes
Partex
quite
mojbut)[parTeks
strong
Partex
theke
paThkaThi
jute
from
sticks
h:)e
toiri
made is
b
parTeks
iri
__30 ce
-'.hz e
parTeks,
theke
U.paxTieksLipaTkaThl-bes"`doJbi.
mt-j
ll-z
i
Ja paTkaThi
theke
toiri
hze,
ta
bes
mojbut
'Partex,
strong'
which
is
made of
jute
sticks,
is
quite
94
of the
The embedding
that
indicates
the
clause
relative
is
noun which
is
clause
relative
noun in
is
its
quite
meaning
(Ja paTkaThi
clause
Sticks')
is
It
separated
from
indicates
the
head
shows that
or the head
4dding
hze
when a
the non-restrictive
(parTeks
toiri
theke
as the
'Partext:
antecedent
after
the head
'Which
relative
is
made of jute-
inessential
modifi-
noun
from
the
is
clause
above discussion
that
and is
non-defining
non-existence
and the
separates
head
the
latter
is
relative
noun-from
in
modifies.
The following
the
of
nature
(18),
understood
the
that
about
in
its
restrict
relative
non-restrictive
the
constitutes
for
cation
jute-sticks)
after
sentence
and makes it
This
or reference
In
strong').
in 'nature
clause.
made from
does not
it
which
first
added after
relative,
the
information
extra
non identifying
of board
kind
second sentence
provides
non-restrictive
in
second sentence
the
relative
to
examples
juncture
clause
the
are
clauses
between
clause.
apposition
non-restrictive
close
any
which
head
given
in
noun
below
and
shows
it
to
show
Bengali.
(1
is applied
'Comma intonation'
here to show the
the head noun and the
of pause between
existence
in surface
relative
pronoun
structure
of any nonrestrictive
relative
clause.
95
a.
robindronath,
Jini
prokkhato
kobi,
tini
nobel
Rabindranath
who
famous
poet
he
Nobel
puroskar
peechilen
Prize
received
who was a famous poet,
'Rabindranath,
received
b.
friend
my
bissobiddal.
Jini
gzlpolekhok,
tini
aJ
who
story-writer
he
to-day
)Je
University-to
'My friend,
to-day
talk
Both in
information
about
are
clauses
friend
extra
'friend'.
the matrix
the
relative
it
clauses,
provide
clauses
the modified
would
whose referents
sentences
'Rabindranath
modifying
the
clauses
modified
and bondhu
relative
meaning
(20).
the relative
about
'Rabindranathl
in
from
peechilen
(19b),
and
information
the
the relative
deliver
will
received
robindronath
the Nobel
bissobiddalDje
boktrita
bondhu
deben 'My
aJ
and amar
,
Universityl.
to-day
to
the
talk
In
deliver
a
will
Prize'
(19a)
Universityl
the
and bondhu
separated
puroskar
nobel
to
identified
are already
-deliver-will
a story-writer,
the meaning
not-affect
talk
the referent
'Rabindranathl
nath
deVen
who is
(19b),
and
(19a)
boktrita
clauses
extraneous
'friend'
are
provide
If
respectively.
separated
not
from
the
be affected
as shown
56
(20)
Jini
robindronath,
a.
puroskar
kobi,
prokkhato
tini
nobel
peechilen
'Rabindranath,
received
'Rabindranath
Jini
IMy friend,
B.
'My friend
a story-writer,
to
University'
the
deliver
will
deben
boktrita
a talk
deliver
will
aJ
deben
aJ bissobiddal-aJe
bondhu
amar
'tini
who is
to-day
Prizel
Nobel
gDlpolekhok,
boktrita
bissobiddalDje
a talk
the
received
bondhu,
amar
b.
peechilen
puroskar
nobel
robindronath
a.
to
to-day
the
University'
These
examples
relative
they
'a
poet'
to
In
pronouns,
the
relative
pronouns
said
that
the
relative
pronoun
before
the
clause
of
head
the
to
kobi
gDlpolekhok
relatives,
antecedent.
So,
in
general
way to
one is
noun
without
move the
follow
postcedents
relatives
a restrictive
is
and
non-restrictive
the
follow
a restrictive
construction
restrictive
in
while
The simplest
into
nouns
same person.
non-restrictive
postnominally.
head
and prokhato
'my friend'
rela tives
restrictive
relative
the
the
the
to
apposition
bondhu
amar
and
refer
non-restrictive
'Rabindranathl
robindronath
modify.
famous
in
are
the
of
structure
which
clauses
?story-writer'
the
show the
occur
move the
relative
pause
and to
any
clause
head
can be
a non-restrictive
change
to
it
into
noun
a nonbefore
the
change
97
pronoun
relative
a comma intonation.
with
clauses
it
while
occurs
is
clause
structure
clause
The use
the
the
between
distinction
(21)
the
of
the
of
head
matrix
noun
The following
in
restrictive
in
signalling
two
exemplify
se esechilo
boy who is
my friend
came'3
Je'amar
bondhu,
boy,
boy
the
of
sentence
normally
examples
relative
head
clause's
head
se esechilo
my friend,
who is
As the
is
marker.
he came
friend
my
relative
clause.
sentences
came'
Movement
restrictive
restrictive
and non-restrictive
my friend
cheleTa,
'The
the
relative
is
'Who the
b.
in
surface
important
restrictive.
amar bondhu,
who boy-the
L'The
in
relative
Bengali.
in
Je cheleTa
a.
the
very
The following
clauses.
types
clause
is
postcedent,
non-restrictive
exists
and
postcedent
comma intonation
of
relative
intonation
no such
between
in
by a comma intonation
separated
while
the
relative
in non-restrictive
the antecedent
The antecedent
restrictive
before
occurs
marker
after
clauses.
relative
in
above,
noun
as the
noun
by the
is
in
is
in
permissible
head
separated
relative
allowed
came'
noun
from
clause,
non-restrictive
head
occurs
noun
the
inside
rest
no movement
clauses.
can be moved
98
(22)
Je
a.
lokTa
boi
bikkri
book sell
who man-the
korto,
used-to
he died
(22')
ce
boi
-e
lokTa
j
a.
cheleTa,
Je esechilo,
se amar
bondhu
boy-the,
who came,
he my
friend
boy,
Je lokTa,
se more
gm che
korto,
se more
gm che
bikkri
is
who came,
bondhu,
amar
se
(22a),
initial
the
in
occurs
in
The deictic
in restrictive
on the
is
clauses
head
(23)
in
a.
b.
A
it
that
the
'the
of the relative
(22b),
and final
deictic
use
becomes
dei. ctic
following
of
the
after
Je in
only
head
is
it
if
noun.
amar
bondhu,
se
who
girl-the
my
friend
she came
'The
girl
girl-the
'The
Je
amar bondhu,
who my
girl,
who is
friend
my friend,
possible
only
non-restrictive
meeTa
*meeTa, *
(22c).
of this
Je-
my friend
in
in
position
occurs
This
examples.
who is
man']
clause
The nature
clauses.
and never
noun
[lokTa
use of Je 'who/which?
relative
restriction
Je esechilo
clause
position
position
medial
my friend'
cheleTa,
shown
sell
boi
'The
the
b.
korto
has
esechilo
came'
se esechilo
she came
came'
before
may be
99
is
Je 'who'
Je 'who'
comma intonation
fact
is
is
it
noun
that
its
deictic
after
the
head
formulated
2.1.8
in
However,
-Headless
as shown
either
less
relatives
shown in
(24)
This
occurs
be shown,
must
sentences
as
can be
(23b)..
in
a deletion
relatives
through
a deletion
of head
subjects.
Head-
of indefinite
can be derived
in
can be
sources.,
nouns or through
the head
'who?
when Je
of headless
two different
from
Relatives
The derivation
shown from
girl'
a comma intonation
Bengali
has
pronoun.
precedes
follows
no non-restrictive
pause
any
without
when Je 'who'
role.
noun,
as it
as a relative
but when it
deictic,
loses
from
separated
and occurs
shows Plearly
(23a)
in
use before
whereas,
or deictic
determinative
definitive
Bengali
in
both
ways as
(24).
Je
lokTa
who man-the
porche,
se amar bondhu
book
reading
he my
man is
reading
a book
man who is
reading
'Who the
['The
boi
book
friend
is
is
my friend'
my friendlj
aI?
Je/
100
Je
a.
boi
book reading
who
'Who is
(i)
b.
se amar bondhu
porche,
(ii)
he my
a book is
reading
eekJon
amar bondhu
someone
my friend
fSomeone
is
ea kJon
friend
my friend'
my friend'
esechilo
someone
came
ISomeone came'
(iii)
Je ea kJon
esechilo,
who someone
'Someone
(iv)
ea kJon,
Je
someone
who my
shows
deleted
derivation
in
(24a).
of
the
subject
the
sentence
whereas
the
or
after
embedded
headless
it.
in
(24b)
headless
for
se esechilo
friend
he came
my friend,
relative
Sentences
a different
relatives
(cf.
shows
a different
relatives
where
'someone')
and it
25).
(Je
(23b. I,
way to
through
kind
the
is
indefinite
'who')
.
23b-ii.
show the
either
manIJ
of
is
an
deleted
se
in
'he',
pronoun
before
) can also
derivation
'the
head
pronoun
the
retains
pronoun
like
came'
ClokTa
noun
head
a coreferential
clause
relative
the
and inserts
bondhu,
relatives
the
where
(m kJon
indefinite
matrix
who is
friend
my friend'
derivationofheadless
transformation
deletion
is
the
amar
bondhu
amar
he my
came
who came is
'Someone,
(24a)
*se
of
be
101
(25)
Je amar bondhu,
(25)
the
who my
friend
'Who is
my friend
shows the
pronouns
and a correlative
(26)
a.
bought
something
bought
gave
kichu
diechilam
something
gave-
kichu
ami kinechilam
something
ami kinechilam,
what
I bought
constructing
Iwhat9
discussion
gave
which
mouke
diechilam
that
Mou-to
gave
to
with
are deleted
the headless
Moul
relative
their
for
the regular
the' different
relatives
in
clause
indefinite
markerCta
and correlative
examines
gave
ta
of a headless
sentences
diechilam
Mou-to
bought
Isomethingl
following
further
ami mouke
bought
Ja
pronoun[Ja
a headless
of
is
pronoun
Moul
to
something
a relative
source
both
where
something'
Mou-to
'What
(26)
pronoun
kinechilam
tI
for
The construction
ami kichu.
d.
deleted
are
relative
(26).
ami mouke
C.
-) a headless
an indefinite
in
'I
b.
came'
marker.
from
illustrated
he came
derivationof..
indefinite
relative
se esechilo
Ithatq.
sources
Bengali.
heads
relative
The
of
102
The occurrence
common in
Bengali.
relative
clauses
noun in
surface
structure,
or postcedent
trated
by the distinction
Je-lokTa
a.
is
relatives
Headless
cedent
(27)
of headless
amader
our
who man-the
(27a)
between
very
(27b).
and
barite
esechilo,
se amader
house-to
came
he our
protibesi
neighbour
man came to
our
house
is
our
neighbourl
to
came
who
man
our
house
is
our
neighbourl]
lWho the
['The
21
Je
b.
who
amader
barite
our
house-to
esechilo,
se amader
he our
came
protibesi
neighbour
'Who came to
In
(27a),
tthe
mant
dropping
tration
the
the
Je
twhol
in
a restrictive
the
of
of
above
clause.
clause
clauses
of
the
in
(28).
follows
its
antecedent
lokTa
the
After
we have
an illus-
It
is
clear
is
dropped
postcedent
a headless
from
from
relative
a headless
from
postcedent
clause.
becomes
it
antecedent
and becomes
its
clause.
the
if
that
neighbourl
i. n (27b),
relative
clause
our
relative
postcedent
examples,
r. estrictive
Preceding
occurs
a headless
is
house
our
the
non-restrictive
relative
relative
after
clause.
relative
the
This
dropping
is
shown
103
(28)
a.
lokTa,
Je
man-the
who our
amader
barite
esechilo,
se amader
house-to
came
he our
protibesi
neighbour
'The
b.
house-to
who our
house,
our
amad*er barite
Je
9,
who came to
man,
is
our
neighbourl
esechilo,
se amader
came
he our
protibesi
neighbour
'Who came to
The headed
man')
is
after
dropping
The above
is
the
(with
into
a headless
noun
the
of
the
clause
complex
one major
headless
relative
relative
clauses-is
that
both
relative
there
are
headed
matrix
in
clauses
that
and correlative
no constructions
clause
a turn
m,
it
a Postcedent)
the
dropping
dropping
the
head
of
in
the
relative
clauses,
either
sentence
can occur
initially
headless
former
in
the
relatives.
sentences
pronoun.
containing
headed
containing
require
involving
head
pronouns
correlative
and sentences
the
relative
clause.
relative
between
difference
tthe
when a relative
after
and
construction
However,
of
relative
the
headless
Like
or
the
Besides
clause.
structures.
the
clause
relatives
of
relative
in
relative
(lokTa
antecedent
show that
or
neighbourl
becomes
from
an antecedent
headless
their
(27,28)
relative
distribution
and
(28b)
antecedent
examples
headed
nouns,
(28a)
in
shown
its
with
clause
relative
is-our
house
our
the
That
insertion
is
a headless
to
say
104
eekTa boi
[amar
been
has not
*amar
bought
Ja
and
inserted,
is
me'
but
only
the
of
pattern
usual
the
either
first
in
as shown
the
relative
with
'Who (is)
C9
is
came?
se esechilo
my friend
(he)
came?
came']
Je amar bondhu
he came
d.
Je,
(is)
who
se esechilo,
'He
(he)
who my
(is)
came who
friend
my friend'
Je
esechilo
my
friend
'He (is)
he
who came
my friend
Ja ammu
bought
who came'
the
is
that
matrix
correlative
who he came
friend
'My friend
['Who
and
se esechilo
my friend
bondhu
amar
my
or
ta"Ithat'
common in
-relative
he came
friend
Bengali.
ache,
very
clause
my mother
mother
following.
who my
b.
not
&. headless.
Je amar bondhu,
(29)
are
ta
Thus
with
ta
what-my
relative
clause
in
structure
amar
this
Ja.
what
sentence
sentence
correlative
relative
have
the
have a book
the
which
'I
that
have
like
sentences
allows
as the
'I
dieche
amake kine
the
mej,
in
following:
as the
'what'
However,
for
dieche
'I
dieche
show headless.
this
to
correspond
a grammatical
not
like
Sentences
So,
bought
Ja ammu kine
ache,
that
Ja ammu kine
ache,
my mother
which
it
in Bengali
clause
relative
for
me'.
Bengali.
where
sentence
pronouns,
105
e.
se amar bondhu,
Je
he my
who came
(is)
'He
The above
in
the
(30)
a.
Bengali,
The initial
clause
in
be either
the relative
following
the
must
the
d,
the
the
b) or the
(29a,
c, d, e) or
clause
the
headless
headless,
relative
clause
sentence
occurs
to the
matrix
matrix
sentence
the
end of the
relative
clause
(29d).
Like
the
headed
relative
first
or
in
the
a headless
Headless
both
relative
the relative
twhat')
'he',
relative
and the
ta
fthat')
b,
c,
the
the headless
either
can
e) or
When se
sentence,
clause,
sentence
second
clause
(29d).
before
must occur
(29b).
(29b).
(29a,
initially
either
may
(29a,
relative
end of
as the. initial
se can occur
relative
p).
headless
at
clause,
occur
clause
initially
either
end of
relative
e.
can be explained
which
the headless
(29c,
sentence
Je can occur
at
construc-
manner:
When Je occurs
d.
for
possibilities
in
at
C.
who came'
a few
relatives
matrix
b.
my friend
examples*show
headless
ting
friend
esechilo
the
embed the
other
clause.
clauses
are
constructed
pronoun
(je
and Jini
correlative
and neither
marker
with
'who?,
Ja
106
The relative
less
as the posteedent
specific
after
relative
came'
(headless
pronouns
Ja
except
It
twhat').
relative
pronoun
relative
less
the
clauses
relative
headed
relative
pronoun
relative
with
'what,
that'
relatives
I
Je
needs
as
tumi
ta tumi
cao,
wantl
The following
you want').
occurrence
relative
(31Y a.
of different
Je
khelche,
the
inanimate
in
in
(e. g.
it
in
headless
Je boiTa
book that
pabe 'you
are
head-
The inanimate
occur
get-the
examples
'who',
occurrence
after
ta tumi
Jini
inserted
cannot
will
given
pronouns
se bhari
dusTu
he very
naughty
playing
Je
porche,
boi
'Who is
a.
that
a postcedent.
relative
'Who is
who book
(32)
esechilo
in
to
you
get
that
show the
headless
clauses.
who playing
b.
1whol,
Je
here
a postcedent
cao,
than
relative
restrictive
tumi
*Je
-),
has
clause
Je
(e. g.
Je
can be freely
as it
'who
specific
the
all
be mentioned
'what'
occur
Je lokTa
clause
allow
inanimate
Ja
are
).
man who) came?
relatives
should
does not
less
relative)-is
the
relatives
(e. g. Je esechilo
pronouns
the restrictive
Headless
headless
in
pronouns
(he)
reading
reading
(is)
very
se amar
bondhu
he my
friend
(he)
book
a
(is)
naughty'
my friend'
Jini
dhumpan
korchen,
tini.
EekJon bikkhato
who
smoking
doing
he
lekhok
famous writer
107
'Who is
b.
smoking
Jini
maThe
who
field-in
'Who is
Ja
a.
in
the
tini
amader
he
our
(he)
field
Dril
sikkhok
Drill
(is)
teacher
our
instructor'
tumi
cao,
IYou will
pabe
what
get-will
tumi
pabe
that
you
get-will
na,
not
ami
buJhine
undertand-not
don't
ta
Ja
II
a famous writer'
running
b.
(is)
dourachchen,
running
physical
(33)
(he)
ta
km mon kore
pete
cao
that
how
get-to
want
doing
how you
understand
want
don't
you
what
expect'
(34)
a.
Jara
khelche,
tara
bhari.
dusTu
who-pl
playing
they
very
naughty
b.
J21ra
dhumpan Rorchen,
who-pl
smoking
'Who are
It
of
structures
the
headed
headless
relatives
nouns.
'what';
this
Ja tumi
caicho,
except
the
also
occurs
ta
from
constraints
only
tumi
for
after
very
tara
bikkhato
they
famous
(they)
clear
relatives,
Note
doing
smoking
becomes
(are)
(they)
(are)
the
writers
writers'
that
the
those
of
examples
are
identical
the
absence
to
of
the
occurrence
an antecedent
lekhok
famous
above
on the
naughtyl
which
(e. g.
you
head
of
Ja
boiTa,
want,
108
that')
get
will
get
given
clause
relative
in
embedded
the
clauses
32b)
which
in headed
occur
relative
the
allow
(31a,
objects
allow
are
and the
also
or wihtout
as an indefinite
any object
after
object.
relative
clauses,
Consider
(35).
noun
and the
the
modifies
can be modified
clauses
blue
The-expensive
the
clauses,
clause
relative
a head
relative
(35)
pabe 'You
relative
Ja does not
ordinary
Occasionally,
of the
Relatives
'Stacked
In
ta tumi
and non-restrictive
(31b,
with
as Ja occurs
the
with
The-examples
relative
Je and Jini.
32a) with
2.1.9
in
clause
caicho,
you wantt).
The headless
clauses).
tumi
(restrictive
clauses
relative
the relative
occurrence
pronouns
correlative
it,
in
postcedent
will
but never
are
woollen
clause
head
which
is
noun.
by several
to
said
jacket
be stacked.
was bought
noun
in
paraphrased
(35)
the
in
Jacket
deep
the
in
(35)
is
structure
following
modified
of
way:
a.
The jacket
is
expensive
b.
The jacket
is
woollen
ce
The jacket
is
blue
the
by three
sentence
which
different
may be
109
The way the
stacked
following
by the
is
relative
formed
its
example with
can be illustrated
tree-diagram.
I
(36)
a.
The jacket
which
was bought
by John from
and woollen
Jenners.
NP
b.
NP
I
jacket
-11
NP
I
is
jecket
Xis
Det
is
expensive
blu6,
11 en
WO-0
The-jacket
In
(36a),
and is
is
jacket
modified
further
continue
relative
clause.
by three
-Stacked
clauses
relative
for
given
(36)
English,
to modify
the
relatives
where the
process
may
are also
common in
same structural
be
observed.
may
c.
and this
clauses
clause,
process
The following
of stacked
Bengali
as shown
examples
relatives
in
bhvddromohil,
Jini
sundori,
bidusi,
sikkhita,
woman
who
pretty
wise
learned
labonnomoyi
hisebe
charming
reckoning-known
poricita,
are
Bengali.
tini
amader
she
our
110
bibhage
Jogdan
korechen
department-to
joined
has
our department'
Je majamoe
b; )ro,
nil
cokher
odhikari,
who attractive
large
blue
eye-of
possessing
m.:)ena,
Moina
has joined
and charming,
wise,
amar bandhobi
se
girl-friend
she my
blue
'Moina,
is
eyes,
my girl-
friend'
In
(36c),
'learned'
fhas attractive
modifies
'has
large
clause,
the
the
and the
clauses
'wise',
sikkhita
(36d),
In
modify
the
third
nil
clause
eyes',
which
eyes',
head noun in
bidusi
by the first
modified
also
mvena
occurs
odhikari
is
'charming'.
and labonnomoji
is
which
'pretty',
by sundori
modified
'Moinal
'woman'
bhoddromohila
cokher
the
is
clause
which
odhikari
majamze cokher
second clause
boro
cokher
also
'has
odhikari
the
modifies
blue
which
by the first
modified
already
clause
eyes'.
same
The way
paraphrase.
(37)
a.
['bh; )ddromohila
woman
Cbhoddromohila
woman
sundori][bh:
pretty
)ddromohila
woman
bidusi]
wise
sikkhit[bhD-ddromohila
labonnomoji
learned
charming
woman
ill
hisebe
poricital
known
reckoning
b.
bhoddromohila,
LJini
woman
charming
a.
eye-of
possessing
blue
[Je
moena,,
Moina
The above
clauses
adjectives
(39) a.
(39b)
[nil
clauses
basis
adjectives
and the
This
(37)
of
are
relative
with
the
eye-of
one clause
(38)
and
clauses
can be shown in
are
dami
sundor
ar
sari-the
beautiful
and expehsive
beautiful
their
the
and expensive'
it
can be
relative
reduced
(39).
sariTa
'The sar is
the
are
show the
examples,
from
in
modifying
adjectives
derived
consti-
head nouns
the
above
possessing
are
relatives
examples,
like
odhikaril
cokher
blue
large
by more than
Examples
(39a).
[barol
the
modified
On the
the
possessing
majamoe]
relative
head nouns.
eye-of
In all
deep structures.
of
odhikarij
Bengali.
are
cokher
who attractive
examples
shown which
said
possessing
eye-of
large
'
b.
that
odhikarij
cokher
okhikari]
Moina
stacking
known
cokher
mzena nil
in
reckoning
L m-Dena bDro
Moina
tuted
poricita]
attractive
learned
wise
hisebe
C mzena majamze
Moina
pretty
who
[labonnomoji
(38)
sundoril[bidusi[sikkhita]
to
112
.0
b.
le
b.
sariTa,
Ja
sundor
ar
sari-the
which
beautiful
and. expensive
'The
which
is
sariTa.
Ja
sundor
ar
sari-the
which
beautiful
and
se
sari
she beautiful
'She
addition
of
following
many as'six
(40)
book-the
to
the
by the
The
even more.
head noun is
by as
modified
bzro,
dami,
sundor,
notun
which
red
large
expensive
beautiful
new
seTa mouer
Mou-of
that
is
is
from
clear
large,
red,
clauses
in
modify
the
cation
of
follow
one after
the
sentence
the
may have
The relative
So the
another.
hand clauses
of
next
is
a
attached
it.
to
that
when it
as stacked
next
and stacking
discussion
above
beautiful,
expensive,
to Moul
can be taken
clause
the
or
clauses
belongs
bound
new and
relative
may be extended
clauses.
book which
It
sari'
and expensive
lal,
and bound
'The
bought
Ja
b!adhano,
ar
sari
shows the
relative
boitas
expensive
and expensive
or four
example
dami
kinechilo
of any sentence
three
and expensive'
sari
a beautiful
bought
The construction
beautiful
...
dami
ar
sundor
dami
to
relative
the
clauses
modifi-
head noun
clauses
takes
113
place
in
the
given
to
show the
sequential
structure;
clauses
and their
(41)
a.
a.
damPotto
selinar
Selina's
long
happy conjugal
poritripto
koreche
satisfied
has
'The long
happy conjugal
satisfied
to all'
in
relative
Jibon
sobaike
life
all-to
life
of Selina
chilo
selinar
Jibon,
Ja
Selina's
conjugal
life
which
was
dirgho
ar
long
and
sukhi,
ta
sabaike
poritripto
koreche
happy
that
all-to
satisfied
has
life
conjugal
has
Selina,
of
to
satisfied
which
selinar
Jibon
chilo
dirgho
Selina's
conjugal
life
was
long
of
Selina
was long
life
was long
ar
sukhi
and happy
Dresig
Tebiler
opore
baro
inci
dressing
tablets
on
twelve
inches
and happy'
dirgho
long
lal
cine
kagocer
pakhaTa
bes
dami
red
Chinese
paper-of
fan-the
quite
expensive
the
twelve
inches
dressing
table
long
is
and
all'
dampotto
conjugal
has
dampotto
'The
b.
are
no relatives
by stacked
are followed
sukhi
'The
.10
examples
paraphrases.
happy,
b.
with
dirgho
'The
-19
of clauses
stacking
these
surface
The following
order.
red
quite
Chinese
paper
fan
on
expensive'
Dresi5
Tebiler
oporer
pakhaTa,
dressing
table
on-the
fan-the
Ja
baro
inci
which
twelve
inches
114
dirgho
lal
kagocer,
ta
bes
dami
long
red Chiiiese
paper-of
that
quite
expensive
'The fan
twelve
b.
pakha
baro
inci
dirgho,
Jar
fan
which
twelve
inches
long
,
which -of
rz
lal,
Ja
cine
kagoc
colour
red
which
Chinese
paper-of
Dresi5
Tebiler
dressing
table's
fan
in
are
is
of
in
(41a)
stacked
on the
Both
clauses
process
allows
clauses
to
(42)
to
modify
inches
is
in
generate
the
clauses
the
Ja chilolbondorer
house-the
which
was port-of
which
paperp
is
show different
(41a,
the
of
the
Stacking
structure
noun
(41a)
b').
stacked
head
nouns
(Jibon
non-human
an infinite
bariTa,
made
Chinese
(41b),
and
are
same head
ja
which
paraphrases
(41b)).
in
toiri,
length,
(41),
in
(41a)
in
die
table'
given
show the
in
made of
dressing
'fan'
show recursion
is
clauses
relative
and pakha
on
relative
to
given
ack,: k
ten
are
stacked
opore
which
which
clauses.
the
is
which
colour,
examples
of
is
paper,
Ja
structures
relative
is
which
long
inches
which
and
table,
on the dressing
expensive'
red
(41')
(is)
quite
'the
The two
cine
of
and the
number
of
'life'
relative
recursive
relative
(cf-42).
kache][sakor
pare]
near
near
culvert-of
115
Lnarkol
coconut
gacher
nice3[Dhibir
oporel[baro
tree-of
under
on
[girJar
church-of
dike][Jomidar
barir
left
side
house-of
EekaDemir
sompotti
Fine-Arts
Academy's
property
way,
the
left
2.1.10
coconut
tree,
on the
to the
church,
near
is
Embedding
there
relativization
embedding,
completely
in
embedded
(43)
ta
es khon
that
now
culvert,
the
Landlord's
high
house,
Academyt
where
in
the
the
embedding
relative
clauses,
Partial
complete
The following
embeddings
in
Bengali
porchen
gentleman
book
reading
gentleman
is
reading
is
relative
a book'
bh; )ddrolok
bhasat-ptter
oddhapok
gentleman
Linguistics-in
teacher
not
embedding
embedding
examples
Embedding
boi
and also
sentence
sentence.
Bengali
In
another.
subordinated
main
subordination
syntactic
into
bhzddrolok
'The
b.
near
by the
Arts
regular
relatives.
and partial
Complete
a.
near
mound, near
the
of
inserted
both
is
restrictive
non-restrictive
complete
way-of
kache],
port,
Fine
a process
is
one sentence
which
occurs
of the
dharel
Embedding
partial
the
was near
which
is
in
zemindar
silpo-kola
under
high
ba
'The house,
in
mound-of
rastar
show
clauses.
116
'The
C9
d.
gentleman
is
a teacher
in
Linguistics'
bhzddrolokLbhDdd-rolok
bhasat3tter
oddhapok]
gentleman
Linguistics-in
teacher
gentleman
boi
porchen
book
reading
bhzddrolo
Jini.
01
gentleman
who
bhasatatter
oddhapok],, tini
boi
Linguistics-in
teacher
book
he
porchen
reading
'The
is
e. -
who is
gentleman,
reading
a teacher
in
Linguistics,
a bookt
boi
bhoddrolok[Jini
tini
porchen],
bhasatvtter
oddhapok
'The
in
teacher
(44)
bh; ddrolok
'The
b.
boi
porchen
is
is
is
oddhapok
a teacher
bhjddrolok[bhasat-ptter
ZjJe
bhoddrolok
reading
in
Linguisticst
oddhapok]boi
Linguistics-in
who gentleman
porchen
a book'
reading
bhasatztter
gentleman
gentleman
d.
a book,
Linguistics,
gentleman
bh; ddrolok
'The
ce
reading
Embedding
Partial
a.
who is
gentleman,
bhasatDtter
Linguistics-in
teacher
book
porchen
reading
oddhapok]tini
teacher
he
boi
book
'
117
fWho the
who is
gentleman
H[Je,
Linguistics
in
is
a teacher
in
porche4j,
tini
bhasatDtter
he
Linguistics-in
Linguistics
is
a book']
reading
e.
a teacher
a book'
reading
[The
is
gentleman
boi
bh; ddrolok
book
who gentleman
reading
oddhapok
teacher
the
Who
[fThe
in
The complete
shown
the
and
the
of
d)
deletion
reading
a book
is
a teacher
eMbeddings
b)
the
of
d,
second
do not
sentence
shows
and in
the
second
in
the
identical
head
the
a coreferential
the
first
sentence
of
partial.
is
the
head
in
the
noun
is
the
head
second
into
the
deleted
after
matrix
where
'he').
moved to
one
other
the
the
(tini
second
the
from
sentence
is
the
Sentences
embedding
pronoun
sentence
and the
into
into
noun
deleted
first
e).
embedding,
embedded
are
(43d)
first.
the
are
embedding
d,
sentence
partially
embedding
(44e)
first
sentences
sentences
(44c,
and
show complete
shows
simple
and the
only
(44e)
for
e)
b)
sentence
bhoddrolok''gentleman'
noun
(44a,
and
the
of
The simple
sentences.
(43a,
of
sentence.
the
who is
and partial
being
sentence
a teacher
embedding
(44c,
like
is
shown in-(43c,
is
(43e)
a book
Linguistics?
in
the
shows
gentleman
above
illustrated
process
reading
Linguistics'
in
in
is
gentleman
* (44d)
the
second,
place
for
of
a
lis
coreferential
pronoun.
The way sentences
are
explained
through
process.
can occur
initially,
structure
or right-embedding,
embedding,
equally
Kuno (1974:
the
in Bengali
possible
comprehensibility
relati-ve
necessarily
does not
of clauses,
the
following
(45)(Je
cheleTa
fliho
[fThe
(45),
is
left-
are
According
also
reduces
a SOV language,
and right-embedding
in
2.1.10.2.
se amar
bondhu
came
he my
friend
my friendl
my friend']
is
'He is
bondhu
esechilq,
boy
left-embedded
my friend'.
deictic
Je cheleTa
clause
relative
in
the
This
matrix
sort
of
esechilo
sentence
embedding
clause.
Centre-Embedding
cheleTa, lje
boy-the
esechilol,
who came
se amar bondhu
he my
to
does not
comprehensibility.
came is
the
the
who came'
(46)
types
Consider
examples.
who boy-the
only
This
which
centre-
Left-Embedding
2.1.10.1
In
reduce
can be
SOV languages
in
-like
it
clauses.
sentences..
to Bengali,
apply
three
and all
NP
a complex
left-embedding,
118) centre-embedding
of
in
Kuno (1974)
Following
can be either
embedding
The
relativized
-
or finally
medially
of sentences.
that
said
syntactic
be
friend
'The
boy
se amar
is
found
119
'The boy,
The above
example
in
possible
in
embedded
is
boy
the
the
used
amar
is. found
shows
(46)
centre-
is
centre-
bondhu
only
'The
in
non-
clauses.
durgh; )Tonae
gztokal
mara
gm che
se lokTa,
accident-in
yesterday
died
has
he man-the
yesterday
in
bikkri
a5ur
has
man
sell
grapes'
clear
possible
to
from
in
died
the
sell
In
grapes'
durghaTonae
yesterday
in
above
Bengali
clause.
relative
korto]
sold
'The
sentence
died
cheleTa
Centre-embedding
who grapes
also
came? in
equally
Right-Embedding
LJe
is
sentence
matrix
(46)
Bengali.
'who
Je esechilo
relative
2.1.10.3
It
in
clauses
my friend'.
restrictive
(47)
relative
is
centre-embedding
shows'that
neatly.
embedding
my friend'
who came, is
is
that
example
where
the
(47),
Je anur
gztokal
mara
who used
to
is
right-embedding
matrix
right-embedded
accident'.
accident
sentence
bikkri
korto
in
matrix
the
'The
precedes
'Who
man has
120
Noun Phrase
2.2
2.2.1
The Position
of
Relative
clauses
a complex
of
to
an important
deals
1979b)
the
with
clauses.
Their
definition
of
the
following
important
to
function
'oYthe
.
show actual
differ-with
relativized.
noun
phrase
relativization.
Keenan
Noun Phrase
Acoessibility-Hierarchy
of
clause.
definition
of
the
and Gomrie's
by relative
is
based
on semantic
They
(1977:
63-64)
essentially
relative
plays
phrases
noun
in
positions
can be easily
modification
study
different
clauses
the
in
role
(1977,1979a,
is
NP positions
standpoint
in
occur
relative
which
From this
NP
the
It
sentence.
distributions
respect
Accessibility
restrictive
give
relative
clause:
to be an RC
"We consider
any syntactic
object
(perhaps
if it
specifies
a set of objects
a
in two steps:
set)
a larger
one-member
set
the
domain
called
specified,
of relativiis
to some subset
and then restricted
zation,
the restricting
sentence,
of which a certain
is
true.
The domain of-Felativisentence,
is
in
by
expressed
surface
zation
structure
the Head NP, and the restricting
by
sentence
dlause,
the ericting
which maylook
more or
less like
depending
a surface
sentence
on the
language.
"
Distinguishing
propose
explained
(48)
the
different
three
in
Hierarchy
the
book that
following
Robin
RC-forming
Constraints
example:
likes
strategies,
they
can be
The relative
clause
their
it
strategies
restricting
If
the restricting
clause
Strategy,
the Postnominal
the Restricting
occurrence
of the
If
head noun it
the
itself
clause
before
occurs
in
forming
-
Postnominal,
Strategy.
whereas,
the Restricting
Strategyp
the
the
the
clause
clause
after
occurs
is
Relative
the Prenominal
exemplifies
relative
of
likes
clause
Internal.
is
deep structures.
book is
where the
Robin
clauset.
sentence
noun it
(48)9
shown in
is
or
the head
the
exemplifies
Internal
case of
the head
contains
noun.
-A
on the
depending
(i.
strategies
forming
strategies
Keenan
a.
clause
pre-
the
is
head
postnominal
clauses
found
are
strategy.
and postnominal
relative
forming
in
strategies
clause
examples
various
in
Postnominal
Relative
Clause
lokTa,
Je
tas
man-the
who cards
a relative
and internal)
of
Bengali,
though
are
common than
three
clauses
ways
The three
more
the
Colloquial
clauses
relative
of
nouns
In
show the
will
in
restrictive.
prenominal,
relative
The following
(49)
the
of
and postnominal
internal
Bengali,
e.
relative
prenominal
the
positions
and whether
clause
can be formed
clause
relative
are
common.
different
as mentioned
by
and Comrie.
Strategy
khelche,
se amader protibesi
playing
he our
playing
cards,
is
neighbour
our neighbourl
122
b.
Prenominal
Relative
khelche,
se lokTa
amader
protibesi
playing
he man-the
our
neighbour
tas
who cards
'Who is
['The
playing
playing
Relative
duTo putul
two
which
doll
man is
our
neighbourv
is
our
neighbour?
cards
Clause
ami Je
Strategy
the
cards
man who is
Internal
c.
Clause
(lit)
]
Strategy
kinechilam,
ta
mouke
bought
that
Mou-to
diechi
given-have
have
'I
The kead
.
clause
I'The
two
noun
lokTa
(49a)
in
two
given
dolls
dolls
I
which
'the
man'
Mou which
bought
I have
before
occurs
the
and shows
to
Postnominal
I bought?
(lit)
to
Moul]
given
the
relative
occurrence
of
relative
clause
Je tas
khelche
'who
is
playing
cards'.
The relative
clause
Je tas
khelche
'who
is
playing
cards'
the
occurs
the
showing
internal
occurs
the
before
clause
the
inside
of
the
in
(49c).
tthe
two
(49c)
lbought'
sentence.
It
strategy
which
domi. nates
the
shows that
should
two'
which
relative
clause.
the
noun
head
Je duTo
bought'
the
in
is
are non-null
here
'doll'
putul
(49c).
clause
clause
followed
elements
that
In
putul
internal
internal
and it
be mentioned
(49b)
in
man'
clause-ami
dolls
which
'the
the
of
relative
sentence
matrix
lokTa
noun
use
prenominal
relative
kinechilam
head
is
The NP
shown
preceded
by
in
the
as the relative
123
pronoun
may occur
becomes difficult
of forming
different
Clause
the
after
This
is
the relative
shows the
the relative
(AH)
(1977: 66)
state
positions
for
Hierarchy
interprets
allows
This
right.
Hierarchy
(50)
a.
(49b).
occurs
pronoun
The Internal
antecedent
a deictic
usually
relative
occurs
clause.
occurrence
dependency
relative
relativization
of
may be discussed
Constraints.
in
The three
of
and
Hierarchy
the
NP
The Accessibility
clause.
all
Keenan
Acqessbility
relationship
languages.
the
hierarchy
the
proposed
different
by them
stated
coreferential
a Universal
have
the
to
which
the
in
the
Hierarchy
To establish
Comrie
(49a),
clause.
Accessibility
2.2.2
clause
pronoun
perspec-
(49) to outline
.
that the Postnominal
clause
defined
where the
defined
strategy
defined
after
the relative
following
Strategy
is
sentence
matrix
is
the relative
Strategy
Prenominal
given
can be said
Strategy
before
occurs
cedent
are
it
strategies,
Relative
in
which
in
it
strategies
From this
Bengali.
in
clauses
examples
or after
to show different
sometimes
relative
the
tive,
before
either
formation
from
positions
relation
Universal
to
a set
strategy,
left
of
Conditions
are:
A language
relative
clause
to
124
forming
a language
b.
If
This
strategy.
must
language
any
relativization
indicated
relativizing
the
to
to
relativize
is
to
apply
to
any
able
higher
Clause
segment
a coninuous
the
primary
lower
position,
capable
positions
also.
indicates
that
Formation
Strategy
the
of
that
a subject.
is
it
above)
strategy
relativization
Relative
be able
strategy
(as
then
indicates
strategy
is
of
This
any
applicable
Accessibility
Hierarchy.
A primary
C.
relativization
to
applicable
Hierarchy
one point
may cease
strategy
that
the
Accessibility
of
to
when applied
is
any lower
point.
In
the
case
satisfied.
of
Bengali,
All
noun
the
first
phrases
in
(50a)
condition
subject
is
can be
position
relativized.
The second
or
to
apply
the
to
lower
all
direct
Hierarchy
relativize
the
of
and
object
Constraint
all
The third
as all
strategy
positions
positions
can apply
Object
the
directly
if
any
to
object
given
of
and indirect
strategy,
subject.
are
that
states
NP, Oblique
Genitive
Comparison,
to
forming
clause
relative
constrairt
All
then
the
object
it
can also
positions
to
applicable
of
Bengali
Positions.
constraint
of
the
can be ignored
Hierarchy
Constraint
for
Bengali
are
easily
125
to it
accessible
is
and there
no cut
for
point
off
any NP
position.
Hierarchy
The Accessibility
(1977)
and Comrie
NP in
the
hierarchy,
that
are
shown in
are
taken
as the
is
DO >
10 >
used
to
in
items
SU:
oCOMP:
basis
following
constituent
constitute
is
leftmost
points
for
to
relati-
The NP positions
NPs
and rightmost
a primary
the
present.
this
easier
right.
the
OBL
GEN >
show the
strategy
of
Accessibility
OCOMP
relatively
more
accessible
a sentence,
DO:
Subject;
Object;
its
to
can be
Hierarchy:
Accessibility
SU
off
cut
According
position
to
between
and these
as follows:
is
Hierarchy
the
left
the
any language.
On the
Bengali.
any NP position
than
NP positions,
six
in
directly
relativized
vize
shows
by Keenan
outlined
OBL:
Object
of
the
Major
relative
Oblique
Object;
10:
Case
NP;
Indirect
GEN:
Genitive;
of-Comparison3
above
examples
orders
Direct
of
Accessibility
can be stated
the
clause.
head
nouns
Hierarchy
after
in
showing
a sentence
(51),
the
which
126
2.2.2.1
(52)
Subject
a.
Relativization
bhzdromohohila,
Jini
gan
gaichen,
tini
naritte
woman
who
song
singing
she
women-lib-
bissasi
in
believe
'The
who is
woman,
believes
singing,
in
women's
liberation'
b.
amar bondhu,
Jini
sahittik,
tini
k-oleJer
my friend
who
writer
he
College-in
a writer,
is
oddhapok
teacher
who is
'My friend,
Object
Relativization
2.2.2.2
Direct
(53)-a.
Moina
'Moina
b.
cooking
is
cooking
mvena boi
porche,
Moina
book
teacherl
a college
reading
Ja
mou khete
bhalobase
which
Mou eat-to
likes
fish
Mou likes
which
to
Ja
mou sDkale
which
Mou morning-in-the
eat'
kineche
bought-has
IMoina
the
The strategy
(53a)
and
is
reading
a book
which
Mou has
bought
in
morning'
of
(53b).
the
relativizing
mach
'fish'
direct
and boi
object
'book'
is
occur
shown
in
as direct
127,
in
objects
nouns
the
in
the
the
relative
above
sentences,
matrix
Object
Indirect
2.2.2.3
The indirect
direct
direct
object
Bengali
object
in
literary
given
are
to
show the
are
head
in
replaced
marker
Ja
usually
occurs
before
it
may be placed
relative
'which'.
Relativization
object
in
they
whereas
the
for
clauses
as the
retained
and are
examples
though
relativization
the
of
the
after
The following
style.
the
examples
indirect
object.
(54)
a.
meeTa,
girl-the
whom I
diechilam,
se amar
book gave
she my
szhopaThi
class-mate
to whom I gave the
'The girl
book is
my class-
mate'
b.
lokTa,
Jake
man-the
whom Moina
'The
man to
moena Taka
dese,
se gorib
bee bosaji
money gives
he poor
businessman
money is
a poor
businessman?
The relativizing
above
'the
which
examples.
man'
are
occur
replaced
of
the
indirect
The head
as the
in
nouns
indirect
the
relative
object
is
meeTa
'the
objects
clause
in
shown
in
girl'
and lokTa
(54a)
with
and
Jake
the
(54b)
'whom'.
128
2.2.2.4
Oblique
Object
Relativization
(1977: 66) define
The following
main predicate'.
Bengali
?express
which
noun phrases
examples
major
arguments
of the
may be given
from
where arguments
oblique
are expressed
by noun phrases.
(55)
a.
mou Je
almarir
moddhe boi.
Mou that
almirah-of
in
ta
rekhechilo,
book put
that
broken
in which
'The almirah
In
(55a),
'almirah'
almarir
headnoun
case
which
main predicate
in
in
the
relative
pronoun
should
be mentioned
which
pronouns.
turn
is
Ithatl
here
This
that
place
(55)
NP
floor-on
to
[meJhete
floor-on-the
oblique
an argument
of the
'almirah'
occurs
by the
matrix
inanimate
sentence.
the locative
It
and comitative
of the
examples
of. locative
i. jmeJhe
the
here
The following
Locative
show the
may be relativized
are used in
almarir
replaced
the relativization
b.
used to
expressed
in
be introduced
NPs..
is
sentence.
head
the
noun which
as
ta
Mou put
with
inanimate
are
shown to
and comitative
other
lexical
relative
illustrate
NPs.
ami bosechilamldhulote
I
sat
dust-with
129
bhorti
covered
LmeJhe jJekhane
ii.
floor
floor
bhorti3
dust-with
sat
which
sat
was covered
with
so5ge
ami
posTophise
giechilam,
se
post
went
he
where
covered
dust'
NP
Comitative
Co
where
'The
dhulote
ami bosechilam)ta
lokTa,
Jar
man-the
whom with
office
amar bondhu
my
friend
'The
man, with
whom I went
to
post
relativized
is
shown in
is
office,
my
friend'
NP is
marker
the
pattern,
the
Like
clause.
the
matrix
(55c)
the
marker
relative
shows the
examples
without
ta
shows the
show that
the
It
regular
should
'where'-(exemplified
'whom'.
use in
coreferential
the Locative
relative
twherel
relative
in
sentence
'which/thatl-is
(55b))
Comitative
used in
NP relativi-
?the
man' is
Like
(55b),
the
matrix
replaced
(55c)
with
also
These
sentence.
markers
be mentioned
in
Jekhane
after
Sentence
zation
the usual
where
with,. a non-relative
marker)
marker
correlative
sentence
replaced.
relative
a regular-
relative
is
(55b)
here
in
Bengali.
that
and Jzkhon
though
'when'
Jekhane
are not
130
true
relative
'where'
be interpreted
can also
place'
and Jakhon
'which
+ time?.
when the
'when'
tthen'
its
of functioning
capable
structure
Ithen'
the
shows
fthat
+ time'.
khon
independent
they
tokhon
the
pattern
same was as
JDkhon
'when'.
as ta +
khon
Bengali
as an
word.
NP-R-elativization
Genitiv-e
(56)
m;)ena,
Jar
Moina
whose sari
purono
bandhobi
old
sari
ami dhar
korechilam,
se
did
she my
borrow
amar
friend
'Moina,
b.
in
used in
is
nouns,
use. against
is
khon
shows that
pronouns.
be analyzed
'time'
2.2.2.5
a.
inanimate
structural
Ja +
words
as relative
Je 'which/that'
pronoun
can also
correlative
tokhon
of these
some other
with
'which
can be interpreted-as
relative
added as a prefix.
Jekhane
relatives.
as Je + khane
The structure
inanimate
of these
patterns
use of Bengali
words
are
The structural
words.
I borrowed,
whose sari
is
my old
mou,
Jar
putul
ami niechilam.,
se-
Mou,
whose
doll
she my
took
friendt
amar
sDhopaThi
class-mate
fMou,
whose
doll
took,
is
my class-mate'
131
nouns in
the
are deleted
matrix
in
the relative
the
genitive
the
coreferentiality
of the deleted.
Object
of
moena, Jar
a. '
twhoset
Jar
cee
whose than
Moina
identical
nouns
clauses
marker
Relativization
2.2.2.6
(57)
relative
the
whereas
sentences,
with
and se tshel
show
noun phrases.
Comparison
of
kzlejer
mou lomba,
se
Mou tall
she college-of
oddhapika
teacher
than
'Moina,
the
b.
whom Mou is
taller,
is
a teacher
of
college'
bariTa,
Jar
cee
gachTa
choTo, -ta
house-the
which
than
tree-the
short
house,
'The
than
which
the
tree
is
amader
that
ours
is
shorter,
ours'
The object
of
whom IMoul
is
with
the
which
head
sentence
2.2.3
comparison
noun
by Jar
Relative
'tree'
phrases
(57b)
in
compared;
gach
(57a)
in
is
Clause
are
Hierarchy
Constraints
is
bariTa
'the
with
house',
replaced
'of
Forming
Strategy
(1977:
'Moinal,
mpena
and Jar
it
compared.
which
'whose'
is
in
the
are
relative
whichl.
67-95)
state
three
describe
the
rules
132
Primary
Relativization
Relative
their
with
in
their
language
that
here
their
following
table
system
forming
Clause
strategy
forming
languages
selective
which
is
is
a sister
languages,
cognate
Bengali-. to
After
the
show its
and relatiVizable
positions.
StrategyjRelativizable
positions
Sub 10 DO Obl
1.
Prenom,
2.
Postnom,
3.
Internal,
The relative
the
with
2.2-3.1
(59)
a.
+ Case
forming
which
following
Gen OCOMP
++++++
+ Case
clause
positions
zable
+-Case
included
be mentioned
should
are
not
outlined
clause
Relative
It
differ
and morphology
the
Hindi,
and Hindi
Bengali
though
Bengali
included.
of Bengaliis
following
(58)
however,
discussion;
of
positions.
relativizable
syntax
relative
Strategies
Forming
clause
(PRC).
Consraint
++++
++++-+
strategies
are
+.
shown
in
with
(58)
their
relativi-
can be elaborated
examples.
frenom,
+ Case
Subject
Position:
11
szkalbeelae
morning-in-the
Je
esechilo,
who came
se
meeTa
she girl-the
cole
left-has
gm che.
133
'Who came in
I'The
b.
Direct
Jake
you
whom saw
saw the
Object
ami Jake
boi
whom book
'The
to
girl
Oblique
se
meeTa
is
girl
whom you
girl
morning
girl
has lefttl
she girl-the
Indirect
d.
dekhechile,
tumi
UThe
the
has ieftt
Position:
Object
'Whom you
ce
the morning
in
came
who
girl
she the
saw is
amar
bandhobi
my
friend
my friend'
my friendt]
Position:
diechilam,
se
meeTa
amar
gave
she girl-the
my
whom I
gave
the
book
bandhobi
friend
my friend'
is
Case NP Position:
mou. Jekhane
aaTi
rekheche,
Mou where
ring
put-has
se
that
baksoTa
dekhte
box-the
look-to
sundor
beautiful
has
Mou
Where
put
.?
beautiful'
I'The
the
ring,
that
box looks
(lit)*
box that
the
ring
in
looks
beautiful']
e.
Genitive
ami
I
korechilam,
Jar
boi
dhar
whose
book
borrowed
bandhobi
friend
NP Position:
se
mou amar
she Mou my
134
'Whose
I'Mou
f.
book
whose
is
I borrowed
book
my friend']
Comparison
Position:
mou lomba,
se
whom than
Mou tall
she girl-the
'The
whom Mou is
Object
of
Jar
cee
girl
(lit)
I borrowed
meeTa
bon
Anitats
sister
is
than
taller
anitar
Anita's
sister'
2.2'. 3.2
Postnom, + Case
(60)
Subject
a.
Position:
lae
sokalbEe
the
morning-in
b.
girl-the
who came
bol
kTa
es
meeTa
a
she gone-has
has left'
morning
Position:
Object
girl-the
esechilo,
'The girl
Direct
Je
meeTa,
Ja
kineche,
ball
bought-has
dekhte
which
look-to
which
looks
sundor
beautiful
'The
Ce
girl
Indirect
ami
I
has
bought
Object
a ball
Position:
meeTa,
Jake
girl-the
whom book
'The_girl
whom I
beautiful'
boi
gave
diechilam,
se amar bandhobi
gave
she my
the. book
is
my friend'
friend
135
d.
Oblique
Case NP Position:
ami
bakso,
Jar
bhetore
aDTi
rekhechilam,
seTa
box
which
in
ring
put
that
notun
new
'The
e.
box
which
malik,
owner
shop's
the
ring
is
new'
Ja`r
rzmnae
ea kTa
dokan
ache,
whose
Ramna-in
shop
has
tini
bes
bhzddro
he
quite
gentle
'The
shop's
owner,
whose
shop
in
the
Ramna,
is
gentlef
quite
of Comparison
Object
meeTa,
Jar
girl-the
whom than
'The
I put
NP Position:
Genitive
dokaner
f.
in
cee
Position:
mou lzmba,
se
Mou tall
she Anita's
whom Mou is
girl
taller
than
bon
anitar
is
sister
Anita's
sister'
2.2.3-3-
Internal,
(67)
Subject
a.
+ Case
Position:
ciriakhanae
Je
horinTa
ache,
ta
sundorbon
zoo-in
which
deer-the
is
that
Sunderban
theke
ana
from
brought
136
is
the
in
from
Sunderban'
b.
ce
Direct
Position:
Object
moena Je
boiTa
notun,
ta
porchilo
Moina
book-the
new
that
reading-was
that
'Moina
was reading
Indirect
Object
the
book
was new'
which
Position:
boi
kTa
ae
mzena
Moina
book
mou Jake
diechilo,
se
Mou whom-to
gave
she her
tar
bandhobi
friend
'Moina
[lMou,
d.
a book
gave
to
whom Moina
to
gave
friend'
friend']
was her
Oblique
NP Position:
mou Je
bakser
moddhe aoTi
rekheche
ta
dekhte
Mou which
box-of
in
put-has
that
look-to
ring
sundor
beautiful
box
'The
that
Mou has
put
her
in
ring
looks
beautiful'
e.
Object
Je
of
meeTar
who girl's
'The
sistert
girl
Comparison
Position:
cee
mou lZmba.,
se
than
Mou tall
she Anita's
whom Mou is
taller
anitar
than
is
bon
sister
Anita's
137
The above
the
relative
show that
any
i. e.
Comrie,
applying
or
the
minor
which
either
the
in
Bengali
of
head
following:
ami
saw a deer',
after
pronoun
which
pronouns
relative
the
may occur
shows
or
after
the
of
the
I
either
and the
internal
the
either
before
head
the
verb
or
internal.
internal
the
nouns.
.
of head
nouns
position
after
the
becomes
like
the
saw)
'I
or
(I
a deer
'deer'
and the
after
the
internal
clause
NP Iforin
before
that
occurrence
dekhechilam
internal
and before
in
am defining
occurs
Ee kTa horin
where
subject
(61)
correlative
without
nouns
in
clauses,
relative
nouns
before
circumstance
above
head
relative
the
wi-th
may
noun
the
sentence
of
illustrated
is
head
with
along
matrix
The occurrence
correlative.
clause
the
patternin
along
sentence
matrix
some difficulty
is
as the
clause
It
there
Bengali,
relative
the
in
in
model
the
be in
pronoun
or
the
that
and
and internal.
positions
here
can occur
by Keenan
postnominal,
be mentioned
should
either
strategies
These
Bengali
NPs in
outlined
relativizable
(1977).
and Comrie
relativizable
prenominal,
the
all
allows
in
three
the
of
the
show
and relativizable
strategies
by Keenan
underlined
clearly
It
forming
clause
positions
in
examples
to
illustrated
are
which
horin
occurs
relative
(cf-49c).
138
2.2.4
Recent
Studies
Later
Hindi.
on the relative-clause
formation
first
pronoun.
clause
which
to the
case,
both
use the
same postposition.
here
differs
with
forming
sentences
(the
a.
and to
are
for
examples
though
in
to
it
other
Hindi
are
the
the
It
same
it
noun,
respects.
To
relative
clause
and Comrie,
rule
from
an
relative
has
the
show the
cite
of
main verb.
after
by Keenan
here
given
right
may form
illustrate
described
strategy
Bengali
Hindi
The relative
to the
Postpositions
from
comparison
of the
but
same process;
considerably
the
make
that
restricting
by a
(1979a: 338)
right'
clauses
introduced
to the left'or
to the
Hindi,
as
structure
of the
In this
occurs
by the
clauses
left
is
in
strategy
relative
clause
be mentioned
should
(62)
placed
commenting
forms
main verb.
example
Hindi
Hindi
either
may occur
clause
the
place,
restricting
gave further
Hierarchy,
NP
is
the
head
where
relative
(1979a)
of the Accessiblity
In the
clause
Comrie
and
exemplification
in particular
by Keenan
for
Keenan
similar
Bengali
and
and Comrie).
Bengali
mithun
sei
churiTa
Mithun
that
knife
lokTa
murgi
man-the
chicken
'Mithun
saW the
the
chicken'
dtLkhechilo,
Ja
die
oi
saw
which
with
that
keTechilo
killed
knife
with
which
the
man killed
139
b.
Hindi
ram ne us
caakuu
ko dekhaa
Jis
se
us
Ram SU that
knife
DO saw
which
Inst
that
aadmi
ne murgi
ko maaraa
man
-SU chicken
DO killed
knife
thaa
with
man killed
the
which
the
chicken'
The main
the
follow
(Mithun,
nouns
the
in
NP occurs
replaced
by a relative
sentence
follows
the
The examples
for
the
(the
contrast
the
NP
rel
338)
(where
is
Hindi
Hindi,
head
This
is
matrix
type
found
also
where
noun
and the
clause.
and Hindi
for
the
shown
also
for
position
strategy
example
have
strategy
restricting
Bengali
no Postpositions,
chicken).
(1979a:
pronoun)
forming
clause
relative
Bengali
knife,
forming
clause
relative
head
in
and Comrie
Keenan
another
that
is
difference
in
of
Bengali.
are
given
here
to
is
taken
from
Keenan
show
and Comrie).
(63)
a.
Bengali
lokTa
Je
churi
die
murgi
keTechilo
man-the
which
knife
with
chicken
killed
ta/seTa
mithun
dekhechilo
that
Mithun
saw
'Mithun
saw the
the
chicken'
knife
with
which
the
man killed
140
b.
Hindi
aadmii
ne Jis
man
SU which
caakuu
se
margi
ko maaraa
knife
Inst
chicken
DO killed
us
caakuu
ko ram ne dekhaa
that
knife
DO Ram SU saw
knife
with
man killed
the
which
thaa,
the
chicken'
is
'that'
in
the
is
which
the
as in
ta/seTa
'knife'
churi
Instead
'that?,
Bengali,
that
for
Hindi.
ta/seTa
in
is
element
in
retained
may be used
tknifel
of
head
using
noun
Hindi,
but
1979b)
Noun
this
common.
not
Keenan
approach
they
2.2.5
of
Hierarchy
made the
Maxwell's
Maxwell
following
strategies
more
the
Givon's
is
(1979)
strategies
account
a sort
based on surface
traditional
difference
is
explicit.
Proposal
GivOn (1975).
and extended
(1975).
rules
on the
The only
has also
of Relativization
of strategies
based
is
theory.
grammatical
have
(1977,1979a,
and Comrie's
Accessibility
Phrase
that
is
element,
coreferential
churi
and Hindi
as a coreferential
used
Bengali,
Bengali
between
The similarities
proposed
and NP Accessibility,
In his
approach,
proposed
of relative
of functional
structure
new formulations
properties
he has modified
by Givon
originally
clause
forming
classification
of a language
and is
and is
141
not
different
entirely
proposed
tional
strategies
Anaphoric
Pronoun
(Rel-S),
Strategy
Givon
Npre
his
criteria,
clause.
However,
proposed
by Maxwell
(1979: 359)
Maxwell's
Comriets
Internal
between
Maxwell's
the
(for
deletion
on surface
WO-S),
of
combination
and Giv6n's
included
has
former
Case)
way the
formulations
diagram,
following
Pronoun
and Prenom
in
to
the
restricting
Keenan
Strategy.
that
strategies
and Comriels.
Keenan
with
The only
the
properties,
transformational
devices
(for
classiwhile
like
Pro-S),
(for
and transformation
may be stated
and
difference
latter's
structure
differ
in
the
Rel-S).
The
following
(1979: 364).
Maxwell
6
Keenan
Inter
Bengali
GivOn's
Bengali
in
the
& Comrie
Givon-Maxwell
Transformational
NR-S
Base-generated
+ Case
case-coding
following
strategy
manner:
'
positional
of
synonymous
is
(NR-S).
Strategy
pronominalization
movement
Gap Strategy,
formulations
identical
distribu-
Relative
appear
the
NR-R is
(+
based
is
fication
not
some of
are
(WO-S),
Postnom
His
following
Non-Reduction
the
does
on the
(Pro-S),
Strategy
uses
and Comriels.
Strategy
and the
also
Keenan
based
are
Word Order
order:
Though
from
may be stated
for
142
6
Relative
Strategy
Benaali
to
Positions
SU 10 DO OBL
GEN OCOMP
Rel-S
2.
NR-S
to
approach
relative
Keenan
like
is,
forming
clause
and Comriels,
readily
applicable
Bengali.
Maxwell's
In
Relativizable
1.
This
strategies
Clause-Forming
Keenan
and Comrie
(1979)
criticism
latest
their
(1979b)
(1979b:
form'
call
'strong
a
have
been
stated
a.
A language
the
of
Accessibility.
they
give
what
they
Two positions
AH constraint.
discussion
their
in
651),
to
responded
Hierarchy
their
of
discussion
have
which
my be repeated
here:
(66)
can relativize
all
higher
Hierarchy
on the Accessibility
any position
if
positions
can
be relativized.
b.
A language
can relativize
but
Accessibility
Their
relativizing
restricting
clause
clause
precedes
the
not
any
are
and the
NP (1979b:
NP it
will
lower
positions
based
strategies
head
X on the
position
on both
656):
if
be regarded
than
the
a restricting
as an
X.
143
instance
it
of
be taken
will
and it
if
it
a Word Order
very
their
Pro-S
analysis
internal
Pronoun
Strategy
(Pro-S).
and Comrie's
from
only
strategy
is
a Relative
Pronoun
NP
strategy,
NP.
Maxwell's.
head
based
on
Strategy
Maxwellfs
strategy.
-Case
Maxwell's
Rel-S
phrase
accessibility
and
strategies.
This
hierarchy
by Keenan
is
Island
which
(1977)
relativization,
several
Cole
and Island
it
al
et
languages
movement
not
its
employed
apply
involved.
Constraints"
kind
any
will
the
determined
accessibility
not
is
explained
'"Noun
Constraint
or
by Cole
deletion
et
to
any
to
for
possibilities
Phrase
to
applicable
be applicable
by whether
However,
deletion
of
Island
the
on
and Perlmutter
constraint
involves
it
different
(1967)
by Ross
are
is
shows
approach'is
noun phrase
island
otherwise
rules,
relativization
with
that
if
language.
and
have discussed
proposed
state
which
movement
Maxwell's
deal
Constraints
(1972),
and Comrie
Works
Cole et-al
constraints
noun
undeveloped.
still
Other
2.2.6
Bengali.
to
the
explains
study
proposed
application
as it
postnominal
of
differ
strategies
the
as an instance
Keenan
to
close
follows
it
of
(WO-S),
Strategy
and a Personal
WO-S is
So,
head
the
contains
(R.6l.
-S),
as an instance
be regarded
will
if
strategy#
prenominal
or
Accessibility
al
have
not
144
been
included
in
the
are
discussed
elsewhere
(cf.
6-4.6.3
6.4.6.4
Sentential
Subject
It
account
not
study
on Bahasa
which
that
113)
the
shows
has
(1981: 306)
the
(67)
of
difficulty
has
the
proposed
Direct
Subject>
Object
are
does
are,
not
does
be found
in
to
Yeoh's
e. g.
all
and Comrie.
like
relativiDik
Dyirbal
revised
(1980:
show
NP Accessibility.
following
(1977)
Malaysia),
of
allow
languages
the
applying
Comrie
language
by Keenan
ergative
and
Cinque
version
of
NP Accessibility:
Adverbial>
It
papers
language
Noun Phrase
structures
(national
outlined
that
shown
by Keenan
complex,
Malaysia
positions
NP and
the
that
here
proposed
Relavant
the
dissertation.
Complex
of
rules
rules
described).
the
all
as similar
present
be mentioned
languages.
natural
zable
are
Hierarchy
for
the
in
where
should
Accessibility
discussion
present
should
of
Object>
Indirect
Object>
NP> Temporal
Oblique
Object>
Genitive>
Comparison.
be mentioned
accessible
Predicate
to
here
relativization
that
all
these
in
Bengali.
Positions
(67)
CHAPTER THREE
Elements
Introductory
3.0
A relative
with
clause
is
before
or after
occurs
initially
noun,
adjectives
and
of
construction
Bengali
with
contrast
structural
In
languages.
made of
the
the
clauses
in
pronoun
on the
has
more
dimension
human,
and plural,
shows
and unrelated
a detailed
section,
a major
and
antecedents,
role
in
discussion
postcedents
constitution
of
Bengali.
Pronouns
There
are three
human Je 'who',
with
Je 'what,
which'
that,
vary
many related
play
either
Bengali
regular
pronouns,
which
The relative
The relative-correlative
very
following
relative
determiners
and
Relative
is
nouns
coreferential
singular
and inanimate.
along
other
wh-element
and these
posteedent
sentence.
and non-honorific,
with
so on.
and the
matrix
pronoun
animate
the
determiners,
noun
in-the
honorific
relative
head
the
or
an initial
with
constituted
nonhuman,
3.1
like
one relative
than
antecedent
elements
head
the
besides
is
the
some other
can be constituted
clause
pronoun,
relative
of
Pronouns
Relative
of
its
relative
honorific
for[
pronouns
Jini,
+ anima'tel
145
for
nouns,
in
Bengali,
the
[+ human] nouns,
and Ja 'what,
146
that,
for
which'
[-animate3
They agree
nouns.
verb
with
its
honorific
person
person
combines
japni
(non-honorific)],
The following
Second
and neutral
(neutral),
'you'
person
second
person.
non-honorific
show the
examples
Je
'who'
tui
honorific
with
combines
(neutral)].
and se Ihet
pronouns
reletive
'you'
that
C.
Je
:
I:
'who'
Jini
a.
third
(honorific),
the'
for
Bengali.
(i )
(2)
tumi
and third
[tini
and neutral
3.1.1
honorific,
with
(honorific),
tyoul
used in
for
distinction
The personal
distinctions
show three
Bengali
in
pronouns
counterpart
makes the
'who'.
Jini
the
with
Je
twhat,
that,
whicht
Ja
'what,
thato
which'
'who'
[-human
+animate
:
-animate
Je cheleTa
amader
barite
who boy-the
our
house-to
esechilo,
came
se amar
he my
bondhu
friend
'Who the
['The
b.
boy
came to
our
house
is
my friend'
our
house
is
my friend']
amader barite
our
house-to
Je
cheleTa
who boy-the
esechilo,
se amar
came
he my
are
147
bondhu
f riend
came to
our
house
is
my friend?
our
house
is
my friend'3
'Who the
I'The
The above
that
in
()
in
the
clauses
relative
a.
the
as in
(2').
cheleTa,
Je
boy-the
who my
b.
boy,
mou,
Je
Mou
who Rubik's
shown in
is
clauses
the
after
occurs
Je
'who'
(2)
head
reading
bought-has
nouns
se amar
a Rubik's
cube,
the
in
is
and
my friend'
relative
human relative
(2'a)
pronoun
(2'b).
as an inanimate
relative
head
inanimate
it
if
noun
occurs
after
any
pronoun
-nestraiative However,
Jelwhichl
never occurs
clause.
relative
,,
a.
in
the
in
a non-
clause.
relative
restrictive
bondhu
friend
she my
non-restrictive
where
a book'
reading
cube
be used
Je can also
he book
kineche,
in
non-restric-
porche
is
head
the
se boi
kiub
bought
in
and
(Remember
precedes
noun
my friend,
rubiks,
of
The occurrence
friend
who is
who has
'Mou,
head
amar bondhu,
'The
pronoun
after
Je can be used
initial
clauses.
relative
relative
Je in
of
occurrence
restrictive
clauses
such
noun).
tive
show the
examples
position
medial
boy
Je
boiTa
tumi
cao,
seTa/ta
tumi
pabe
which
book-the
you
want
that
you
get-will
'You will
get
the
book that
you want'
148
b.
Je
Dhaka baPadeser
which
Dacca
jonne
prosiddho
for
raJdhani,
Bangladesh-of
capital
ta,.,
=sliner
that
Muslin's
' famous
is
Dacca
'Which
the
capital
is
Bangladesh
of
tDaccal.
the
in
occurrence
the
'which'
Je
of
Je tumi
restriction
inanimate
on
head
nouns
clauses.
ta tumi
cao,
Je baladesher
*Dhaka,
b.
the
after
relative
non-restrictive
*boiTa,
a. -
show the
examples
pabe
Jonne
ta mosliner
raJdhani,
bikkhato
J.
1#
of
The ungrammaticality
be
used
can
in
only
not
clauses,
restrictive
sentences
a.
have
in
it
Je
that
'which'
clauses.
the
is
bhat
rice
'Who is
not
of
form
occurrence
khachchen,
tini
amar bondhu
eating
he
my
eating
rice
is
1\
friend
my friendl
Je,
it
relative
noun
following
the
by any head
followed
of
in
by a head
Compare
clause.
it
honorific
be followed
cannot
relative
who
is
same privilege
that
Jini
relative
'who'
Jini
the
where
shows
Though
does
(3b)
and
restrictive
'who':
Jini
3.1.2
(3a)
nouns.
in
149
b.
amader
barite
Jini.
esechen,
tini
amar bondhu
our
house-to
who
come-has
he
my
'Who has
In
the
above
Jini
in
'who'.
is
my friend'
occur
after
(4)
and medial
head
However,
the
who
came
he
my
friend
gentleman,
Jini
is
with
(ii)
in
restrictive
structure.
tini
my friend'
bhoddrolok
my friend'I
amar
bondhu
(L)
tini
esechilen,
came is
gentleman
as a headless
it
after
Jini
relative
relative
with
clauses.
shows
a restrictive
relative
clause,
(4e)
relative,.
in
bondhu
my friendf]
as a non-restrictive
correct
headless
amar
my friend'
who came is
gentleman
examples
is
who came,
esechilen,
examples.
gentleman
unacceptable
From these
cannot
bondhu
['The
it
noun
amar
'Who the
though
can be
tini
*Jini
is
Jini
esechilen,
tWho came is
(4d)
head
relative
Jini
0,
.
e.
following
occurrence
headless
clauses
the
relative
bhoddrolok,
Me
d.
noun.
the
the
in
positions
relative
Compare
C.
illustrate
non-restrictive
by the
be deleted.
nouns
The examples
initial
In
followed
no head
examples
Jini
clauses.
that
house
our
pronoun
of
come to
friend
Jini
relative.
only
occurs
relatives,
It
never
and
occurs
in
in
surface
150
3.1.3
Ja 'what/thatl:
Ja
The examples
'what/that'
(5)
in
Ja
a.
inanimate
an inanimate
is
show its
tumi
what you
b.
cao,
ta
tumi
pabe
want
that
you
get-will
books
story-of
'You
will
relative
clauses.
you want']
Ja
tumi
caicho,
ta
pabe
what
you
asking
that
get-will
the
get
pronoun.
(lit)
that'
get
get that
boigulo,
g; )lper
in
occurrence
relative
books
story
that
you
are
asking
for'
Ja
can occur
'what/that'
(5a)
or
the
in
not
in
the
non-restrictive
Je
3.1.4
a.
nouns
the
headless
relative
relative
restrictive
any head
allow
in
either
as it
boiTa
tumi
which
book-the
you want
hortinTa
which
deer-the
'I
In
the
get
Je
above
saw the
examples
not
human
t inanimate
cao,
ta
tumi
that
you get-will
b.
does
but
it.
after
Je
will
(5b)
clauses
clauses
'what/that/whichl:
['You
relatives
the
book that
sundor,
beautiful
deer
which
Je occurs
is
get
pabe
that'
you want']
seTa
ami
de"khechilam
that
saw
beautiful'
as an inanimate
relative
151
pronoun
animate
followed
relative
pronoun
Bengali
a.
relative
can
pronouns
Je
pronoun
'who'
.,
and-non-restrictive
restrictive
'who'
becomes
it
becomes
an inanimate
an inanimate
relative
clauses
relative
clauses.
a head
without
which'
restrictive
head
non-restrictive
any head
in
headless
relative
relative
clauses
occurs
'who'
occurs
relatives
and
relatives.
pronoun
in
It
it
restrictive
Jini
in
either
noun
non-restrictive
pronoun
relative
head
in
only
in
animate
pronoun.
pronoun.
noun
and never
relative
can occur
headless
relative
any
relative
an inanimate
noun
The inanimate
after
or
an animate
before
occurs
The honorific
before
occurs
When it
with
d.
in'both
nouns
with
a*
relative
clauses.
When Je
head
and as an
human relative
occur
relative
b.
noun.
of the different
clauses
The neutral
(6a)
in
(6b).
in
The occurrence
in
head
by inanimate
Ja
'what/that/
non-restrictive
but
clauses.
never
in
or
the
in
152
3.2
Double
Relatives
Bengali
regular
also
though
plurality,
mark
plural
markers
the
sentence,
like
the
single
from
the
four
possesses
double
plurality
can also
are
which
When double
pronouns.
Bengali
in
are
also
of
varieties
be shown with
to
the
relatives,
regular
relative
in
by correlatives
followed
Double
relative.
which
introduced
are
relatives
relatives
added
relatives,
obtainable
relatives,
are
in
shown
(8).
'who-who'
a.
Je-Je
b.
Jini-Jini
C.
Je-Je
d.
'what-what'
Ja-Ja
Singular
(8)
e.
Plural
Jara
'who-pll
Ja`ra
'who-PlI
'which'
Je
(no
Ja
(what'
Ja
( 11
the
Only
inflections.
Ja
marking
of
plural
suffix
if
it
plurality
'what/that'
The following
invariable.
+ animate
"= human
animate
(What-pl)
Je
illustrates
double
(which-pl):
'which-which'
'who'
Jini
(who-pl):
'who-who'
'whcfl
Je
(8e)
(who-pl):
and Je
examples
Je
Je
lok
esechilo,
'Which'
show the
people
se se cole
use
gm che
he he gone have
have
came
who
gone]
if
by regular
relatives.
a.
possible)
are
of
the
'
153
b.
Je
which
. C.
'You
a.
boi
which
book
se
that
boi
pabe
book
get-will
Je
that
things
klelbe,
Je
boys
you
get-will
want'
se se ekhane
to
who want
that
that
want
Chelera,
1-YoLuboys,
b. '.
want
that
those
get
will
se
things
what
what
cao,
those'
get
will
want
those']
get
will
want
you
ta
Jinis
pabe
cao, ta
(10)
Je
eso
he he here
come
vVerel
come",,
play,
bh: )ddrolok,
Jini
Jini
esechilen,
tini
tini
boi
gentlemen
who
who
came
he
he
book
peechen
got
ce
(11)
a.
gentlemen,
tumi
boigulo,
Ja
Ja
cao,
ta
ta
nite
paro
you
books
what
what
want
that
that
take
can
'The
books,
Je
Je
ese6hilo,
se
se-cole
gEe che
who
who
came
he
he
have
'Those
b.
*Je
which
'Which
co
books,
'The
Jini
who
who came,
you
which
got
you
want,
gone
can take
gone'
Je
cao,
ta
ta
pabe
which
want
that
that
get-will
you
Jini
who
want,
aste
come-to
them'
get
you will
those?
can,,
tini
tini
aste
want
he
he
come-to
paren
can
154
'Who want
['Those
d.
to
to
who want
tumi
Ja
Ja
caicho,
ta
ta
pabe
you
what
what
asking
that
that
get-will
'You
will
(things)
those
get
that
you
asking
are
for'
(9)
in
The examples
as double
can occur
and headless
tive
'who-pl',
clause
occurrence
all
relatives
in
inanimate
'what-pl'
in
relative
animate
Ja Ja
'what-plt.
allows
noun
and
the
relative
double
The double
distribution
as the
In
types
(9-11),
plural
Colloquial
the
relative
is
of
clauses
single
double
relative
pronouns,
Bengali,
the
of the double
relatives
is
which
double
(10).
shown in
ungrammatical
the
is
shown in
double
the
relative
(11).
It
inanimate
pronouns
in
illustrated
relative
an
relatives
have
pronouns
are
with
double
the
pronouns
The
Je Je with
of
clause
the
Ja Ja
relative
relative
Jini
and inanimate
except
relative
(9a),
shown in
illustrates
relatives
'which-pl'.
different
is
The occurrence
headless
all
The
b) illustrate
(10c)
of Jini
exception
by a head noun.
clause
(10a,
non restric-
relative
(9b)
in
relatives
restrictive
The occurrence
head nouns.
head
the
the
Je Je fwhich-pl'
relative
inanimate
in
(9c).
a non-restrictive
double
the
of human Je Je 'who-pl'
Je Je 'which-pl'
in
in
occur
regular
restrictive,
be followed
cannot
three
with
relatives,
cannot
which
as it
show that
the
the
in
Je Je
same
three
(2-5)-
can be replaced
more acceptable
pronouns
by
in
being
rare.
155
The following
the
(12)
plural
b.
show the
Jara
esechilo,
tars.
cole
gee 9,Le
who-pl
came
they
gone
have
'Those
tomra
Ja
cao,
ta
pabe
you-pl
what
want
that
get-will
occurrence
of
skuler
gone'
you want'
Clause'
getthat
Relative
chele,
Jara
khelche,
tara
puroskar
boys
who
playing
they
prize
school-of
d.
to
Clause
Relative
'You will
Non-restrictive
ce
given
relatives.
Headless
a.
are
examples
tThe
students
will
get
of
the
school,
who are
pabe
get-will
playing,
prizes'
bhvddrolok,
Jara
bose
achen,
tara
skuler
gentlemen
who
sitting
are
they
school-of
sikkh: )k
teachers
'The
the
e.
gentlemen,
-who
are
sitting,
are
teachers
school'
amar boigulo,
my
books
'My books,
them'
Ja
tumi
caicho,
ta
pabe
which
you
asking
that
get-will
which
for,
will
get
of
156
Restrictive
f.
Clause
Relative
Je
chelegulo
who boys
'Who the
['The
g.
boys
boys
(12a)
headless
the
the
are
our
neighbours'
are
our
neighbours']
which
books
reading
those
mine
not
Je
Jinis
cao,
ta
you
what
thing
want
that
'You
will
get
and
Ja.
The plural.
being
is
'boys'
(12h)
with
Ja
are
'what'.
12a)
of
plural
clauses,
as in,
boys',
(12f,
ungrammatical.
Plurality
is
shows
each
signalled
in
occur
such
sequences
bhzddrolokgulo
and
(12g)
head
nouns
and not
Je
as
invariable
g),
plural
'books'
with
'what',
formation,
the
(12f)
in
in
(12c)
do not
*Jara
by the
for'
relatives
and Ja
has
pronouns
acceptable
asking
'who-plf
J'ara
used
are
a non-restrictive
relative
Je being
minel
invariable.
(12e)
and boigulo
more
you
in
shows
indicated
pronouns,
like
?who pl"
'who-pl
chelegulo
that
'who-pll
is
pronoun.
relative
plurality
Jara
before,
not
get-will
occurrence
Jara
are
pabe
things
with
as mentioned
gentlemen',
the
show the
plural
relative
I am reading
which
tumi
clause
chelegulo
are
n3e
honorific
that
neighbour
amar
restrictive
pl
our
segulo
pronoun
as *Jara
they
porchi,
plural
form
playing
playing
constructions
relative
protibesi
ami
Ja,
though
amader
boigulo
(12b)
and
tara
Je
'The, books
h.
khelche,
'whoshow
by the
case.
twhichl
by the
Sentences
rather
form\-bf
than
the
157
noun or determiner
(13)
Je
sz)b lok
men sitting
who all
'All
It
should
present
inflection
bose
the
any awmplications,
(cf.
ache,
tara
amar
poricito
are
they
my
known
be mentioned
12h).
(13).
as in
or by a quantifier,
here
sitting
that
as they
are
the
known
to
correlatives
always
have
met
do not
a plural
158
s
3.3
Correlatives
All
in
the
and they
they
matched
is
are
taken
'what/that'
inanimate
its
with
as a deictic
shortly),
its
if
it
that
the
If
I will
it
Je
discuss
modifies
relative
and
is
an inanimate
modifies
of
it
'that'.
ta
be human if
correlatives
The corresponding
inanimate,
(a view
will
correlative
are
on honorific
vary
correlative
pronoun
and inanimate
human noun,
is
'who'
all
human correlatives,
their
as they
identical
As Ja
rank.
neutral
not
their
for
Je and Jini
and have
pronouns
identical
not
are
be interchanged.
may not
human relative
though
relative
have
Bengali
in
pronouns
The correlatives
correlatives.
Constructions
Relative
Bengali
pronouns
an
noun.
are
below.
shown
Pronouns
Relative
a
Correlatives
Singular
Je
'who':
'Whot:
Jini
: Relative
neutral
and
honorific
human
and
se
human
Ja
'what?:
animate
ta
'that'
Je
'that?:
+animate
7human
se
?that'
'he,
tini
shel
'he,
Plural
Jara
'who':
neutral
JZra,
lwhol:
honorific
Je
?what':
Je
'what':
-animate
+animate
"=human
and human
and human
ta
'that'
se
'that'
tara
tara
'they
'they
shet
159
Correlative
constructions
sentences.
Certain
relative
sentences.
Bengali
are
correlatives
such
complex
used
are
markers
correlative
A few
in
regular
are
in
non-
shown
in
(15).
a.
b.
Jekhane
C.
Jodi
Examples
6) a.
in
(many)
much
'as
J; )to
'where':
liff:
tumi
books
many
as
'As
b.
C*
'then'
cao,
you want
many books
(16).
in
are given
boi
'there?
sekhane
tobe
sentences
Jo to
as':
you wdnt
tato
tumi
so many you
will
get
boi
ache,
sekhane
pensilTa
where
book
is
there
pencil-the
the
'You
will
get
Jodi
tumi
aso,
if
you
come then
you
pencil
tobe
come then
next
ami
Jabo
go-will
I will
go'
to
pabe
get-will
them'
Jekhane
'If
(many)'
much
'so
tito
(lit)
pabe
the
get-will
book'
160
3.4
Restrictions
There
relative
Je has
different
the
may be interpreted
as a relative
following
the
from
To put
it
another
as a deictic
pronoun,
This
and as a complementizer.
pronoun
relative
it
In
of
as an invariable
analysed
standpoints.
syntactic
Je may be analysed
way,
been
so far
occurrence
position.
sentence-initial
However,
pronoun.
three
in
in
study
on the
some restrictions
are
Je, 'who/what/that'
present
of Je
on the Occurrence
discussed
is
section.
3.4.1
Je 'who'
(17)
Je
a.
as a Relative
who
Jabe,
se miSTi
Pabe
rpom-to
go-will
he sweet
get-will
to
cheleTa,
Je #
boy-the
who
'The
In
verb
Je
(17a)
Je
'who'
pause
However,
respect
instance,
not
Je
qualify
the
se amar
bondhu
book
reading
he my
friend
as a relative
does
to
a following
not
before
as a relative
a book,
reading
is
my friend'
by an inanimate
noun.
function
the
above
noun.
noun
On the
example
a
noun.
as a relative
an inanimate
and a
exists
inanimate
inanimate
pronoun.
In
noun
There
pronoun.
Je and the
'who'
sweets'
porche,
any head
between
get
Marker
boi
followed
without
Je occurs
room will
who is
is
'who'
occurs
noticeable
with
boy,
and occurs
and a Deictic
gh-are
'Who goes
b.
Pronoun
pronoun
In
(18),
but
it
other
for
does
hand,
if
161
Je
'who?
pronoun,
occurs
after
as in
(17b).
separated
from
potential
pause
(17b)
shows
the
in
Bengali
clauses
(17b),
like
sentences
Je can be taken
b.
Je + boi
you
what
book
'You
will
get
Je does
its
the
Je
and boi
'book'.
non-restrictive
before
occurs
noun
relative
between
them.
occurs
after
'who'
between
exists
the
In
many
the
head
then
them,
cao,
ta
pabe
want
that
get-will
the
book
that
you
want'
ta
ami
anek
Moina
which
movie
saw
that
many
agei
dekhechilam
before
saw
movie
Moina
which
saw,
saw a long
cheleTa
Je +
boi
porche,
seTa upponnas
boy-the
which
book
reading
that
book
Je occurs
explanation
not
the
boy
is
as a deictic
would
quality.
Note
also
by human nouns.
is
relative
be that
in
(19a,
the
ago'
a novel'
pronoun.
above
pronoun
b)
time
novel
reading
as a human relative
occur
followed
which
the
pronoun.
dekhechilo,.
relative
and is
'who'
is
and a
sinema
(18a-c),
plausible
'who'
Je
m:)ena
'The
In
that
a relative
Je +
'The
ce
is
occurs
as a relative
tumi
reason
head
comma intonation
and the
(1
the
where
always
Je
of
and a pause
pronoun
relative
noun
construction
where
is
by a comma intonation
noun
between
exists
it
noun
The main
head
the
head
the
examples
and has
where
Je is
lost
human
162
Je + robindronath
nobel
puros., kar
peechilen,
tini
Nobel
Prize
received
he
Rabindranath
who
gDlpolekhok
amar prio
favourite
my
story-writer
received
the
Nobel
Prize
is
my
who received
the
Nobel
Prize
is
my
11-ThoRabindranath
favourite
story-writer'
(IRabindranath
favourite
story-writerf]
the
deictic
our
neighbourl
man who is
reading
a book
is
our
neighbourl]
occur
generally
the
shows
a close
with
'who'
occurs
the
(20)
a.
b.
in
following
'who'
can be regarded
as it
is
followed
them
between
that
though
non-restrictive
of
as it
by human nouns
(shown
by +).
proper
names
in
the
after
It
(18a)
clauses,
relative
robindronath
occurs
the
as a
restrictive
relative
pronoun
juncture.
There
in
here
occurrence
clause
relative.
Je
exists
be mentioned
should
neighbour
is
juncture
and a close
our
a book
pronoun
relative
reading-he
protibesi
reading
examples,
above
se amader
man is
'Who the
['The
porche,
book
man-the
who
In
boi
Je + lokTa
b.
are
two
syntactic
environments
pronoun.
as a relative
This
where
Je
may be explained
way:
Je 'who'
becomes a relative
in
a relative
If
Je occurs
construction
after
pronoun,
without
if
it
occurs
a head noun.
163
intonation
between
a relative
Examples
of
(20a)
be found
in
(23).
(21)
are
brother
'Who is
my brother
hasche,
who smiling
IWho is
s'e tomar
bondhu
he your
friend
is
can
friendl
your
dusTu
she very
naughty
is
very
naughty'
+ Inanimate
Noun
Je #
ghDre
Jabe,
se boi
pabe
who
rpom-to
go-will
he book
get-will
TT,,
O_r4LO
ho goes
A string
to
the
such
before
pronoun
constituents,
pronoun,
room will
22a).
then
as in
Je will
(22b).
If
If
a -book'
khabe
depending
Je and bhat.
(see
get
as Je bhat
interpreted
differently
relative
(20b)
Examples'of
se bhari
smiling
Je + Pause
ce
two
always
Pronoun
who my
Je
relative
is
Je + Any Verb
b.
occurring
(21).
in
given
Je amar bhai,
is
it
noun,
pause
pronoun.
Je + Any other
a.
between
exists
'who
on the
there
is
type
eat
of
a pause,
no pause. exists
be regarded
will
rice?
juncture
Je is
between'the
as a deictic
164
(22)
Je #
a.
who rice
-IVp,Oy",
',,Who will
b.
tumi
you
'The
the
is
bhat
khabe,
ta
aekhon
which
rice
eat-will
that
now
you
eat
rice
the
which
(22a)
(23)
them
(22b),
cheleTa,
boy-the
who tall
(23),
antecedent
is
(cheleTa)
phrases
deictic
is
eating'
like
noun
(as
far
as the
cooked'
separated
(22a),
whereas,
no antecedent
Iricel.
no
juncture
and a close
whereas
in
not
is
and bhat
bhat
in
occurs
(22b).
from
structure
is
+ Je
se amar
bondhu
he my
friend
my friend'
is
as a relative
with
Je bhat
khachche
phrases
like
the
'Who is
Je-bhat
be
shown with
may
pronoun
as it
follows
a'pause.
between
The difference
yet
'which?
tall,
occurs
is
cook
not
(22b)
different
lzmba,
who is
'who'
Je
Je
in
hoeni
radha
is
Iricel
bhat
between
Je
boy,
22b)
pronoun
+ Pause
Antecedent
and
that
is
(22a)
is,
That
'The
the
in
will
by a paus( in
between
antecedent
(22a).
In
exists
noticeable
school'
now at
Je +
relative
pause
such
is
rice
eat
skule
he now school-at
eat-will
between
The difference
structure
is concerned)
relative,
from
se m khon
khabe,
bhat
the
relativized
eating
khachche
following
noun
rice'
twhich
and
rice
tree-diagrams.
(he)
165
(24)
b.
a.
VP'
IJP
NP
I
Pr on
1---
In
NN
1
Pron
1
Je
bhat
khachche
'which
rice
eating'
(24a),
occurs
In
(24b),
Je
(25)
is
'who'
Consider
pause.
as a deictic.
same NP as the
the
Je
Nv
II
Je occurs
in
VP
the
who room-to
'Who will
khachche
'who
rice
eating'
'rice'.
object'bhat
from
its
by a slight
object
(25).
in
b.
...
and it
pronoun
modified
examples
Jabe
gh: )re
bhat
relative
sepaTated
also
Je
Je-gh: )re
go-will
Jabe
which-room-to
go to the
room'
'In
which
will
go,
...
go-will
(you)
room
(25)
VP
NP
I
N
I
Pron
NP
lll-
Nv
VP
NN
Pron
Deic
le
Jabe
ghore
If
the
relative
is
pronoun
(25a),
noun
by a pause
will
not
deictic.
shows close
On the
juncture
then
other
with
ghore
separated
the
meaning
the
of
the
inanimate
noun
room',
hand,
the
from
Jabe
if
the relative
immediate
inanimate
phrase
pronoun
is
pronoun
noun then
166
the meaning
The meaning
of the
from
that
expresses
?in which
room',
the deictic
other
then
if
but
pronoun
as a deictic
sequencesv
pronoun
deictic
a
as
and
b.
ce
which
room-to
tomar
Je-boi
your
that
Je
d.
.
Je does not
relative
it
occur
pronoun.
has to be
Compare the
shown as a relative
book
CRel
-REL,
+Deic
-Rel,
+Deic[Pron+Rel
Pr+N+N+Vj
has
Pr+NJ
Deic[RelPr+Pron+Nj
+Rel,
brother
khelche
Je-meeTa
-Rel,
+Deic[RelPr+N+V]
Jabe]
+Rel,
+Pause,
go-will
ERelPr+Pause
playing
Je [ghore
who room-to
f.
to any
pronoun.
ache
bhai
who girl-the
e.
room as opposed
book
tomar
who your
[Je-ghare]
pronoun.
boi
Je-ghz)re
(26)
noun phrase
by
by two nouns,
where Je is
different
marked definitely
epxression
relative
following
is
as a deictic
followed
is
or simply
go'
as that
In that
room.
Je is
(25b)
as the latter
will
'room'
ghzr
pronoun
relative
as a relative
regarded
(you)
room
which
possible
Moreover,
(25a),
one
(25b).
different
quite
of thefirst
'in
is
Je lbhat
khachchel
+Rel,
who rice
eating
CRelPr
When Je qualifies
VI
+N+
+Pause,
as a relative
-Deic
-Deic
+ Pause +N+
pronoun
the
V]
167
sequence
lexical
of
possibilities
lexical
which
items
relative
(19)
in
'in
in
a noun
(25c)
room'
as there
is
items.
(19c)
predicts
sequences
'who will
go to
lexical
which
followed
by a NP with
examples
in
which
(27)-show
Je
(27)
the
lokTa
who man-the
['The
b.
and is
in
following
is
if
pronoun
ghvre
and
in
juncture.
close
deictic
of
korche,
doing
immediately
The
Je
pratibesi
he our
neighbour
shopping
is
our
neighbourl]
boy
twhol.
se amader
man who is
my
bondhu,
se tomar
sohopaThi
friend
he your
class-mate
is
my friend
is
your
class-mate'
boy who is
my friend
is
your
class
boi
porche,
book
reading
se amader
he our
mate']
protibesi
neighbour
man is
reading
a book
is
our
neighbourl
man who is
reading
a book
is
our
neighbour'l
examples
a close
it.
two
deictic
neighbourl
114ho the
the
the
our
lokTa
Je-
an object,
is
who man-the
In all
Je #
shopping
who boy-the
['The
it
shopping
amar
Je
like
as a
the
man is
'Who the
09
between
eliminate
occurrence
Je cheleTa
['The
like
as a subject,
a deictic
baJar
'Who the
sequences
no pause
and will
becomes
'who'
Je
'who'
(25b).
as shown in
sequences
room'
(25a)
as shown in
a verb
the
of
Je
for
eliminate
will
three
The sequence
test
a. reliable
are
has
phrase
(20).
shown. in
are
pronoun.
ghDre
Jabe
items
the
juncture
relative
pronoun
relationship
Je 1who' is
with
the
item
deictic
168
The examples
of
relative
(28)
and the
pronoun
non-restrictive
twho the
whol
sDhoPaThi
boy-the
who
reading
he my.
class-mate
boy
is
reading
is
my class
boy who is
reading
is
my class-mate']
cheleTa,
Je
boy-the
who reading
It
boy,
is
porche,
who is
matel
se amar
sZhopaThi
he my
class-mate
is
reading,
marker.
detailed
discussion
made in
a brief
a.
above
my class-matet
Consider
5 in
is
required
the
following
this
clauses
here
and
complementizers
so that
on Je as a comple-
examples,.
je
ei
boiTa
that
this
book-the
Je
a deictic
dissertation,
ami Jantam
knew
or
that
as a complementizer.
complement
Chapter
discussion
pronoun
be analysed
9f
summary
mentizer.
the
as a relative
Je may also
been
from
clear
can function
'who'
(29)
boy,
Je as a Complementizer
3.4.2
only
'the
se amar
'The
and
boy'
porche,
EfThe
has
restrictive
Je-cheleTa
'Who the
sequences
Non-restrictive
who
-boy-the
the
see
Restrictive
Je
cheleTa,
d.
in
antecedent
...
who-boy-the
b.
us to
allow
clauses.
relative
Je-cheleTa
a.
(28)
in
colbe
sell-will
na
not
169
'I
knew that
ami
cai
Je
tumi
Jao
want
that
you
go
'I
want
'Moina
e.
the
all
the
taken
came
he
the
Je
Jonne
se dhar
koreche,
ta
that
that
for
he loan
took
that
niJer
Jonne n2e
his
own
for
examples
is
Je,
not
the
loan
(29a-e),
are
incorporate
Je
he has
1whatf
shown without
relative
clause.
as a complementizer.
In
all
is
shown
clauses.
the
conjunction
in
was not
relative
shown as a complementizer
as a subordinating
1979.: 6).
gentleman
tar
relative
occurs
who
knew
(29d-e)
of
gentleman
himself'
schoolf
that
knew that
for
to
tini
'I
knew that
gone
esechilen,
writer
mentizer.
'that'
Mou has
gone-has
Jini
(29a-c)
Je
Mou school-to
bhoddrolok,
lekhok
'I
gesche
Je
w kton
ami Jantam
sell'
mou skule
knew that
knew
while
Je
ami Jantam
d.
won't
got
knew that
Moina
In
to
you
mz)ena Janto
C.
book
this
Bresnan's
before
examples
clauses,
(29d-e),
In
head
the
Je
and hence
sense
as a comple-
noun
Ithatf
it
may be
(Bresnan,
170
It
has
three
the
sentence.
Chapter
This
the
5.
(30)
example
syntactic
a relative
where
and a complementizer
in
the
Je
our
house-to
who came
lzmba,
se Je 3
ee to
calak
ta
Jantam
na
tall
he that
so
clever
that
knew
not
did
house
not
the
that
tall
a deictic
le
lokTa
bes
who man-the
quite
our
was so clever'
The underlined
a deictic
know that
oi
in
same sentence.
barite
esechilo,.
1
of
the
with
pronoun,
used
are
'that'
extensively
discussion
present
Je
pattern
be clarified
will
that
examples
on the
depending
claim
above
amader
'I
is
from
clear
functions
following
pronoun
is
Jej
marker,
'who'
is
a relative
and Je 3 Ithatt
pronoun,
is
Je
a complementizer.
1whol
171
3.5'
Relative
is
clause
the
the
It
the
a relative
not
in
Bengali.
possible
is
the
to
to
delete
in
a complex
the
both
retain
the
Je
boy-the
who my
*cheleTa,.
c.
boy
*cheleTa,
boy-the
'The
c.
boy,
*cheleTa,
(is)
Je
pronoun
examples
a complex
This
structure.
he came.
(he)
my
friend
he came
(he)
amar bondhu,
came'
camef
esechilo
-a
friend
came
my friend,
amar bondhu,
show that
and
se esechilo
my friend,
came'
esechilo
friend
my friend
due to
Bengali
se esechilo
my
relative
construction.
bondhu,
who is
of
examples.
friend
my friend
allow
sentence.
relative
amar
who my
boy-the
The above
matrix
in
elements
amar bondhu,
(is)
who
boy-the
'The
the
following
cheleTa,
'The boy,
b.
the
it
the
a relative-correlative*structure
in
be
shown
may
a.
ambiguous
in
a relative
deletion
becomes
possible
pronoun
and the
If
matrix
sentence
does
sentence.
correlative
correlative
in
Neither
the
of
not
that
the
from
pronoun
pronoun
relative
from
deleted
also
prefers
the
of
reention
shows
This
of
correlative
is
Deletion
The deletion
retention
pronoun
the
Pronoun
came
came'
deletion
either
of
the
relative
172
pronoun,
correlative
relative
pronouns
relative
in
(31c)
in
(31d)..
pronoun
does
it
do not
matrix
the
relative
to
belong
a.
the
barandae
he boy-the
corridor-on
house-to
came
'(He)
the boy is
pronoun
if
the
the
darie
standing
standing
if
the
correlative
of
the
sentence
however,
Bengali,
but
are
(32).
in
given
and its
of
matrix
sentences,
of
it
However,
subject
of
pattern
are
relative
clause,
as the
These
colloquial
esechilo
relative
only
se cheleTa
the
The deletion
possible
barite
if
pronouns
sentence.
sentence.
Examples
correlative
deletion
.1
correlative
the'relative
occur
clause.
any
literary.
strictly
is
The
the
the
matrix
not
allows
pronoun
correlative
precedea
the
from
the
sentences.
and
of
of
does
pronoun
clause,
element
in
and cor-
show that
subject
element
relative
(31)
deletion
the
allow
not
relative
like
as the
occurs
relative
'32)
and both
relative
(31b)t
in
deleted
Sentences
coreferential
the
is
both
unacceptable
yield
pronoun
pronoun
or
rponoun,
on the
ache,
Je
is
who our
corridor
amader
who
cheleTa
barandae
Carie
boy-the
corridor-on
standing
barite
is
Je amader
who our
esechilo
house-to
came
'The
is
our
ache,
boy
house'
standing
on the
corridor
who came to
173
- b.
se
meeTa
she girl-the
prosadhon
korche,
Je
toilet
doing
who Rafiq's
rophiker
bandhobi
girl-friend
(She)
the
is
girl
who is
dressing
Rafiq's
girlfriend'
b.
Rafiqls
dressing
who is
meeTa
prosadhon
korche,
Je
girl-the
toilet
doing
who Rafiqls
['The
is
girl
girl-friend']
rophiker
bandhobi
friend
girl'The
these
All
the
deleted
be.,
can
of
structures
the
There
the
but
is
clauses
relative
are
but
correlative
relative
the
precedes
correlatives
in
its
be cited
a separate
illustrated
another
does
correlative
it
correlative
is
Bengali
sentences,
However,
correlative
cannot
the
girl-friend'
only
clause.
in
present
can be deleted
the
in
deep
the
structures.
surface
ture.
the
show that
Rafiqls
who is
show that
from
sentence
matrix
(32a-b)
where
dressing
(32a-b')
examples
pronouns
if
is
girl
does
surface
element
in
of
like,
(33).
of
not
occur
not
as a rule
type
kind
show any
in
relative
the
its
deletion
This
structure.
of
coreferential
construction
English
Bengali
construction-in
relative
surface
of
kind
struc-
the
of
pronoun
without
clause.
sentence
deletion
any
This
174
(33)
a.
b.
ache
Ia
doll
have
'I
have a dollt
amake ammu
ee kTa putul
me
mother
'My mother
doll
has
bought
ce
doll
Ia
kine-dieche
bought
a doll
has
for
met
ache,
Ja
ammu
amake kine
have
which
mother
me
bought
dieche
have
I
'I have
(Ja
in
like
clause
the relative
for
the
matrix
(33)
object
precedes
sentence
in
Bengali
NP is
the
(cf.
relative
clause.
relative
of any coreferential
Chapter
a relative
without
relativized
bought
One 61g).
'doll')
pronoun
pronoun
can be
clause
matrix
met
Sentences
any coreferential
and the
for
NP (putul
identical
an inanimate
show that
clearly
has
mother
of the
constructed
the
which
deletion
the
shows
(33c)
in
a doll
pronoun
sentence
if
175
3.6
Antecedent
and Postcedent
An embedded
contain
either
The process
important
the
and the
restrictive
normally
the
However,
in
pronoun
follows
the
in
nouns
the
(34)
head
in
Bengali
following
a.
Je
thus
are
noun
two
lokTa
English,
before
the
relative
clause
restrictive
the
relative
_whereas,
may be taken
as the
sentential
environments
clauses,
and
relative
when it
postof
the
may be seen
which
bes
buddhiman,
se-esechilo
quite
intelligent
he came
man who is
lokTa,
Je
man-the
who quite
'The
pronoun
i. e.
antecedent,
it
is
antecedent.
before
occurs
it.
examples.
I'The
(24a),
the
may
noun
clause,
occurs
the
as the
In
in
follow
head
In
non-restrictive
relative
who man-the
b.
relative
follows
pronoun
relative
There
of
or
the
of
non-restrictive.
pronoun
relative
can be taken
It
cedent.
the
clause
The modified
pronoun
an antecedent
in
When the
clause.
head
Bengali,
the
types
pronoun
relative
pronoun
follows
two
marks
relative
and following
preceding
of
as it
relative
the
precede
a relative
a postcedent.
or
an antecedent
may either
noun
forming
sentence
man,
lokTa
Je 'who'
quite
intelligent
came'
quite
intelligent
came'
bes
who is
'the
as it
buddhiman,
se esechilo
intelligent
he came
quite
man' is
occurs
intelligent,
came'
the posicedent
after
the
of the
relative
relative
marker, in
176
the
restrictive
'the
in
manf
the
relative
as the
occurs
the
tive
relative
the
restrictive
the
of
the
in
a postcedent
(35)
a.
who
pronoun
examples
are
converts
clause
Chapter
cedent
relative
(35)
of
c.
Two,
came
he quite
quite
postcedent
show the
after
absence
clever
clever'
calak
clever
the
latter
form
2.1.8).
the
restrictive
a headless
into
To make it
may also
the
clause
as shown in
(35c).
matrix
headed
sentence
bes
calak
he man-the
quite
clever
quite
quite
relative
(see
relative
se lokTa
occurs
clevert
the
who came
the
clever'
quite
se bes
verb
in
calak
quite
esechilo,
esechilo,
in
occurs
clauses.
he quite
be moved to
Je
to
given
se bes
came
section
the
if
relative
esechilo,
'Who came is
The deletion
examples
non-restric-
may be dropped
relative
Je
the
in
normally
podnedent
b.
The above
occurs
postcedent
who man-the
UThe
pronoun
relative
clause.
restrictive
Je lokTa
the
lokTa
clause.
relative
The following
it.
and the
clause
after
antecedent
of
normally
antecedent
However,
sentence
whereas
relative
non-restrictive
show that
clause#
(34b),
in
clever'
clever']
the
from
postthe
177
One interesting
the
the relative
Je
man-the
who quite
Z,
bes
man, who is
bes
je
'Who is
Three
cedent
to
the
the
matrix
before
the
non-restrictive
the
relative
clever'
he came
clever,
clause)
he came
clever
came'
in
the
construction
can. be observed
where
dropped
postcedent*are
sentence
from
following
in
(36)
When the
posteedent
relative
clause,
came'
se. esechilo
clever
variations
the
se esechilo
quite
be stated
a.
No
pronoun.
in
as the
sentence
calak,
calak,
quite
sentences
or
sentence
(i. e. unacceptable
missing
lokTa,
who quite
relative
matrix
allowed
becomes unacceptable
'The
e. -
matrix
(35e).
as shown in
d.
the
shifting
the
coreferential
is
because
(35)
the
after
of the antecedent
as it
to
clause
becomes a deictic
latter
after
the
or
relative
of
the
either
the
the
ante-
antecedent
moved
These
clause.
way:
is
the
dropped
latter
fr-om a restrictive
becomes
a headless
relative;
b.
When the
clause
to
deictic
co
postcedent
When the
the
matrix
matrix
is
moved from
sentence,
it
the
relative
becomes
sentence;
antecedent
is
deleted
from
the
non-
may
178
restrictive
a headless
honorific
noun
relative
in
only
into
The occurrence
of
inserted
shown
(37)
in
a.
the
with
following
i. e.
antecedent
who
yesterday
lekcar
bhasatztter
namkzra
oddhapok
Linguistics-of
famous
teacher
a lecture
teacher
in
in
the
gPtokal
gentleman
yesterday
bhasatotter
gave
he
Linguistics-of
isa
famous
gentleman
yesterday
is
gave
a famous
who
Linguistics-of
klase
yesterday
class-in
in
teacher
gentleman
lekcar
lecture
oddhapok
famous
in
in
tter
diechilen
gave
teacher
the
class
Linguistics'
a lecture
bhasat,;
gztokal
lecture
a lecture
Jini
leckcar
namkora
bh; )ddrolok,
is
(lit)
teacher
who gave
he
yesterday
class-in
tini,
gentleman
class
klase
diechilen,
[tThe
is
tini
gave
Linguistics'
bhoddrolok
yesterday
relatives.
diechilent
lecture
'Who the
can be
and postcedent
class-in
who
no postcedent
Jini
non-restrictive
klase
gvtokal
*Jini
the
examples.
Jini
famous
C*
or
becomes
that
can have
clause,
headless
Jini
is
note
'who'
relative
tWho gave
b.
Jini
pronoun
a restrictive
to
point
latter
(Cf. 2.1.8)
clause.
relative
One interesting
the
clause,
relative
in
the
class
]
Linguistics'
oddhapok,
tini
teacher
he
179
'The gentleman,
delivered
(37c)
shows the
(37a)
and
after
not
'gentleman'
- cannot
a.
occur
b.
It
is
in
Bengali
non-relative
boi
he
gentleman
book reading
is
amader barite
you
gentleman
our
clear
on the
(37b)
is
bhoddrolok
relative
pronouns
cannot
a book'
reading
bhzddrolok
these
of any postcedent
porchen
*apni
from
(cf-38).
bhzddrolok
'You gentleman
in
relative
any honorific
after
*tini
'He gentleman
class'
However,
as nouns here
by any nouns.
be followed
absence
pronoun.
pronoun-.
(38)
the
in Bengali,
acceptable
the
the honorific
before
relative
Linguisticst
in
of an antecedent
occurrence
illustrates
the honorific
in
yesterday
construction
non-restrictive
pronoun
a talk
correct
a teacher
who is
house-to
come
please
that
examples
occurrence
asben
of
there
is
any
noun
the
honorific
a constraint
an honorific
after
pronoun:
(39)
Jini
relative
twhot.
If
clause
will
relative
after
Jini
as ungrammatical
and unacceptable.
Moreover,
honorific,
nouns
like
as opposed
bh-addrolok
to
the
tgentleman'
non-honorific
are
noun
themselves
lok
Imant.
iso
So, it
can be said
to each other
occur
next
(40),
in which
is
the
follows
is
cannot
juncture.
a close
with
bhzddrolok
Je 'who',
pronoun
items
as two honorific
Bengali
in
ungrammatical
'who gentleman'
bhzddrolok
*Jini
Houever
non-honorific
relative
grammatical.
a
(40)
.
klase
lekcar
diechilen,
tini
who gentleman
class-in
lecture
gave
he
bhasatztter
namkzra
oddhapok
Linguistics-of
famous
teacher
bh; )ddrolok
Je
'Who the
in
teacher
famous
[? The gentleman
Note
that
even
noun
diechilen
'gave'
'he'
and tini
So,
after
the
in
Je
a lecture
in
'who'
verbal
(ordinary
class
is
in
the
class
is
can
and
verbal
co-occur
on the
of
occurrence
pronoun
an
sequences:
diechilo
pattern
pattern
relative
with
correlative
(ordinary'pronominal
constraint
the
the
linguistics']
non-honorific
honorific
in
Linguisticst
who gave
teacher
famous
a lecture
gave
gentleman
'he/she').
se
honorific
can be extended
in
'gave. ')
pronoun
the
following
way:
-(39)'Any
honorific
Je 'who',
pronoun
items
is
restricted-in
When the
'which/that'
as the
is
foll
inanimate
after
occurrence
the
non-honorific
of two honorific
Bengali.
deictic
relative
pronoun
noun,
the
Je
181
postcedent
any postcedent
without
meaning at
(41)
the
a.
Je-boi
you
'You will
a.
*tumi
b.
Je
Je
C.
*Je
which
c.
If
the
postcedents
seTae
ciro
tumi
flower
has.
that-in
climb
you
ache,
seTae
czro
boi
ache,
book has
is
always
specific
removed,
are
assumed
cannot
that
Thus,
objects.
tumi
has
flowers'
tumi
tumi
sekhane
Jao
you
there
go
has books'
shop which
ache,
as they
ungrammatical
It
boi
you wantl
ache,
'You go to the
*Je
Jao
sekhane
the
above
be fully
sentences
deictic
relatives
sentences
(38c
refer
39c)
a.
b.
tumi
Je-boi
cao,
'You will
get
tumi
cao,
boi
the
ta
ta
are
pabe
book that
you want'
pabe
you will
get
are,
(41a',
interpreted
ungrammatical.
(42)
examples.
get-will
which
shop-in
following
pabe
tree
Je-dokane
any
phul
on the
phul
carry
as
ta. pabe
cao,
climb
the
get
tree-on
IYou
b.
cao,
gache
which
ta
tumi
clause,
do not
sentences
may be shown in
This
all.
a headless
for
be dropped
cannot
it'
to
b',
182
(43)
e.
*tumi
Je
a.
tumi
Je-boi
Qr cao,
ta
pabe
cao,
ta
pabe
'You will
b.
c.
*tumi
Je
you
what
*tumi
Je
you
2r
(42a),
want
(42b),
without
a head
using
When the
the
the
1whichl
the
clause
in
antecedent
following
presence
examples
of
'what/that/whichl.
get-will
the
that
and
to,
(42a),
only
books
shows
even
you
want'
specifically,
referred
any
both
Je
1whichl
Y,
some specific
(43b)
random.
at
syntactic
and
and
occur
can never
incompleteness
after
X,
and any
one or
at
in
whereas
both
head
moving
the
the
inanimate
in
to
noun
(43c).
does
1whol,
not
after
postcedent
postcedent
relative
book
Je and Jini.
Like
-pronoun
not
noun
sentence
Ja
that
book
is
In
and meaning
matrix
pabe
The inanimate
levels.
structure
boi
unacceptability
exemplify
semantic
se
mentioned
book
requested,
are
(43c)
of
is
be taken.
could
books
the
lbook'
no specific
books
get-will
the
get
you want'
pabe
that
JT cao,
what
boi
ta
cao,
want
fYou will
In
get
does
not
becomes
the
are
have
the
it,
occur
headless.
postcedent
to
same sequential
order
as do Je and Jini
non-restrictive
given
relative
Ja
after
'what/that',
However,
Ja allows
relative
show the
and the
The
clause.
absence
antecedent
'who',
and
after
Ja
183
(44) a.
ta sepabe
she
what Moina wants that,, get-will
Ja
m!Dena cae
Ja
bakser
which
box-of
g: )honagulo,
ornaments
'The
ornaments
that'
get
7boddhe. ache,
inside
are
the
inside
which
are
(44a)
after
box
ta
m0enar
that
Moinals
to
belong
Moinal
No postcedents
pronoun
in
occur
'which/what',
Ja
the
inanimate
is
whereas'there
relative
in
an antecedent
(44b).
The way the
in
a.
The antecedent
the
occurs
posteedent
occur
postcedents
Antecedents
in
headed
i.
If
occurs
the
in
relhtive
the
is
a headless
relative*
be deleted
can never
deleted
from
the
clause,
the
latter
(movement
relative
NP implies
a deep
of
that
structure
by transformations);
is
rearranged
If
the posteedent
sentence,
restrictive
and
pronoun.
relative
posteedent
restrictive
pronoun
clauses.
postcedent
becomes
relative
the
and postcedents
restrictive
ii.
a non-restrictive
the relative
after
clause
in
before
clause
relative
b.
the
and
Bengali
(45)
antecedents
relative
a deictic
is
moved from
clause
matrix
to
the
the
sentence
matrix
is
184
derived;
iii.
If
and
relative
restrictive
is
relative
ce
Typically,
If
the
e.
If
the
then
the
in
occurs
pronoun
honorific
the
clause,
a headless
occurs
non-
'(Je
non-honorific
pronoun
non-restrictive
honorific
'who'-
can be used.
postcedent
relative.
the
after
Jini
is
an honorific
then
1whof)
from
pronoun
relative
relative
the
deleted
derived.
no postcedent
honorific
d.
is
the antecedent
(Jini
'who')
relative
antecedent
can
clause,
occur
before
it.
f.
The posteedent
deictic
inanimate
No postcedents
pronoun
h.
Ja
pronoun
occur
after
be deleted
Je
after
the
'which/that/what'.
the
inanimate
before
the
relative
'what/that/whicht.
The antecedents
relative
can never
pronoun
can
Ja
occur
'what/that/whichl.
inanimate
185
3.7
Determiners*
Determiners
and non-restrictive
in
used
the
posteedents.
the
relative
the
are
Rel
RRC:
(46)
b.
are
a.
restrictive
clauses
and precede
the
given
Pron
NRRC: Det
in
kono chele
boy
who any
the
(47a)
is
any
boy
'Any
clause.
relative
(1969).
According
have a definite
role
indefinite
in
role
in
Pron
sentences.
kore,
sort
se buddhiman
he intelligent
of work is
intelligent'
kire,
se bhalo
nve
work
does
he good
not
this
sort
of
clause,
work
(47b)
relative,
to her paper
the non-restrictive
the restrictive
relatives.
is
not
good'
a non-
The determiners
in non-restrictive
more specific
(47).
in
kaj
relative
a restrictive
restrictive
by Smith
who this
a non-
The
clause.
work does
Je e
chele,
In
and exemplified
kaj
kono
follow
determiner
the
+ Rel
and
determiners
following
this
determiners
+ Posteedent
+A ntecedent
exemplified
Je
+ Det
the
antecedents
relative
(46)
in
restrictive
posteedent.
however,
and the
antecedent
patterns
various
the
before
occur
clause,
relative
precedes
(47)
In
pronoun
restrictive
These
clauses
both
All
clauses.
relative
relative
in
used
normally
are
seem to be
as pointed
the
out
determiners
relatives
This
and
is
186
because
the
'pronoun
relative
owing
non-restrictives.
determiners,
the
categories
of
determiners,
(any,
specific
names)
proper
Bengali
Smith
following
way:
(48)
Determiners
which
Determiners
Specified
both
in
not
the
in
(SD)
in
the
non-restrictive.
as Unique
in
only
as
same restrictions
determiners
(U).
restrictive
Non-specific.
my be called
restrictive
non-
applicable,
may be taken
determiners
It
and non-restrictive
impose
occur
of
totally
the
here. *
and unique
which
clauses
relative
is
explains
clauses
relative
the)
restrictive
do not
clauses
on determiners.
cw
in
English
of
relative
(a,
of
three
adopt
description
specified
determiners
possibilities
we will
Smith's
in
antecedent
distinguishes
249)
which
that
all),
clauses
relative
(1969:
Smith
be mentioned
should
different
the
to
the
after
occurs
those
are
which
and non-restrictive
occur
relative
clauses.
Determiners
Non-Specified
3.7.1
determiners
Non-specific
fall'
can precede
clause.
in
the
(49) a.
However,
restrictive
Je
the
they
head
cannot
relatives
kono chele
who any
boy
noun
like
in
kono
'any'
a restrictive
precede
as shown
the
in
relative
(49).
and
sob
relative
pronouns
187
b.
Je
kono boi
any book
which
Je
C.
szb
chele
boys
who all
d.
Je
Je chele
f.
*kono
Je boi
g.
*sob
Je chele
h.
*sob
Je boi
...
...
...
...
determiners
non-specific
relatives#
always
occur
preceding
only
in
the
head
nonnoun,
as
(50).
a.
b.
Co
d.
kono chele
any
boy
szb
chele
all
boys
kono
boi
any
book
sDb boi
all
It
books
all
*kono
restrictive
(50)
...
e.
Howeverv
in
boi
sib
which
...
should
non-specific
relative
...
books
be noticed
that
determiners
clauses
if
no relative
in
particles
markers
restrictive
are
inserted
occur
with
or non-restrictive
with
the head
188
(cf.
51).
nouns
(51)
a.
*Je
kono
cheleTa
boy-the
who any
b.
*Je
szb
cheleTa
boy-the
who all
c.
d.
*kono
cheleTa
any
boy-the
*s. )b cheleTa
all
However,
in
(52)
...
boy-the
plural
suffixes
Je
s!zb chelera
can be added to
(52):
a.
boys
who all
b.
ce
szb
chelera/giilo
all
boys
Je
kono
chelera
boys
who any
d.
e.
kono
chelera
any
boys
Je szb
who all
f.
chelegulo
boys
Je
kono
boigulo
which
any
books
as
189
sob boigulo
g.
all
books
The following
determiners
specific
(53)
Je
in
kono
who any
full
the
chele
kaJ
kore,
boy
this
work
kono
sondeho
nei
that-in
any
doubt
not
is
of
sort
szb mee,
all
t
no doubt
is
work
girls
occurrence
of
non-
sentences:
tate
'There
b.
illustrate
examples
se buddhiman
he intelligent
does
that
any
this
intelligentt
Jara
kaJ
who
this
work does.
k-3re,
tara
naritte
they
womankca-in
bissasi
believe
'All
the
girls
who do this
of
work
believe
the
head
nouns
sort
in womi nkood'
---z.
In
all
the
the
matrix
examples
Specified
and non-restrictive
are
eek
replace
in
sentences.
Specified
3.7.2
correlatives
'one/a',
human nouns-only)and
Determiners
determiners
relative
EekTa
oi
'one/at,
'the'.
occur
both
Specified
clauses.
es kJon
In
in
lone/a
restrictive
restrictive
determiners
(person)(for
relatiT.
190
clauses
(person)
lone/a
eakJon
tthel
and oi
must precede
*m kJon Je
a.
who boy
a
b.
chele
Je
m kJon
chele
boy
who a
Co
d.
Je
m kTa boi
which
oi
Je
the
who boy-the
oi
Je
the
which
*Je
f.
book
cheleTa
boiTa
book-the
cheleTa
oi
...
g0
boiTa
oi
book-the
the
which
from
these
determiners
have
the
determiners
in
It
is
clear
allow
any
does
allow
particle
the
same applies
particle
occurs
the
with
relative
before
it
(e. g.
with
oi
with
the
relative
non-restrictive
can be inserted
nouns,
boiTa
head
the
..
'the
specified
non-specific
The only
determiners
head
marker
the
clauses.
non-specific
the
that
as the
same restrictions
relative
in
(54a-g)
examples
restrictive
that
is
difference
...
do not
oi
whereas,
head
noun
The
noun.
clauses
where
when oi
book',
'the'
oi
the-
'the'
cheleTa
191
boy').
'the
However,
before
occurs
it
with
following
examples.
(55)
eekJon
chele,
Je
one/a
boy
who came
b.
Ja
EekTa
boi,
book which
any particle
the
se amar bondhu
esechilo,
allow
may be shown in
This
or se kTa tone/a
does not
insertion
a.
Ia/oneI
when w kJon
he my
friend
my friend'
tumi
porcho,
ta
you
reading
that
sarotcondrer
Saratchandrals
by Sarat-
is
chandral
determiners
The specific
in
former
the
is
the
a school
other-hand,
will
yield
(56)
a.
the
and the
determiner
in
usually
Je khelche,
mee eekTa,
playing
they
may be used
it
though
than
relatives
'restrictive
occur
the
the
In
postcedent
always
of
(56a),
like
the
'A girl
restrictive
sentence
who is
relatives,
follows
before
it
because
antecedent
chattri
student'.
non-
relatives
antecedent
se skuler
movement
in
naturally
restrictive
precede
after
the
the
on
specific
postcedent
sentences.
ungrammatical
aBkJon
mee,
Je
girl
who playing,
'A girl
who is
khelche,
playing
more
Je eekTa
lok
who a
man came
esechilo,
se
chattri
skuler
she school-of
is
a student
se skuler
of
chattri
se amar bondhu
he my
friend
student
the
school'
192
'A man who came is
kTa
eakJon/m
'one/a'
clause
3.7.3
Unique
not
determiner
in
names
(2)
determiners
the
(57)
unique
a.
the
illustrated
relative
clause.
for
can be used
in
determiner
Jini
Rabindranath
who
puroskar
peechilen
Prize
received
m-oena, Je
Unique
reference.
non-restrictive
examples
show the
use
prokkhato
kobi,
tini-nobel
famous
poet
he
who is
a famous poet,
of
clause.
relative
misTi
Nobel
received
who sweet
amar bandhobi
mee,
se
girl
she my
girl-friend
IMoina,
who is
raJsahi,
Ja
pzddar
Rajshahi
which
Padma's bank-on
m kTa sundor
a
names do
Proper
Prize'
Moina
C*
in
Z symbol
with
non-restrictive
'Rabindranath,
b.
only
robindronath,
Nobel
unique
The following
clauses.
relative
relative
relative
(56c).
in
is
any determiner
require
non-restrictive
Determiners
Unique
proper
the
in
occurs
in
for
my friend'
beautiful
a sweet
s.)hor
town
girl,
is
tire
my girl-friendi
:)bosthito,
situated
-ta
that
the
193
fRaishahi,
Padma, is
In
the
the
in
above
Unique
(57a),
'who'
honorifict
(57a-c),
(0)
be honorific
(inanimate
following
of the
('58)
Smith
a.
Je
shows
the
?who'
of
occurs
(57c).
(i.
The
'who-
Jini
e.
'who-neutral'
and Ja
Moina
after
'which-inanimate'
noun)).
shows that
of
use
non-restrictive
different
of
determiners
Bengali
in
and order
restrictiveness
comparison
presented
in
proper
clauses
relative
proposed
'which'
too),
The occurrence
the
Jini
and Ja
rank
bank of
non-restrictive
distributed
to
on the
shown where
Rabindranath,
Rajshahi
Bengali
the
is
(57b)
are
after
could
after
town'
in
according
(which
a beautiful
determiners
pronouns
relatives
situated
examples
Je
relative
is
which
determiners
they
do not
(1969).
Smith
those
with
match
The
and differences
similarities
against
in
of English
as
by Smith:
(English)
Bengali
deter-
Non-specific
occur
miners
restrictive
only
a.
in
relative
clauses.
Non-Specific
deter-
miners
in
occur
both
restrictive
and-non-
restrictive
relative
clauses
b.
Specified
occur
tive
relative
in
determiners
both
restric-
and non-restrictive
clauses
b.
Specified
occur
tive
relative
in
determiners
both
restric-
and non-restrictive
clauses
94
Unique
determiners
c.
in non-
occur
restrictive
Unique
determiners
in
occur
relative
non-
restrictive
clauses.
relative
clauses.
d.
When non-specific
determiners
occur
restrictive
and non-
restrictive
relative
no particles
clauses,
inserted
are
head
e.
in
the
with
nouns.
Specified
like
oi
allow
determiners
'the/that'
the
insertion
of particle
the
with
head nouns in
both
restrictive
and non-
restrictive
relative
clauses.
That
is,
except
the
determiners
specific
determiners,
unique
which
occur
non-restrictive
or
determiners
except
restrictive
and non-restrictive
Bengali
relative
made between
the
clauses
non-specific
exclusively
relative
restrictive
unique
determiners
relative
do not
there
allow
and specified
are
no
in
either
clauses.
can occur
clauses,
a distinction
determiners.
All
the
both
in
and
to
be
CHAPTER FOUR
Relativization
4.0
from
that
and determiners
clauses,
relative
point
view
of
of
constituents
way they
Types
the
elements.
introduced
inside
rent
with
concerned
infinitives
and
cedent
relative
clause
can occur
as the
elements
in
from
resulting
discussion
gation
na 'not'
also
in
the
includes
relativized
can occur
different
the
finally
possibilities
in
the
following
clause
and will
of negating
discussion.
be
post-
show how a
will
and infinitive
discuss
of these
the diffe-
elements.
The.
and interro-
The negative
any sentence
diffe-
participles
or the
195
are
also
gerunds,
participial
sentences.
clause
clause
We shall
study
insertion
in
of
produce
antecedent
gerundive,
the relative
of
and gerundive
they
whether
This
clause.
the
and participials
clauses.
of
allows
relative
clauses
the question
of a relative
types
participial
the relative
from
incorporation
the
infinitives
of relative
structures
in
relative
of
The other
role
of
antecedents
be examined
allow*this
infinitive,
When gerunds,
elements
construction
clauses.
an important
are
the
can also
other
of
can play
which
the
the
of
posteedents,
in
occur
clauses
types
different
a consideration
correlatives,
pronouns,
relative
briefly
and Clause
Introductory
Apart
rence
Sentence
and Different
in
a sentence
element
Bengali.
are
The
shown-
196
Negatives
4.1
In
is
and Interrogation
Bengali,
add the-negative
to
particle
negative
or
medial
show the
a.
co
gilpo
boy-the
story
write
boy did
gZlpo
boy-the
story
write
boy did
to
given
negative
not
stories'
write
boy-the
not
story
write
the
sentence
(Negative)
not
g-alop
interrogative
are
and
affirmative,
na
cheleTa
a verb
simple
(Affirmative)
likhto?
(1b),
either'in
and sentence-final
in
na
not
any
stories'
cheleTa
a negative
after
write
likhto
'Did
cheleTa
'The
in
examples
medial
likhto
'The
b.
na, in
but
to
medially
both
difference
the
interrogative'sentences.
and
'it
of
a sentence
predicate,
na may occur
element
The following
occurrence
negating
the
sentence-final'position
showing
positions
in
be added
may also
sentences.
complex
way of
normal
particle
The negative
sentence.
In
the
(Interrogative)
boy write
stories?
na occurs
at
and it
the
before
occurs
'
end of
the
a verb
in
sentence
an
sentence.
When negation
is
in
the
relative
at
the
end of
occurs
in
may occur
either
in
sentence
or
negative
element
both
introduced
the
in
a relative
clause
the
relative
or
clause.
clause,
sentence,
the
in
matrix
When a
it
negates
197
the
meaning
the
only
of
been
mentioned
in
absent
when a negative
presence
of
usually
two
negative
'not'
namely
occcur
either
the
a being
not
form
eat
use
(2)
a.
verb,
of
ni
rice'
the
is
provide
can
The
the
the
occurs
take
se bhat
further.
that
latter
is
when a contrast
khaeni
particles
a sentence.
na and nze
compare
are
a sentence,
na may also
and se bhat
the
made in
tense
khae
the
did
na
not
eat
rice'.
of
exemplification
elements:
negative
Je
end of
the
There
these
of
whereas
1.2-3).
sentences
of
of
and past:
present
The following
this
(cf.
verb
morphol6gical.
does
the
Both
the
at
occurrence
after
occurs
betweeen
or
medially
in
particle
verb.
any
may occur
Inott.
and nze
in
difference
without
Bengali
a sen tence
as no negative
necessary
which
in
1.2.5.3).
in
occurs
It
versa.
verb
(cf.
tense
present
a sentence
and vice
'being'
the
particle
particles
na
with
in
occurs
former
is
clause
that
the
However,
a verb
relative
cheleTa
who boy-the
Jabe
na
go-will
not
s-okale
se w khon
eseche,
morning-in-the
come-has
he now
boy has
come in
the
morning
will
not
go
come in
the
morning
will
not
go
boi
porche
na,
se amar
bondhu
book
reading
not'he
'Who the
now'
L'The
now? ]
b.
Je
cheleTa
who boy-the
my
friend
198
boy who is
Je
co
of
the
the
clause.
(2c)
and negates
here
is
the
end of
occurs
within
itself
is
not. a good
dancer']
the
occurrence
noe
shows
the
lbeingt
pattern
that
both
they
verb
to
occurs
in
has
come in
with
initial
szkale
the
morning
negation
analysis
is
only
the
meaning
stands
clause
the
at
the
end-of
the
of
relative
be c larified
should
it,
in
will
complement
that
the
the
(2c)
sentence
context
occurs
Jabe
with
It
in
'No the
However,
scope, of
of
discourse
of
be treated
the
shows
verb.
main
na also
se eakhon
not
The occurrence
go now'.
outside
nDe incorporates
the
eseche,
na only
and negative.
after
to
occur
particles
but
in
sentence
matrix
noun.
here
will
the
the
and na occurs
Position
at
(lbeingt)
it
na occurs
negative
negate
verb
shown
relative,
that
the
of
is
and negates*the
end of
One point
noe after
initial
Je.. cheleTa
(2a)
and the
the
at
be mentioned
na,
clause.
in
of
verb
also
the
negation
adding
and negates
clause,
both
of
na occurs
(2b)
it.
the
after
not
dancing
though
that
dance-artist
who is
clause.
nDe occurs
noe
dancer'
sentence
in
she good
nrittosilpi
a good
end of
matrix
bhalo
se
not
sentence
matrix
clause
discourse
my friend']
is
the
at
the
sentence
a book is
dancing
regular
relative
should
reading
is
girl
girl
as an affirmative
the
not
dancing
occurs
only
my friend'
who girl-the
(2a-b-),
end of
a book is
nachche,
I'The
which
reading
meeTa
'Who the
In
not
a
e. g.
boy who
sentences
here
as the
the
present
study.
199
Both the negative
in restrictive
or non-restrictive
na functions
not
a question
but
relatives,
as a negative
but
particle
marker.
elements
sentences
sometimes
question
as-a
wher-e na occurs
as
marker.
a.
se cheleTa
na
esechilo,
Je
he boy-the
not
came
who story
'Is
not
Je gzlpo
write
likhto,
se cheleTa
na esechilo?
write
he boy-the
not-came
who story
to
'
stories?
write
b.
the
likhto?
gDlpo
the
stories
one who
'
came?
c.
- Je
cheleTa
who'boy-the
'Did
d.
not
meeTa,
e.
is
element
two
na,
se esechilo?
story
write
not
he came
the
Je
khelche,
not
the
girl
meeTa,
Je
girl-the
who your
'Is
It-
likhto
quite
not
clear
the
It
girl
from
can be used
purposes.
tomar
the
'she not
who is
above
either
stories
tomar
bon?
your
sister
your
se na
sister
who is
write
playing
bon,
I
in a clause
may occur
to
se na
who playing
girl-the
'Is
gvlpo
come? "
sister?
khelche?
sister
examples-that
or
in
a-negative
a sentence
as a negative
'
playing?
to
serve
particle
200
or
as a question
in
either
after
it
a verb
in
the
b,
e).
is
used
sentence#
(3d)
in
the
pattern
in
tense
present
is
emphasis
is
that
type
of
coming
of
the
end of
interrogative
any question
mark
is
constituents
that
occur
before
In
a 'being'
Je
g: )lpo
who story
'Who the
L'The
boy
likhto
write
boy
na,
not
verb
*Moreover,
More
(3a),
in
that
One
occasionally
the
ne,gative
between
without
-on the
given
negative
whereas
(3b).
in
element.
Consider
a.
the
and a sentence
is
there
'is'
The difference
stress
the
is
with
sentence.
more
hze
verb
stories
here
the
though
different.
of
sentence
that
that
the-boy
may occur
in
occurs
1.2.5-3).
quite
on writing
sentence
the
is
be mentioned
may also
at
(3b)
(cf.
a verb
'of a: negative
occasionally
occur
and
given
an interrogative
element
not
on the
given
emphasis
point
(3a)
of
meaning
does
the
marker
before
the. sentence.
of
Bengali
of
as a question
may be said
structure
may occur
sentence
matrix
no verb
structure,
surface
deep
the
in
the
occurrence
where
' It
it
preferably,
on the
na.
after
colloquial
this
and when it
matrix
sentence
present
the
in
An exception
no verb
the
or
When
sentence.
sentence
clause
can be seen in
matrix
an interrogative
a relativized
relative
DO
particle
is
the
occurs
(3a,
in
a clause
na negates
in
marker
se cheleTa
esechilo
he boy-the
came
did
not
write
stories
came'
who did
not
write
stories
came']
201
b.
Je
g.)lpo
likhto
who story
write
'Did
There
no extra
is
constituted
negate
the
stress
falls
to
mark
elements
came
not
write
On the
in
This
is
in
which
also
and the
element
hand,
other
(4b)
(4a)
in
a negative
'
stories?
turn
na to
a heavy
becomes
an
in
a. common pattern
questions.
The phrase
in
he boy-the
with
only
sentence.
esechilo?
on se cheleTa
stress
on se cheleTa
se cheleTa
who did
clause.
relative
interrogative
Bengali
not
the boycome
exists
sentence
na,
structure
a sentence
for
rule
may be shown
in
inserting
the
negative
tree-
following
diagram.
(4)
NP
-1
Iy
Je
cheleTa
esechilo
'Adj
N
I
Pron
II
se- bhalo
not
who
boy-the
came
he
ron
'No,
the
not
a good
good
dancer'
I
I
nrittosilpi
noe
dancer
not
202
Infinitive,
-4.2
Gerundive
and Participial
The infinitive,
in
Bengali.
A brief
forms
participial
In
is
of
adding
the
looks
suffix
at
the
with
sometimes
the
root.
formation
'to'
are
construction
to
the
marked
statement
on the
already
the
a.
Verbal
b.
ce
to
the
a morphophonemi.
examples
Bengali
discussion
of
occurrence
clauses,
infinitives
and
c change
given
are
This
roots.
verbal
are
to
infinitive.
mentioned,
Le
'to'
-:
is
Bengali,
in
the
a general
The following
That
morphologically
infinitives,
by
verbs
roat.
verbal
and in'relative
involves
parti-
The following
of
verb,
withnon-finite
sentences
been
the
of
simple
by adding
of
and
involving
apposition
constructed
-te
As has
constructed
gerundive
form
and participles.
in
infinitives
closes
is
infinitives
gerunds
as are
following
clauses.
infinitive
the
a three-way
and gerunds,
say
the
Construction
ciples
that
clause
relative
made in
of infinitive,
the relative
Bengali,
part
the
in
is
discussion
in
Infinitive
4.2.1
which
be introduced
on the occurrence
section
and participial
gerundive
can also
constructions
Constructions
the
in
to
form
of
show the
infinitives.
root
Ja 'go'
Verbal
root
kha
leatt
Verbal
root
cai
'want'
+ -te
'to'
Jete
khete
+. -te"'to,
+ -te
'to
'-tot,
caite
go'
'to
'to
eat'
want'
203
Verbal
d.
root
naoa ?bathe'
'to'
+ -te
'to
: naite
bathe I
e.
Verbal
root
ni
'take'
+ -te
'to'
: nite
'to
take'
f.
Verbal
root
di
'give'
+ -te
ItdI
: dite
'to
give'
g.
Verbal
root
har
'lose'
h.
Verbal
root
Jit
'win'
is
When an infinitive
verb
other
at
(non-finite)
the
end of
The following
relativized
a.
the
ce
e.
(Bengali
se barite
Jete 1c ae2
he home-to
go-to
to
it,
after
be.ing
finite
show infinitives
wants
like
does
'He likes
to
se m khon
bichane
sute 1
Jabe
he now
bed-in
lie-to
go-will
eat
rice'
'He will
go now to
lie
se naite.
khete,
deri
korche
eat-to
late
doing
he bath-to
'He is
late
in
taking
down in
a bath
win'
or
any
a SOV language).
to go home'
eat-to
lose'
preferably
dite
se amake ee kTa boi
ca22
1
he me
book give-to
a
wants
'He wants to give me a bopkl
k-zre
se bhat, khete,
22chondo
2
he rice
d.
the
tto
?to
sentences.
'He wants
b.
occurs
are given
examples
Jitte
a sentence,
always
sentence
: harte
+ -te-'-Itol
in
used
'>tot
+ -te
bed'
and eating'
in
non-
20 4'
The aboye
show the
examples
in non-relativized
infinitive
occur;
Infinitives
infinitives
a.
with
is
with
are given
and without
mou baJate
Jane
Mou play-to
knows
to
as 1 and 2.
or without
show, the
objects.
bts-i
mou
baJate
Jane
Mou flute
play-to
knows
how to
'Mou knows
b.
mohua poRte
pare
Mohua read-to
can
'Mohua
A
b.
mohua
the
flute'
can read'
boi
, Mohua book
'Mohua
C.
play
poRte
pare
read-to
can
can read
se akte
pare
he draw-to
can
'He knows
how to
books'
draw'
se chobi
'akte
pare
he picture
draw-to
can
infinitives
and non-
the
a common structure
may qccur
The followingexamples
of
The infinitive
sentences.
verbs
two infinitives
distribution
(6e)
In
in
Bengali.
objects.
occurrence
of
205
The (at
bt
whereas
the
objects
before
c) sentences
(6,6,
It
(see 4.2-3)
meaning,
not
to participial
the
pial
of infinitival
conversion
infinitival
into
constructions
a.
Jete
okhane
se
pDchondo kDre na
he there
like
go-to
se okhane
Jaoa
he there
going
'He does
b.
not
does not
to go-there'
Pochondo
like
like
kvre
na
does
not
there'
going
se bhat
khete
pzchondo
kzre
he rice
eat-to
like
does
'He likes
C*
like
to
eat
ricef
se bhat
khaoa
pvchondo
kzre
he rice
eating
like
does
'He likes
eating
se ekTu
pzre
sute
Jabe
he little
after
lie-to
go-will
'He will
go to
rice'
bed shortly
to
same
examples
Constructions.
(8)
at
can be converted
as the restrictions
as well
occur
participial
have the
The following
between
parallelism
constructions
though
constructions
constructions.
illustrate
that
constructions
infinitival
all
verbs
of
(7).
to note
and infinitive
objects,
occurrence
The finite
in
important
shown without
show the
infinitives.
sentences
is
are
'c) sentences
the
(7)
in
lie
down'
206
A
c
*se
ekTu
he little
'He will
d.
soaa
Jabe
after
lying
go-will
go to bed shortly
dite
he me
give-to
*se
book
a
to
fHe wants
[tHe
book
wants
of
giving
to
give
for
lying
downt
cae
wants
me a book'
give
he me
ability'in
for
'He wants
d.
pare
deoa
cae
giving
wants
me a bookt
me a bookt]
(86)
(8a)
and
of
some environments
substituting
participials
infinitives.
Infinitives
relative
clause
that
shown for
are
a.
b.
can easily
without
affecting,
simple
Jini
grame
gentleman
who
village-in
w khon
boi
porchen
now
book
reading
'The
gentleman,
who does
village,
is
cheleTa,
Je mach khete
khelche'
playing
reading
who fish
(8).
Jete
go-to
like
the
sequences
(9):
Consider
can
tini
na,
wants
not
he
to
go to
the
pachondo
kire
na,
se bvl
like
does. not
he ball
not
a book
eat-to
in
sentences-in
bhjddrolok,
boy-the
be introduced
now'
2G7
'The
boy,
who does
mou, Je
Mou
to
fish,
eat
is
ball'
playing
ce
like
not
ba'si
baJate,
pare,
who flute
play-to
can
se amar sohopaThi
she my
flute,
clads-friend
is
my class-
friend'
d.
mou,
Je
Mou
who play-to
fMou,
In
the
in
(9b,
show that
infinitives
with
or
class-friend
is
play,
occurrence
d)
of
do not
my class-friend'
an object
show the
in
can be introduced
o bjects
like
the
is
shown
occurrence
Sentences.
infinitives.
without
sjhopaThi
she my
how to
(9a,
the
before
se amar
can
the
whereas,
an objec't
clause
pare,
who knows
examples,
above
c),
baJate
like
the
of
(9a-d)
relative
non-relativized
sentences.
4.2.2
Gerundive
A gerund
gerund
it
may or
takes
suffix
following
in
Bengali.
can be taken
may not
an object,
that
Construction
the
shows-gerund
examples
take
are
as a verbal
in
an object
latter
follows.
formation
given
to
is
noun.
The
a sentence.
it.
-bar
The most
1-ing'.
common
The
formation
show gerundive
.1.
When
208
(10)
Verbal
a.
por
+ bar
: porbar
b.
bhab
+ bar
: bhabbar,
tthinking'
ce
dara
+ bar
: darabar
'standing'
d.
Ja
+ bar
: Jabar
e.
kha
+ bar
: khabar
'eating'
f.
kor
+ bar
: korbar
'doing'
g.
sun
+ bar
: sunbar
'listening'
The suffix
It
+ Suffix
root
can be taken
-bar
Bengali
written
form
pattern
and are
not
knother
,
in (11).
gerund
a.
p; )ra
b.
bhaba
C.
kora
d.
cora
Occasionally
addition
'studying'.
gerundive
form
of
c; )ron
tclimb
are
e. g.
in
English
are
Sanskrit
used
-jag.
in
grammatical
Bengali.
colloquial
style
is
illustrated
studying'
thinkingt
doingt
-
climbing'
in
dhumpan
Bengali
without
'smoking',
examples
in
to
gerunds
written
formed
The following
constructions
tthink
'do
a suffix;
the
?study
koron
gerunds
used
in
bhabon
the
the
generally
poron
that
following
used
tgoing'
as equivalent
here
be mentioned
should
?reading'
a sentence.
show the
the
p: )rasuna
occurrence
of
209
(12)
a.
ami tomar
porbar
aggroho
dekhechi
reading
eagerness
seen-have
you
'I
b.
have
seen your
sinema
hDle
dhumpan nisiddho
this
cinema
hall-in
smoking
prohibited
in
is
korte
paro
you
cooking
arrangement
do
can
'You
two possibilities
of relative
as clause
or
However,
have
objects,
or
pronoun
which
examples
constituents
may precede
to
given
as the
show the
in
inside
the
ways with
including
the
them.
occurrence
antecedents
the
before
position
or follow
clause.
gerunds
When gerunds
occur
a simple
a relative
inside
can occur
different
in
in
relative
function
sinema
holer
moddhe dhumpan,
cinema
hall's
inside
smoking
ta
szbar
mana ucit
that
all's
obey proper
as
the'relative
relative
clause,
or without
relative
The following
of
gerunds
sentences.
relativized
a.
can occur
when they
other
are
they
a fixed
may be interpreted
in
introducing
they
cooking'
gerunds
of
constituents.
they
antecedents,
they
Either
clauses
of
be introduced
may also
clauses.
for
arrangement
occurrence
There
clause.
theatre'
aoJon
they
clauses
this
radhbar
sentence,
relative
prohibited
tumi
Besides
are
reading'
ei
tSmoking
ce
in
eagerness
Ja
nisiddho,
which
prohibited
in
210
'Smoking,
should
[tAl-I
is
is
which
be obeyed
properly
should
properly
that
rule
smoking
amar Pvrasuna,
Ja
ami niomito
korchine,
ta
which
doing-not
that
studying
difficulties
me
'My studying,
Je
phelte
pare
put-in
can
doing
--
regularly,
friend
dhumpan charte
quit-to
who smoking
roJ
du paekeT
everyday
two packet
put
amar t)ondhu,
friend
like
to
hzle
wants
not
he
smoking,
stop
day'
,
sigareT
hall-in
who cinema
se
every
cigarettes
sinema
. na,
smokes
cigarette
of
cae
khae
sigareT
tMy friend,
my
regularly
I am not
which
bondhu,
amar
my
auditorium']
difficulties'
me in
b.
the
inside
amake bipode
theatre,
by all
obey
the
the
prohibited
my
a.
inside
prohibited
dhumpan
cigarette'smoking
nisiddho
ei
nirdes
mane
na,
se Ee khon
khelte
prohibited
this
order
obeys
not
he now
play-to
like
to
gza che
gone-has
who does not
'My friend,
as
"smoking
is
gone to
play
prohibited"
in
the
obey
cinema
the
hall,
order
has
now'
bhoddrolok,
Jini
radhbar
aoJon
korechilen,
gentleman
who
cooking
arrangement
did
211
tini
amar bondhu
he
my
Me
gentleman,
is
The gerunds
the
shown as the
are
'smoking'
The gerund
noun in
relative
'studying'
clauses
It
standpoints.
the
case
possessive
and
(13b),
before
occur
bhzddrolok,
gentleman
can be viewed
can be treated
is
shown in
from
-as a
This
a postposition.
a. -
(13a)
in
antecedents
and pDrasuna
in
syntactic
verbal
cooking,
clauses.
relative
different
for
my friend'
dhumpan
where
friend
by
(15).
Jini
porbar
Jonne
esechilen,
tini
who
reading
for
came
he
amar bondhu
my
'The
b.
friend
gentleman,
Je
cheleTa,
boy-the
who
reading,
is
my friend'
dekhbar
Jonne
eseche,
se amar
seeing
for
come-has
he my
s; hopaThi
class-friend
'The
seeing,
is
my class-
friend'
2he
(15a)
postposition
(151)and
Jonne
If or I occurs
af ter
the 'gerund
in
212
In
functions
after
in
the
in
'smoking'
'a
The most
to
form
the
The following
forms
in
cigarette'
examples
are
can be taken
as
is
by it.
after
to-show
the
Bengali.
Verbal
Word + Suffix
Participials
z9kon
+ ito
Dkito
'drawn'
b.
pzton
+ ito
potito
'fallen'
C.
dOnDo
+ ito
donDito
d.
bh,.)e
+ ito
bhito
soon
+ ito
: safto
f.
prohar
+ ito
: prohrito
g.
lekha
+ ito
: likhito
h.
bohiskar
+ ito
: bohiskrito
i.
gzThon
+ ito
: goThito
'made'
J.
pzThon
+ ito
: PoThito
'read'
k.
gona
+ ito
: gonito
1.
hasso
+ mze : hassomoe
a.
e.
the
occurs
The participleg
any nouns
given
to
added
modified
without
phrase
which
-ito.
is
participle
English
in
used
common suffix
participles'is
be constructed
cannot
A word
as
a verb
construction
participial
smoking
functions
a verb
construction
gerundive
as an adjective.
participle.
verb
the
whereas
a noun,
like
Construction
Participial
4.2.3
'Punished'
'afraid'
flying'
Ibeatent
'written'
'driven'
'counted'
'laughing'
it
in
participial
Bengali.
213
The verbal
roots
and -mze.
It
the
word,
establish
words.
In
adding
the
a.
Bengali.
rule
in
the
rule
most
for
(e. g.
suffix
in
participles
syllable
to
-mDe.
is
added
the
ito
-.
of
addition
to
due
sounds
to
difficult
not
base
of
the
is
deleted
+ ito
-on)
is
participles
after
: o5kito).
illustrate
the
intro-
sentences.
relativized
tomar
;.9hito
chobi,
Ja
prodorsonite
-sobar
your
drawn
painting
which
exhibition-in
all's
peeche,
ta
ami dekhechi
received
that
proso Usa
commendation
'I
have
seen your
['I
have
in
the
seen-have
by all'
exhibition
which
have
commendation
received
have
which
been drawn
in
the
by all']
exhibition
Jomi,
habiber
potit
Habib's
uncultivated
ami kinte
cai
want
buy-to
want
paintings
pa.intings
seen the
'I
drawn
commendation
received
b.
sounds
(minus
given
is
it
the
zkon
all
examples.
suffix
the
retain
second
are
examples
of
not
However,
the
the
when a suffix
changing
cases,
above
the
after
that
does
word
the
form
shown with
slightly
can be said
The following
duction
is
changed
in
shown to
is
(161)
original
sandhi
illustrated
which
One example
-ito.
to
is
formation
Participle.
to
buy Habib's
land
Ja
sabhare
ache,
which
Savar-in
is
uncultivated
land
in
ta
that
Savarl
214
(18)
a.
bhzddrolok,
Jini
bichane
sajito,
tini
amader
gentleman
who
bed-in
lying
he
our
""ttio
a
relative
'The
who is
gentleman,
lying
down in
bed,
is
our
relative'
b.
hasnat,
Je
Hasnat
who beaten
amader
poricito,
our
known
'Hasnat
In
(17),
of
the
the
the
the participial
.
(18b) illustrates
a noun
previously
occurs
(17a)
as a true
does not
modify
okito
here
that
letter'
clause,
related
-lekha
hoeechilo
be taken
as the
he
who
regular
to
the
In
relative
in
the
in
(18)
clause
as the
cannot
participle
'written
letter'
be mentioned
likhito-ciThi
as a reduced
clause
relative
like
relative
2.1.9).
Je ciThi
The NP can
was written'.
a relative
(cf.
parti-
(18a)
like
should
like
relative
head noun of
the
relative
ciThi
It
which
antecedents
as shown
Examples
likhito
man'
by a noun.
preceded
paintingt.
a regular
beaten
examples
construction
ITIe letter
a stacked
the
participial
noun like
occur
the
patternofthe
(17b).
and
the
saved
noun follows
is
can be regarded
or more participles
constitute
saed
constructions
participle
'written
man-of-the
clause.
after
'drawn
chobi
se
the
participle
the
baciechilo,
shown before
Ilyingt
the
be taken
or
relative
lokTake
us
where
sajito
in
to
are
clause,
before
where
known
is
participles
relative
ciples
prohrito
clause.
clause
they
When two
can
CHAPTER FIVE
Complement
Constructions
Complementizers
and Complement
The structure
this
which
from
chapter
complement
constructions;
clauses
and Infinitive
Clauses
(b)
distribution
oi
occurrence
It
complementizers.
Bengali:
as a relative
3-4-1)
on the
is
complementizers
the
construction
present
of
Bengali.
215
Je in
of
the
the
functions
discussion,
clause
Gerundive
discussed
way in
relative
as a deictic
pronoun,
the
has already
Je has three
that
In
a complementizer.
(a)
with
the
is
clauses
show contrast
the
besides
(cf.
Je,, as it
complement
two perspectives:
mentioned
given
of
clauses
and
complement
is
Bengali:
Introductory
5.0
in
in
the
Gerundive
been
in
marker
and as
more emphasis
complementizer
and Infinitive
216
Types
Different
5.1
Complement
-sentence
a.
are
lokTa
lzmba
that
man-the
tall
knew
ami Jantam
knew
knew the
(1a),
sentence,
sentences
Je
embedded
different
way.
sentence
se esechilo
who
man-the
tall
he came
came'
man-the
that
tall
that
lokTa,
j. 2
man-the
who tall
'the
lvmba,
se eseheilo
he came
whereas
(1b).
also
can
in
in
(1a),
in
Complement
show
the
the
(1a)
in
'that'
it
use
only
Bengali
which
occurs
functions
like
of
the
ta
?that'
medial
can
be
may be
initially
as
in
position
the
the
embedded
relative
in
occurs
of
of
any
from*two
in
the
(1b).
explained
stated
as
the
occurrence
positions
in
embedded
correlative
The
sentence.
and
the
precedes
sentences
complement
ini-ial
'that'
medial
However,
sentence
Je
is
came'
Je
complementizer
it
knew
I knew'
the
standpoints
If
1-; mba,
ami Jantam
correlative
'that'
lokTa
ta
sentence.
matrix
a-
lzmba,
in
sentence
L2
'The
In
(1).
lokTa
'That
b.
the
knew that
a matrix
as in
Je
'I
b.
by complementizers,
ami Jantam
in
embedded
sentences
marked
'I
41
Je
of
the
following
complement
a complementizer
as
it
does
217
(1a),
clause
order
occurs
as a deictic
the
clause
with
be a relative
must
there
clause
the
pauqe
the
mentizer
before
in
jimba,
a.
se esechilo
'I
These
the
Je
as a Deictic
occurs
(1a),
the
man',
postcedent
between
the
that
(cf.
it
though
the
Relative
in
and
complemay occur
any
clause
pause
no potential
lzmba,
se amar bondhu
who
tall
he my
'Who-the
friend
man is
tall
is
my friend'
man who is
tall
is
my friend']
ja
Pronoun
them.
man-the
if
ami Jantam
2.1.2).
Je - lokTa
('The
e. g.
as
on pauses
sentence
knew that
initially
as
pronoun
depending
points
man
and Je.
way:
Za 'who'
If
omitted
the
Je can be either
here
in
clause
following
'the
pronoun,
like
(cf-32d).
came'
the
is
relative
lokTa
1; Ymba, Je
clause
as a relative
be mentioned
should
'that'
Je
the
je-lokTa
tall
It
Je.
'who'
man',
in
Je lzmba,
or relative
'that
lokTa
tall'
after
lokTa
sequence
complementizer
after
falls
Je lokTa
Je lzmba
between
pause
and Je
?the
as a complement
man, who is
'the
as a relative
we have
we have
can be analysed
Je lzmba
potential
if
lokTa
no potential
exists
lokTa,
(1a),
as Je shows
lokTa
postcedent
pronoun.
(1b)
in
tall'
e. g. 'with
Je-1whol
(1a)
in
pronoun
the
order
head noun,
be a complementizer.
relative
with
the
with
Je must
juncture
close
-e. g.
is
juncture
not
preceding
exists
218
Je 'who'
b.
If
Je occurs
with
Relative
as a non-deictic
the
after
in
antecedent
between
pause in
a potential
Pronoun
any clause
the
antecedent
Je
lzmba,
who tall
man-the
he my
_Jg
If
se amar bondhu
'that'
tall,
is
as a Clause
Je occurs
my friend'
Complementizer
after-the
head noun in
complement
pause exists
between
and no potential
clause
friend
lokTa
Je
lzmba
man-the
that
tall
'That
the
man is
in
relative
The correlatives
the
structure
of
Jini-tini
'who-he',
in
(2)
the
shows
and-in
include
in
Je
'that'
in
clause-initial
in
initially
before
medially
the
in
the
the
always
between
complement
embedded
vary
the
sentence
sentence
(1a)
sentence,
the
with
Je -
but
'who-he',
se
the
correlative
(e.
same
g.
relative
:La 'that').
(both
in
in
Bengali
clauses
of
position.
the
matrix
deictic
occurrence
indicate-that
sentence
clause-medial
an embedded
I know?
The examples
clause.
an embedded
know
(e. g.
and complement
or
'what-that')
Ja-ta
difference
Jani
that
tall
pronouns
relative
non-deictic)
Je in
Ahat
ami
clauses
sentene. e. is
complement
ta
which
of
it
occurs
When it
occurs
sentence
occurs
occurs
matrix'sentence
occurs
219
the
after
of
the
embedded
rules
Je lokTa
lomba
sentence
that
that
the
the
a sentence
is
of
a language
(Bresnan,
'that
the
occurs
in
sentence
Moreover,
in
man is
ami
the-embedded
,
following
sentence
complementizers
structure
phrase
(1b).
tall'
jantam
The phrase
(1)
determined
is
je
position
the
lokTa
by the,
1.970: '
embedded
lomba
tI-knew
diagram
structure
can be represented
319).
in
of
the-
way:
NP
-t
C.0 m
NP
/Particle
I
Adj
1/11
Je
The verb-phrase
or
noun
plus
verb
lok
Ta
lzmba
'that
man
the
tall'
node
can also
depending
be extended
on the
structure
either
of
as a verb
the
sentence.
220
Different
5.2
Types
Complementizer
of
Of the three
have a different
following
the
of two items
and
Ithatt.
from
and ts-ing'.
are used in
The three'are:
These are
the
shown in
examples:
a.
b.
Bengali
their
with
was a big
three
allow
also
sentences
surprise
surprise
-
compleThe. three
differences.
structural
surprise
was a big
me a present
me a present
giviaE
complement
mentizers
was a big
That
o*
.
are:
complementizers
(5)
two consist
distribution
'for-tot
tthat'.
English
in
sentence
complement
that
complementizers
Ihatl:
Clause
a.
Je
b.
Jonne/pokkhe
Complementizer
Infinitive
'for-to':
e/D/te
Complementizer
ce
is
Je. 1thatt
occurs
Gerundive
a noun.
occurs
mentizers
-te:
infinitive
Complementizer
Usually,
after
Je
the
'that'
noun
is
as the
in
verb
Poss"(er)
as the
complementizer
is
phrase.
the
added
-
most
to
the
Among these
common,
the
of
is
form.
ling'
te
part
tfor-tol
e/o/te
Complementizer,
the
Complementizer
as a linking
used
commonly
Infinitive
in
Gerundive
Jonne/pokkhe
complement.
the
(er)
Poss
regarded
the
te
as
clause
acts
as a
functions
as
verbal
form
three
comple-
and Poss
(er)
that
-te
221
'Poss-ing'
occurs
'for-to'.
e/: )/te,
Complementizer,
as regards
is
the
are
a.
f orm,
to
closely
to
a noun
the
English
use
'for-to'
'for'
Bengali
the
can
occur
examples
complementizers.
sahana Je
amader__uVohar diechilo*tate
Sahana that
us
prese nt
in
occurs
The following
a pronoun.
of
te
complementizer*_.
e/D/te
'to'
with
(er)
Poss
I to I in
with
comparable
Pokkhe/Jonne
or
show the
as contra6ted
closely
-, e/D/te
Infinitive
the
function.
sentence,
before
given
a bound
When pokkhe/Jonne
complement
Jonne/pokkhe
element-in
grammatical
very
-ing.
either
last
nevertheless
its
corresponds
Poss.
the
is
It
-English.
than
more frequently
amra
that-in
gave
we
hoeechilam
;)bak
became
surprise
'That
was a surprise
to
us,
b.
sahana
bolechilo
Je
Sdhana
said
that
'Sahana
(7)
that
said
se asbe
she
come-will
she will
come'
tomar
pokkhe
upohar
deoate
jodi
osubidha
your
for
present
giving-to-
if
inconvenience
hze
tahole
khali
hatei
eso
has
then
empty
hand-in
come
'If
there
present,
is
any
inconvenience
come without
it'
for
you
to
give
222
(8)
a.
mouer
bol
Mou's
ball
tMou's
b.
khaelae
playing
tomar
boi
your
book reading
occurs
verb.
When e/D/te
is
When Poss-te
in
occurs
marker
or
occ. urs
the
(8),
in
examples
occurrence
of
.'
us'
a pronoun
and e/o/te
pattern
of'a
that
while
it,
noun
(cf.
word,
When
position.
possessive
--the
the
Pronoun,
and -te
element
in
is
after
any
the
pronouns
occurs
and the
main
4.2.1).
it
The second
(ling')
infinitive
or
structure
construction,
clause-medial
used
after
the-verbal
verb,
meaning s:
The following
sentence.
became
e/z/te.
of
-e
precedes
object
verb.
here
nouns,
with
surprise
to-a
the
with
be mentioned
should
we
as a complementizer,
occurs
a range
with
zbak
hoeechilam
a complementing
Complmentizer
morpheme
or
added
in
used
with
amra
inflectional
either
occurs
Infinitive
the
te
occurs
ling,
is
clause-initial
(er)
Poss
a noun
the
due to
became
surprised'ust
porae
after
pokkhe
hoeechilam
surprise
we
ball
playing
'Youvreading
changes
amra bissito
free
'with/in/at/to/byl.
poss essive
take
with
verb
examples
and gerundive
marker
-er
-er.
In
-zr--br
the
occurs
are
It
verb
at
given
the
and the
the
to
Complementizers
end'of
show the
in
Bengali.
a.
mvenata pokkhe
Moina's
this
for
s-3bai Janto
all
knew
kaJ
kzra
work do-to
3subidha,
ta
inconvenience
that
223
'For
Moina
boi
Nailals
book presenting
tomar
your
,
IYour
The occurrence
following
a. -
b.
upohare
boi
upohare
book
presenting
of Je Ithatf
bissito
all
hoeechilo
became
surprise
book
us'
allt
surprised
the
shown in
is
complementizer
examples.
mou Janto
Je
sky
is
mou Janto
Je
roJi
Janto
it
Mou knew
that
blue
that
true
true
is
that
the
sky
khachche,
ta
Thik
eating
that
true
true
that.
se miththebadi,
she liar
knew that
Je
Thik
she rice
Je
Janto
mou
ta
se, bhat
nil,
akas
d.
became
surprise
we
sabai
the
presenting
hoeechilam
presenting
C*
amra bissito
naelar
I.Nailals
C.
was an inconvenience
work
(lit)
knew all'
b.
do this
to
is
not
today
it
sotti
nDe
that
true
not
she is
h6b
true
rice'
eating
ta
be-will
rain
was not
she is
that
briSTi
aJ
true
blue'
is
that
it
a liar'
ta
Thik
nze
that
true
not
will
rain
today'
e.
sahana
Janto
Je
Sahana
knew that
se
bhalobaste
she love-to
pare
na,
can
not
this
224
kz)tha sotti
nze
true
not
word
it
true
was not
that
she cannot
love'
The examples
complement
given
clauses.
(one
clauses
complement
clause)'are
of
embedding
as a further
worth
ding
example
embedded
on the
of
construction
mentizer
(11)
as in
rosi
Je
Rosy
that
['We
b.
boka,
double
shown
fool
in
the
the
knew that
Rosy
Jantam
we knew'
a fool']
se Je
calak,
ta.
amra
Jantam
he that
clever
that
we
knew
he is
clever'
depen-
Bengali.
as a comple-
clause
we knew
is
can be
10)
in
is
complement
occurs
amra
a fool
(cf.
here
it
clauses
sentence
sentence,
that
sentence
However,
embedded
'that'
ta
another
be explained
(11).
Rosy is
'That
(32)...
two
The double
complement
When Je
complement
in
matrix
not
a conjoined
are
(10).
the
in
be seen
a.
of
clauses
in
the
or
structure
Occurrences
also
(cf-11)
will
in
given
that
here
mentioning
single
is
the
the
of
show that
sentence).
clauses
complement
(10)
clause
in
the
end of
embedding
in
complement
embedded
the
at
occurs
show double
The sentences
complement
(which
(10)
in
types
may
225
ce
m;)ena Je
t-omar bon,
ta
amra Jantam na
Moina that
your
that
we - knew
'We did
Je
'that'
and never
the
'that
such
as:
is
world
prithibi
thinking
that
the
moto
Je may occur
the
be mentioned
same sentence,
(12)
gol
that
this
is
Moina
like
an orange'.
pronoun
previously
types
of
shown-in
also
Je
Je-mou
knew that
who-Mou
maena Janto
the
hoeechilo
boi
book
moto
sentence
Je
after
and as a clause
(1).
in
the
of
in
surprised
both
before
lebur
'Mou got
as a relative
here
as part
bissito
round
sentence
immediately
an orange'
kore
as described
complementizer,
also
is
world
complement
occurs
like
round
not
sistert
Je prithibi-k3mla
...
cinta
lebur
the
your
may be taken
like:
mou e kztha
kzmla
it
sentence,
sentence
the
'that'
As Je
it.
after
Moina is
before
placed
commonly
complement
complement
gol
is
sister
It
Je can
should
in
occur
(12).
porche,
reading
se
skuler
she school-of
chattri
student
'Moina
knew that
school
student'
I'Moina
school
In
(12a),
the
first
knew that
who Mou is
reading
a book is
Mou who is
reading
a book is
studentI3
Je occurs
as a complementizer
in
the
226
complement
book',
which
occurs
as a clause
(12a)
It
itself
with
side
as in
(12a).
either
(Je
postcedent
When Je
the
deictic
pause:
mzena Janto
chattri
IMoina
school
Je Je
student'.
'who-pll
Sentences
constructions,
like
relative
deictic
the
No such
are
pause
as shown
not
in
the--two
is
When Je Je
antecedent,
Je
(Je
boi
is
porche,
is
unlike
perceivable
(12b).
certain
from
a slight
se skiler
reading
as a plural
+ Je:
before
separated
with
after
'The
the
after
clause
who-Mou
occurs
or
clause..
former
it
the
as a complementizer
Je-mou
knew that
when it
or
relative
Je I
before
esechilen
between
occurs
pronoun,
(12a)
the
postcedent
'that'
or
Jini
to
clause.
relative
men-came')
Jini
juncture
relative
complement
of
the
close
shows
Je Je).
any
came')
any
Bengali
morpheme,
either
'who-pl
esqchilo
before
either
always
may occur
(bhvddrolok,
who-pl
gentlement
it
y to
Je lok
antecedent
occurs
inside
it
that
in
occurs
by
side
3.2)
as a plural
or-initiall
'that'
be confused
When Je Je occurs
initially,
occurs
shown
in
a book'.
when they'occur
(cf.
'that'
clause
Je
cannot
(who-pl)
who'
above
'who'
already
Je je-1who
may occur
When it
is
It
plurality.
mark
Je
reading
Je
complementizer
Bengali
in
relatives
occasionally
that
is
clause.
the
of
'that
pronoun
relative
double
relative
porche
here
'who-Mou
porche
complementizer
be mentigned
should
boi
a deictic
is
as Je Je mou boi
and de-ictic
the
Je-mou
sentence
a book,
in
morpheme.
English
is
between
227
(12)
Moina
b.
knew that
the
3-omp 'gel
belongs
fthatf
The first
.
is
latter
the
double
c.
(12a)
latter
'that',
ami Jantan
knew
a complementizer,
does
the
relatives,
Je
is
be mentioned
Je Je in
of
on the
whereas,
here
not
that
the
show the
as shown
Je
Je
Je
that
they
the
clause
(12c)
esechilo,
se
se
cole
he
he
gone
have
knew that
of
occurrence
may occur-after
in
the
though
gee che
'I
table
pronoun.
should
complementizer
(12)
(12b)
in
is.
Mou.
a relative
It
sequence
to
book that
clause
.
have
who came
gone'
228
Noun Phrase
5.3
The verb
the
is
the
end of
embedded
in
sentence
following
the
phrase,
However,
phrase
complement.
occurs
in
the
verb
phrase
in
the
matrix
following
(13)
phrase
Bengali
in
complement
verb
Complements
the
it
the
occurs
may be taken
subject
This
as a verb
that
phrase
noun
is
at
When a sentence
verb.,
identical
to
a noun
may be shown
in
the
complement
sentence.
usually
example:
a.
mouTusi
bhaloba8to
boi
hte
p(,
Moutusi
liked
book
reading
liked
'Moutusi
a book'
reading
b.
NP
VP
NP
bhalobasuo
'liked'
VP
NP
mouTusi
I
mouTusi
Imoutusi
Imoutusi
boi
book
In
(13b),
complement
matrix
the
embedded
sentence
the
is
where
sentence
immediately
noun
(Moutusi)
dominated
A noun
by an NP, which
.
is
shown
identical
and the
by the
phrase
occurs
verb
the
the
phrase
phrase
noun
of
the
complement
is
phrase.
complement
in
as a verb
to
verb
porte
reading'
is
following
immediately.
phrase
dominated
structure
diagram:
229
(14)
In
NP
a.
(14a),
preceded
the
b.
girl-the
that
did
eating
know that
not
The complementizers
a.
V.
'I
knew that
knew
independent
other
Bengali.
In
into
as the
knew
not
is
in
placed
rice'
eating
the
noun
rule.
In
from
phrase
the
the
as in
(15a,
b).
come'
Or se asbe
he come-will
been
come'
previously
to
of
another
complement
this
when there
mentioned,
either
according
terms
deletiong
he will
sentences,
embed the
that
he come-will
knew he will
As has
na
se asbe
that
knew
'I
embedded
by lexical
Jantam
Jantam
can be deleted
ami Jantam Je
ami
ami
girl
are
complementizer
sentences
'complement
the
ta
by a transformational
sentences
complement
taken
khachche,
rice
plus
(cf-14b).
sentence.
bhat
meeTa
'I
two
ComPlementizer
the NP complement
-Je
by an NP and is
dominated
immediately
by a complementizer.
constitute
(14)
S is
the
process
processo
sentence,
sentence.
the
of
the
sentences
of
can
Je
'that'
in
embedding
when a sentence
embedded
are
is
sentence
is
normally
occurs
230
in
initially
noun phrase
Jonne/pokkhe
ing'
complementizers
inside
occur
sentences,
whereas
(er)
Poss
and
'for-to'
te
--e/z/
complement
the
'Poss-
te
-
noun phrase
comple-
Note,.
however, that Je 'that'
may also occur inside
ment.
that
he
17-knew
Je
Jantam
vameIj-->
se esechilo,
(ami
the noun phrase complement sentences:,, [ ami Jantam. se Je
esechilo
-came1j.
From this
be regarded
a..
the
that
as a sentence
in
given
was not
(16c,
untrue
noun phrase
is
that
complement
embedded in
if
pore
giechilo
tate
he that
fell
down
that-in
Consider
amader kharap
bad
us
legechilo
felt
'We felt
IfThat
b.
he fell
down'
he fell
us to
down caused
ami
Jantam
Je
se asbe
knew
that
he come-wili
'I
c.
bad that
knew that
he will
for
Tree-diagram
feel
bad']
come'
(16a)
S
NP
I
VP
NP
I
se
poregiechilo
'he fell
down
amader
us
may
a noun phrase.
d).
se Je
he
a tree-diagram.
through
shown
is
complement
knew it
approach,
be clear
Thi. s will
examples
nDe 'I
ta miththe
VP
'11
Adj
II
kharap
legechilo
bad
felt'
the
231
d.
Tree-diagram
(16b)
for
s
NP
VP
-NP
Jantam
ja-
se
knew
that
he come-will'
ami
In
(16a),
subject
complement
from
clear
Both
of Je 'that'
occurs
immediately
surface
structure
before
the
and object
complementation,
and'a
the
(17)
a.
phrase
which
may also
are
is
examples
they
knew
that
you
come-will
knew that
you
won't
tumi
asbe
both
into
be extended.
Je
in
case of object
expanded
Janto
which
discusses
of object
following
sentence.
In the
tara
'They
b.
33 and-71)
the verb
following
the
show
complementizer
complement
complementation.
noun phrase,
like
Je 'that'
is
way to
easiest
is
the
It
embedded sentence,
as the
occurs
the
that
Rosenbaum (1967:
subject
that
object
VP node.
complementizer
indicates
S,
which
-
by the
asble
show that
examples
dominated
the occurrence
way: -Je
is
sentence
(16b),
and in
complementation
are shown.
complementation
the verb
Sentences
complementation:
na
not
come?
mita
bhalo
korei
Janto
Je
phouJia
asbe
na
Mita
well
doing
knew
that
Fouzia
come-will
not
IMita
knew well
that
Fouzia
won't
come'
232
Subject
transitive
and intransitive
is
for
applied
in
takes
is
verb
into
enlarged
phrase
between
the
verbs.
The following
mentation
(18)
Daktar
Je
osud
doctor
that
medicine
not
know that
a.
did
'I
the
b.
Daktar
or
the
phrase
and
to
show comple-
and intransitive
diechen,
ta
given-has
the
verbs.
ami Jantam
na
I know
not
that
has
physician
prescribed
medicine'
Je
esechen
ta
ami
Jantam
na
doctor
that
come-has
That
know
not
'I
not
did
is
'doctor'
occurs
know that
the
the
subject
as the
(18a)
in
in
object
has
physician
(18a).
comet
(18b)
and
and osud
No object
occurs
(18b).
It
complementation
The following
complementation
difference
Daktar
?medicine'
in
with
noun
and intransitive
given
transitive
in
a noun
no basic
are
the
by an S,
transitive
examples
an S
of
both
into
is
of
complementation
Bengali
that
strings,
complement
expansion
dominated
are
there
However,
phrase.
the
indicates
two main
a verb
When subject
verbs,
both
for
possible
verbs.
transitive
and the
phrase
is
complementation
is
to
also
possible
with
transitive
examples
are
with
transitive
given
construct
verb
and intransitive
to
show the
and iniransitive
phrase
verbs.
verb
phrase
verbs.
233
(19)
VPComplementation
a.
Transitive
with
Verb
ami mouke
ei
boiTate
molaT dite
sahaJJo
this
book-to
cover
help
Mou-to
giving
korechilam
did
tI
b.
Mou to cover
(20)
helped
told
to
Moina
VP Complementation
a.
ami
'I
b.
po,,te
book
Moina-to
told
book,
read
Intransitive
Jantam
Je
lokTa
knew
that
man-the
the
book'
olechilam
read-to
with
knew that
this
kadchilo
weeping
hoeeche
got
ami
sunechilam
Je
heard
that
he wounds
he got
wounded'
11 heard
that
Verb
234
5.4
Condition
on the occurrence
(1979)
Bresnan
in her
content
function
(p. 9).
regarded
such
types
of
As the
tizers
occur
in
sentences.
(21)
is
a..
also
the
*se Je
he that
*se
Je
he that
'that
unembedded.
another
(22)
a.
think
did
szpno
dekhechilo
dream
saw
will
(21)
yield
show that
bhai
brother
they
(21a-c)
these
korechilo
that
they
All
cinta
Je
*tara
in
complemen-
he dreamtf
'that
c.
any
he thoughtf
'that
b.
in
can appear
this
sentences,
into
Bengali.
with
case
are-always
are inserted
If
The examples
statement,
and syntactic
sentences
sentence.
any unembedded
comple-
to her
no complementizers
(non-complex)
ungrammatical
this
complement
sentences,
an unembedded
regards
According
have semantic
complementizers
ComplementiZers
thesis
as tClause-particlest.
mentizers
the
of the
They
sentence,
(are)
are
strings
will
brothers'
ungrammatical
be grammatical
as shown
in
after
(22).
se Je
cinta
korechilo,
he that
think
did
ta
that
sotti.
true
as they
embedding
are
into
235
'That
LlIt
b.
was true
that
he thought']
se Je
sDRno dekhechilo,
ta
sotti
he that
dream
that
true-
'It
Co
he thought-was-truel
saw
that
was true
he. dreamt'
..
tara
Je
bhai
ta,
cehara
deklei
they
that,
brother
that
appeara4ce
seeing
boJha
Jae
understand
goes
'That
they
appearance
are
brothers
is
understood
I(
by their
236
Relative
5.5
Both relative
in
the
they
embedded,
that
It
is
quite
relative
clausest
function
as they
(Langacker,
Illustrate
clauses
can function
The following
144).
between
the differences
The
sentence.
of the
1972:
as correlatives.
do not
hand,
other
clauses
occur
the
in
structure
to relative
complement
or an object
on the
their
are
'The correlatives
constituents
the
that
clear
as a subject
either
tfirough
similar
are
the inanimate
Though both
the'sentence.
constructions
complement
except
in
function
are embedded
clauses
sentence.
another
can be distinguished
and grammatical
in
and complement
have identical
noun phrase
will
examples
and complement
relative
clauses.
(23)
a.
mohua,
Je
Mohua
who sari
who is
'Mohua,
b.
ce
poreche,
se
skuler
chattri
wearing
she
school-of
student
wearing
a sari,
is
a school
s.obai
Jane
all
know
Je
mohua
SoDgitsilpi,
ta
Mohua that
singer
that
Mohua is
studentl
'All
know that
tate
kono
sDndeho
nei
Je
mohua so5gitsilpi
that-in
any
doubt
not
that
Mohua
in
no doubt'
'That
(There
The relative
clause
sari
Je sari
Mohua is
is
clause
a singer
no doubt
is
poreche
that
a singer,
is
Mohua is
singer
a singer']
shown in
(23a),
where the
'Who is
wearing'a
sari?
relative
modifies
the
237
head noun mohua 'Mohual.
23c)
and
are
shown in
subject
tthat
Mohua is
Je sogitsilpi
sentence
(23b)
in
The complement
following
tree-diagrams.
(24)
Relative
a.
a singer'
(23c).
and
mohua
position.
as complement
occurs
The difference
the
between
can be observed
clause
and complement
relative
sentences
and object
(23b)
in
the
in
Clause
NP
s
NP
I
N
I
mohua je sari
'Mohua
who is
poreche
a sari'
wearing
Clause
Complement
NP -
VP
L
Je-
monua soTg-lts-jl]33.
Mohua is
'That
can also
that
said
difference
is
perceived
relative
the
relative
between
differences
The structural
clauses
a singer,
be handled
the
two
have
is
that
in
pronoun
from
pronoun
identica,
antecedent
it.
In
and the
and
a different
complement
It
way.
can be
The only
structures.
a. comma intonation
relativeclausest
the
after
in
relative
which
a deictic
postcedent
separates
relative
occur
the
clause,
side
by side
238
and Je
'who'
is
not
(cf-5.1).
comma intonation
Je tthat'.
something
is
like
relative
between
the girl
(meeTa Je
in
as an antecedent
clause,
occurs
in
and the
inanimate
occurs
in. the
occurs
In the
sentence.
cal
a complement
with
the relative
before
pronoun
relative
precedes
always
it
'that'
Je
case of
any
inanimate
be shown in
(25)
a.
noun
meeTa,
girl-the
'The
girl,
Je
sentence,
complement
becomes identipronoun
will
antecedent
be separated
In the
human antecedents.
the relative
never
in
the
clause,
occurs
sentence-initial
following
the
the
relative
it
clause,
like
intonation
comma
a
deictic
a
of
case
the
relative
case of a human
correlative
but
the
matrix
When an inanimate
different.
becomes quite
occurs
clause,
ways:
of any non-human
occurrence
the
clause,
the
in
complement
case of the
nouns in a relative
like
the
before
mark the
two different
in
clauses
correlative
stands
The correlatives
came').
the
and
antecedent
clause
of a complement
noun that
like
clause
the
this:
and complement
relative
in
perceived
The structure
'that
esechilo
the
(e. g. Je-cheleTa
eseche 'Who the boy has
the
In case of a complement sentence,
no
A
a complementizer
come')
from
separated
deictic
relative
but
clause,
in
the
as a complementizer
before
This
position.
examples.
boi
porche,
se amar bandhobi
who book
reading
she my friend
is
who
reading
a book,
is
my friend'
may
239
0
b.
Je
meeTa
that
girl-the
'I
In
(25a),
know that
Je 'who'
from
separated
(26)
book-the
what
'He will
get
Je
that
the
pronoun,
relative
identity
than
occurs
hand,
and
the human
against
Je ?that'
as a
occurs
becomes different
both
se cae,
ta
pabe
he wants
that
get-will
book
in
se cm6.,
ta
ami Jani
he wants
that
of
the
the
the
(26a),
(26b)
in
je
b)
'that'
are
in
identical,
non-identical.
are
(27)
Je-
boiTa
tumi
cao,
ta
pabe
which
book-the
you
want
that
get-will
a comma,
boiTa
occurs
a different
has
which
with
between
'what'
Ja
complementizer.
correlatives
clause
inanimate
is
clause
relative
relative
(26a,
know
book'
the
Moreover,
in
he wants'
that
sentences
a.
is
which
a comma intonation
with
other
a book'
reading
as a relative
comma exists
'that'.
pronoun
Though
is
girl
he wants
from
separated
Je
and
book'
know
antecedent
no such
whereas,
the
know that
'I
which
that
correlative
Ja
boiTa
is
reading
the
and the
boiTa
(26a),
book
On the
book-the
In
Jani
(25a).
from
b.
ami
se 'she'
pronoun.
a.
ta
the antecedent
complementizer
-(25b)
porche
occurs
boi
'the
as the
lexical
(26b).
the
matrix
240
'You
b.
*Je
(27a)
shows
where
Je
'that'
get
boiTa
tumi
the
'which'
the
complementizer
Je
'that'
the
of
the
tizer
in
correlatives
identical
in
the
you
want'
pabe
a deictic
relative
not
initially
occur
ungrammatica-lity
relative
relative,
clauses
sentences.
in
the
and the
and the
any
All
'who'
Je
with
Je
(27b).
of
pronoun
prongun
clause
However,
postcedent.
can be handled
initial
matrix
that
ta
of
does
show that
occurrence
book
cao,
precedes
and hence
examples
the
construction
complementizer
sentence,
these
will
and
help
of
complemen-
structure
of
the
5.6
Complementizer
Insertion
The simplest
into
a complex
(28)
Complementizer
Rule
way to
is
sentence
insertion
show complementizer
the
folowing:
Placement
x+s+Y
NP
Je +2
1
In
complement
complement
of
as NP -
it
sentence.
if
it
sentence
or
embedded
clauses
the
one for
occurs
must
occurs
a sentence,
either
in
the
than
In
the
the
ment
relative
same way,
clause
noun
sentence
is
by side
with
are
matrix
shown
in
clause
the
NP.
and the
necessary
to
in
the
the
following
noun
in
two
in
in
ways
a
the
two
NP and
relativized
clause
can be inserted-
a separate
matrix
introduce
complement
the
of
When a relative
structural
the
the
clause,
a relative
or
case,
independently
clause
occurs
modification
a relative
clause.
All
examples.
'
these
other
(cf-31).
sentence
when a complementizer
phrase,
this
S.
complementizer
sentence
clause
In
one for
occur
complement
in
with
before
oemplementizer
can be placed
can be used
Rule
a sentence.
structure
Comp
The complementizer
Either
any
show the
will
sentence
S in
any
comple-
gerundive
sentence.
complement
phrase
any noun
insertion
the
allow
will
phrase
before
can be placed
mentizers
and the
infinitive
the
(28)
NP
in
a compleof
clause
the
side
possibilities
242
(29)
a.
bhz)ddrolok,
aJ
sokale
today
morning-in-the
Jini
gentleman
tini
esechen,
he
who come-has
amar bondhu
friend
my
'The gentleman
is
morning
my
friend'
b.
bhoddrolok,
Jini
boi
porchen,
tini
amader
gentleman
who
book
reading
he
our
who is
reading
protibesi
neighbour
'The
gentleman
a book
is
our
neighbour?
(30)
a.
ai
s;)kale
bhoddrolok,
Jini
esechilen,
today
morning-in
gentleman
who
came
tini
Je
amader
protisbesi
ta
ami, Jantam
na
he
that
our
neighbour
that
not
'I
did
morning
b.
our
gentleman
neighbourl
Jlni
boi
porchen,
tini
amader
woman
who
book
reading
she
our
protibesi
ta
Je
ami
Jantam
ta
Thik
neighbour
that
that
knew
that
true
was true
reading
a.
is
the
bhoddromohilat
tIt
(31)
know that
not
knew
I knew
that
a book
is
our
that
the
neighbourt
bhoddrolok
Je
amader
protibesi,
ta
ami
Jantam
gentleman
that
our
neighbour
that
knew
243
na
not
'I
did
the
know that
not
was our
gentleman
neighbourl
b.
cheleTa
Je
skuler
chattro,
ta
ami Jani
boy-the
that
school-of
student
that
know
a student
of
the
school'
sentences
are
'I
(32)
a.
boy
the
know that
is
independent
is
embedded
(32).
gm lo
cheleTa
doure
cole
boy-the
running
went away
cheleTa
skuler
chattro
boy-the
school-of
student
'The
ce
boy is
a student
of
the
school'
mou Jane
Mou knows
'Mou knows'
d.
cheleTa,,
Je
boy-the
who running
chattro,
ta
mou Jane
student
that
Mou knows
'Mou knows
a student
cheleTa
'the
boy?
doure
that
of
is
the
the
the
cole
lo, " se Je
_gEe
went away
skuier
he that
school-of
away running
schooll
antecedent
of-sentence
(32d).
is
244
se 'he'
cedent
as the
occurs
'the
cheleTa
(32c)
embedded into
(32)
The above
s-tudent
(cf.
both
when both
-
are
It
in
the
matrix
in
the
above
before
the
the
is
to
identical
to
relative
knew
knew that
the man is
as well
to
given
sitting'
knew
man-the
away go-will
Jabe
go away?
jJe
Jantam
lokTa
ami
'I
clause
required
is
man-the
is
embedded
complementizer.
cole
knew
is
and the
lokTa
which
ache
sitting
man will
'that?
is
Jantam
knew the
sentence.
example
ami
'I
intro-
a sentence
Je
sentence
relative
bose
man-the
in
insert
clause
to
possible
clause
embed the
stated
matrix
The following
of
been
clauses
One embedded
sentence.
process
has
it
relative
'I
that
possible
equally
embedding
C*
is
complementizer.
show the
in
[cheleTa
16)
gas
Com Cl
boy-the
away
went
which
shows
embedded
have been
way:
cole
and complement
relative
complementizer
b.
2.1.11),
(32b)
and
Jane]
cheleTake
Mat S
Mou boy-of-the
knows
embedding
of
process
previously
a.
following
chattro][mou
school-of
(33)
in
cheleTa'LcheleTa
Rel Cl
boy-the
boy-the
running
skuler
as the
Both
doure
e.
duce
(32a)
boy'.
the
of the ante-
element
coreferential
bose
who sitting
sitting
ache], se cole
is
will
(Relative
Jabe
he away go-will
go away'
Clause)
244
se 'he'
cedent
as the
occurs
'the
cheleTa
(32c)
embedded into
(32)
(cf.
previously
both
both
when
It
complementizer
in
the
matrix
in
the
above
a.
went
[cheleTa
lol
gEe
Com Cl
boy-the
away
that
before
to
insert
embed the
relative
relative
knew
bose
man-the
knew that
the
man is
given
sitting'
Jabe
knew
man-the
away go-will
go away'
jJe
lokTa
Jantam
ami
tI
to
is
man-the
as well
complementizer.
ami
knew
clause
required
and the
cole
is
embedded
ache
sitting
man will
is
example
lokTa
knew the
'that'
is
Jartam
'I
intro-
sentence.
which
sentence
clause
to
a sentence
Je
clause
The following
of
in
matrix
One embedded
to
stated
possible
identical
relative
sentence.
process
is
it
clauses
possible
the
been
has
which
the
II
ce
in
equally
embedding
b.
running
and complement
embedded
is
cole
shows
complementizer.
the
show
(33)
2-1-11),
relative
are
have been
way:
doure
embedding
of
process
ante-
Jane]
cheleTake
chattro][mou
Mat S
knows
Mou
boy-of-the
student
school-of
the
as
the following
in
skuler
The above
(32b)
and
(32a)
Both
cheleTa'LcheleTa
Rel Cl
boy-the
boy-the
e.
duce
coreferential
boy'.
of the
element
bose
who sitting
is
the
knew
man who
sitting
ache], se cole
is
will
(Relative
Jabe
he away go-will
go awayt
Clause)
245
d.
ami
Jantam
Je
lokTa,
knew
that
man-the
cole
[Je
bose
who sitting
ache],
se
is
he
Jabe
away go-will
'I
knew that
the
man who is
sitting
(Complementizer
(33c)
is
shown as a relative
whereas,
complementizer,
(33d)
before
the
the
antecedent
clause
and the
+ Relative
without
complementizer
will
go away'
Clause)
inserting
is
inserted
embedded sentence.
any
in
46
5.7
Reduced
Complementation
following
as the
regarded
examples
reduced
(34)
is
subject
are
kaekJon
not
have
any
Complement.
show the
structure
The
of
the
b.
studying
in
study
the
school'
cai
Pzre
sinemae
Jete
want
later
cinema-in
go-to
'I
want
to
ami
that
The phrases
the
entitle
is
predicted
which
is
omitted
them
shown in
the
(34)
to
become
above
the
without
is
will
in
a subject
as reduced
intermediate
examples
any
reduced
them
and'qualify
of
occur,
there
that
The paraphrase
complements.
latert
movie
in
underlined
are
It
complements.
phrase
go for
which
subjects
are
porte
__
want school-in
which
does
Reduced
skule
cae
a few
the
reduced
complements.
a.
overt
to
given
mention
that
The complement
complementation.
overt
(1975)
and Heny
Akmajian
structures
clarify
this
point:
(34)
In
c.
(34c,
reduced
kzekJon
kpekJon
cae
a few
want a few
skule
, school-in
porte
studying
ami cai
ami pzre
sinemae
Jete
later
cinema-in
go-to
items
that
d),
want
the
complement
sentences
occur
as subjects
have coreferential
in
the
use like
the
relative
subject
of
function
(e. g.
like
matrix
reduced
the
subject
in
sentence
both
in
can be said
that
the
complement
cation
of
sentence
occurs
clause
and in
subject
is
is
traceable
rule.
in
clause),
relative
main
which
transformational
that
Bengali.
sentence
complement
occurs
subject
It
clause
the
in
structures
missing
The covert
has
the
the
higher
i. e.
through
sentence
the
embedded
in
same
the
the
same
clause.
reduced
appli-
CHAPTER SIX
Deletion
6.0
in
Rules
and Movement
Bengali
Relative
Clauses
Introductory
In
rules
involve
which
sentence
following
the
deletion
are
constituents
transformational
a few
section,
and re-ordering
explained
of
the
within
clause
or
framework
of
relativization.
When a relative
is-constituted
clause
be
deleted
can
mmeconStituents
th e
deleting
In,,
of
case
structure.
all
relative
clause,
relative
pronoun,
It
has
cannot
is
not
(cf.
In
the
this
Besides
the
discussion
constituents
to
ment?
(re-ordering
cases
where
too
relative
pronoun
of
Bengali
in
pronouns
discussed
deletion
of
discussion.
coreferential
is
the
that
present
elsewhere
identical
is
deletion
a few
movements
identical
of
movement
a relative
or
in
shown
Gapping.
show the
in
of
Bengali,
sentence
construction
the
objects
of
the
deletion
as this
except
the
relative
chapter,
heading
clauses,
relative
the
verbs#
constituents
the
here
considered
in
that
surface
constituents
constituents
mentioned
Moreover,
the
any
considered
from
be deleted
2-1-4).
under
are
been
already
'(cf-3-5).
other
from
in
rules
is
a transformational
rule
24a
is
in
the
major
The term
construction.
permutation)
included
are
different
of
in
constituents
applied
applicable
here
'moveto
to
those
show
249
the
movement
of
relative
construction.
moves
one constituent
another
in
part
can be either
not
involve
the
change
show the
any
moving
Scrambling
movements
sentence,
which
in
the
initial
of
rent
the
rule
movement
from
constituents
with
of
in
constituent
end of
sentence
which
is
given
possibilities
of
The topic
place
clause
after
after
focusing
emphasis.
the
In
end
dif f e-
focusing,
a relative
on the
patternofthe
In
to
extraposing
sentence.
constitute
the
The
and shows
clauses
the
included
occurrence.
moves
extraposition
which
the
of
word
the
of
moves
a relative
change
which
when it
the
which
words
features
to
positions
construction.
different
original
in
the
its
relative
constituents
a relative
of
included
rule
is
structures
other
may
of
clause,
the
move to
shows
or
relative
of
constituents
phrases,
the
clause
different
does
it
involve
rules
Scrambling.
or
sentence
constituents
Topicalization,
Various
in
their
constituent
the
in
in
occurs
to
categories
movement
these
movement
described
are
of
All
clauses.
relative
or
words
Scrambling,
phrases
the
shows
in
occur
or
words
one part
a sentence.
are
and Focus.
Extraposition
it
rather
different
types
present-discussion
of
in
different
of
sentence-meaning,
inserting
places
from
applied,
The movement-rule
on certain
of
certain
Four
the
in
emphasis
time
backward.
or
change
at
in
another
is
rule
The movement
a sentence.
condition
in
words
phrase
or
to
one part
When a movement
forward
of
from
constituents
major
clause
describing
clause
or
the
different
250
movement
latter
duced
of
to
both
rules,
incorporate
which
(1967)
Ross
framework
the
gation
being
Stillings
Though
in
clause,
of
first
generative
in-Ross
Maling
Kuno
earlier
formulation
Hankamer
Gapping
has included
deletion
of other
items
Hence,
the deletion
of any grammatical
item
with
more emphasis
was emphasised,
being
given
investi(1971),
(1973,1979)9,
(1979).
the
rules,
(1971)
Gappingi
further
and Neijt-Kappen
of
Gapping
Jackendoff
verbs
of
intro-
are
consider
grammar,
(1970),
(1972),
(1976)
(1975),
to
identical
deletion
the
sentences,
a relative
was the
reported
(1971),
Koutsoudas
complex
them.
exemplify
within
and
simple
later
Jackendoff
than
is
verbs.
allowed
to verbs.
in
251
6.1
Gapping
6.1.1
Gapping
deletion
the
of
repeated
is
only
identical
identical
stands
the
clause
here
that
clauser
are
is
joined
clauses
relative
sentence.
or objects
is
matrix
together,
and the
third
The deletion
shown in
the
or
which
the
been
From
disregarded
in
this
the
of
point
three
two of which
adverb
second
(apart,
two
as the
verbs,
clauses
of
simple
constitute
stands
of repeated
to
verb,
occur
Bengali,
clause
relative
or
has
two conjoined
The
be applied
first
se-ntence
relative
an embedded
sentence
to
applied
the
clause,
can
NPs).
be
Bengali.
The repeated
the
the
as the
conjoined
elements
the
in
to
sentence
coreferential
Gapping
when
sentences
matrix
and in
the
from
course,
view,
as no identical
clause
relative
be two
The-matrix
clause.
Gapping
Gapping
from
either
objectisdeleted
relative
clause
must
Deletion
in
in
taken
clause
sentence.
and a matrix
is
in
adverb
should
as a single
For
there
shown
It
latter
as a subordinate
sentence.
is
is. applied
a relative
of
or
be emphasised
should
study.
the
the
of
can be gapped.
when Gapping
of
sense
noun,
object
may be taken
thematrix
clauses
It
or
the
object
present
structure
either
relative
verb,
adverb
in
clause
relative
applied
constituents
structure
extended
in
here
conjoined.
verb,
the
clause,
in
the
which
mentioned
or
is
of
relative
of
Gapping
clause
that
Bengali
in
adverbs
which
252
two
constitute
relative
As mentioned
two
to
sentences
verbs,
object
is
sentence
show gapping
valid
for
only
When a relative
coordinated
sentence,
sentences
more
to
relative
clauses,
due to
in
the
following
a.
in
is
valid
elements
the
coordinated
to
for
especially
boy-the
rice
eating
English
it
relative
does
not
may be shown
in
rice'
cheleTa
ma5 so khachche
boy-the
meat
is
eating
eating
cheleTa
bhat
boy-the
rice
a.
meat'
ma5so khachche
and meat
eating
Bengali
clauses
kha6hche
boy
the
of
for
though
eating
three
constitute
structure
the
structure.
This
is
in
relative-correlative
bhat
boy
coordinated
introduced
correct
cheleTa
'The boy is
(2)
its
of
examples.
'The
ce
also
kind
conjoin
identical
of
identical
essential,
construction.
'The
b.
This
necessary
structure
coordinate
correlative
is
to
necessary
clause
show the
This
is
deletion
gapping
is
clause.
statement
or
clause
it
relative
This
is
a relative
structure.
or
it
and adverbs.
nouns
formulating
without
above,
by side.
side
clauses
rice
a.
The boy-is
eating
rice
b.
The boy is
eating
meat.
eating
and meat'
have
the
any
253
C.
The boy
a.
cheleTa,
Je
boy-the
who rice
is
bhat
namkora
khee loar
famous
player
'The boy,
rice
eating
and
meat.
ma5so khachche,
and meat
se eekJon
eating
he a
who is
eating
rice
and meat,
is
a famous
who is
eating
rice
and meat,
is
a famous
player'
The boy,
b.
player
Two simple
the
identical
ture
the
of
identical
elements
necessary
to
without
three
of
the
in
the
of
case
adverbs
from
clauset
it
may contain
occurs
it
permits
In
the
two
case
relative
verbs,
the
of
the
two
coordinated
permits
occurrence
pronouns,
clauses
it
is
and a
identical
hereisthat
object
nouns
constituting
one or
and it
identical
are
antecedents
in
gapping
identical
be mentioned
structure
either
of
construction.
can also
identical
that
deleting
deleting
gap
struc-
for
fact
relative
clause
point
gapping
for
for
sentences
a coordinated
one antecedent
pronoun.
any
relative
A second
the
to
deletion
structures
sentences
introducing
(1)
the
the
and
establish
two
in
illustrates
sentences
clearly
conjoin
from
(2)
Bengali.
The coordinated
verb.
combination
conjoined
coordinated
identical
elements
in
verb
English
elements
are
sentences
together
one in
and
a relative
When
antecedents.
structure,
only
of
one relative
two
the
both
antecedents,
first
and the
254
in
other
taken
of
pronoun
remains
becomes
plural
illustrated
(4)
a.
in
in
and the
singular
case
the
following
bhat
mzena Je
Moina
two
of
who rice
(or
two
in
occurs
more)
the
the
structure,
a coordinated
can be
antecedents
comprising
antecedents
NPs.
sentences
and the
sentence,
second
as compound
identical
two
the
first
coreferential
pronoun
coreferential
These
antecedents.
non-
are
examples.
ar
ma5so khachche,
and meat
eating
se amar
she my
premika
girl-friend
tMoina
who rice
is
and meat
is
eating
my girl-
friend'
who is
C'Moina,
eating
rice
is
and meat,
my girl
friend']
b.
mvena,
Je
taratari
Moina
who quickly
bhat
ar
rice
and meat
rice
and meat
ma5so radche,
se
cooking
she
amar-premika
my
girl-friend
'Moina,
who quickly
is
cooking,
is
quickly,
is
my girl-friend'
[fMoina,
who is
cooking
rice
dekhche
ar
and meat
my girl-friendf]
C*
m:)ena,
Je
Moina
premika
girl-fribnd
boi
gochache,
and arranging
se
amar
she my
255
'Moina,
who is
them, 'is
d.
books
at
and arranging
my girl-friend?
bhat
m;)ena,
Je
Moina
who rice
khachche
ar.
eating
sundor
sari
kineche
two
beautiful
sari
bought-have
who is
eating
bought
bread,
have
maena,
Je
Moina
who quickly
tarkar
taratari
cooking
vegetable
beautiful
ar
rice
and Mou
hom
they
ruTi,
tara
bread
they
who is
eating
saris'
bhat
tara
rWdche,
and Mou,
rice
two
Je
mou,
duTo
'Moina,
e.
looking
Je
mou,
taratari
who quickly
ikonzmiks
koleJer
Home Economics
College-of
chattri
student
'Moina,
(is
who is
Je
ar
who book
reading
and Mou
In
the
adverbs
bissobiddaloer
chattri
they
University-of
student
above
who is
the
objects
(4d-f)
a book
reading
(books)
examples,
and noun
non-identical
mou,
tara
arranging
who
students
of
College'
porche
IMoina,
and Mou,
are
boi
mDena,
Moina
quickly
(quickly)
vegetable
cooking)
Home Economics
f.
rice
cooking
is
are
students
gapping
of
antecedents
gochache,
who arranging
and Mou,
of
the
identical
shown with
of
Je
the
identical
relative
who is
University'
verbs,
(4a-c)
clauses.
and
256
mzena 'Moinal
and the
its
is
occurs
coreferential
identical
(4d-f)
as non-identical
clauses.
The coreferential
plurality
in
structure
tthey'
tara
the
against
in
antecedents
respective
pronoun
(4a-c)
in
show singularity
of non-identical
antecedents
its
antecedent
se 'she'
pronoun
The occurrence
structure.
shown in
as the
occur
relative
shows
two non-identical
antecedents.
Before
Gapping
works
a.
Bengali.
in
deletion
where
(5)
elaborating
of identical
verbs
examples
shown.
bh-oddrolok,
Jini
doi
kheechilen
ar
gentleman
who
curd
ate
and rice
kheechilen
tini
mouer
mama
he
Mouls
uncle
ate
'The
gentleman,
Mou's
p
a.
any rules,
who ate
curd
and
rice,
is
uncle'
bhDddrolok,
Jini
gentleman
who
kheechilenjar
I
Y ate
curd
kheechilen,
tini
mouer
mama
ate
he
Mou's
uncle
Me
(ate)
bhat
gentleman
doi
who curd
and ate
bhat
and rice
rice,
is
Mou's
uncle'
['The
gentleman#
]
uncle?
who ate
curd
and rice,
is
Mouls
257
mou, Je
a.
Mou
doi
who curd
kheechilo
ar
ate
and bread
ruTi
kheechilo,
se
ate
she
amar bondhu
friend
my
mou,
Je
Mou
who curd
curd*and
doi
(ate)
bread,
ar
ruTiLkheechilol
kheechilo
is
and bread
ate
my friendt
se
Z ate
she
amar bondhu
friend
my
'Mou,
the
or
When the
verb
is
the
case
verb
is
(6)
are
is
the
it
when the
more
(5 & 6),
the
first
first
the
the
that
Gapping
the
second
is
ways:
either
and the
second
than
comprehensible
sequence
It
when the
may be dropped.
and the
retained
examples
common.
or
is
verb
Bengali
dropped
more readily
my friend'
two
are
verb
is
verb
is
uncommon,
There
is
for
shown
identical
Though
dropped.
examples
deleted.
second
retained,
not
are
identical
first
actually
either
are
verbs
first
and bread,
curd
possibilities
-Two
identical
who ate
of
which
quite
second
in
constituents
are
given
clear
from
in
the
(5)
above
can be applied
by deleting
identical
verb
in
Gapping
depends
a conjoined
structure.
Forward
features
of the
and Backward
clauses
Forward
deleted
first
from
the
in
a sentence.
Gapping-in
sentence
Backward
Bengali
and it
on certain
is
Gapping
as the verb
retained
in
is
is
the
258
second
word
in
order
Compare
the
Gapping
Backward
sentence.
SOV pattern
i. e.
Bengali,
following
retains
sentences
of
both
where
the
original
the
sentence.
patterns
are
tested.
Forward
a.
Gapping:
SOV -
m:)ena,
Je
bhat
Moina
who rice
SO
doi
khachche
ar
eating
and curd
khachche,
se
eating
she
amar bandhobi
friend.
my
'Moina,
is
b. -
who is
eating
(is
and
rice
eating)
curd,
my friend?
Je
m;)ena,
bhat
khachche
doi
ar
9,
.
se amar
bandhobi
'Moina,
(8)
Backward
a.
who is
Gapping:
eating
rice
and
curd,
is
my friend'
SO - SOV
mzena,
Je
bhat
Moina
who rice
khachche
ar
doi
khachche,
se
eating
and
curd
eating
she
amar bandhobi
my
friend
IMoina,
is
b.
who is
eating
rce
and
(is
eating)
curd,
my friend'
m;)ena,
Je
bhat
0 ar doi
khachche,
se amar
bandhobi
'Moina,
LlMoina,
who rice
who is
and is
eating
curd,
is
my friend'
and curd,
is
my friend']
eating
rice
259
(T&
in Forward
8),
Gapping,
second identical
it
whereas
Backward Gapping
and_the
mpena tMoinal
the antecedent
is
the
first
is
identical
in
the
is
in
retained
is
verb
both
verb
dropped.
(7 &
sentences
8).
(1972:
Maling
and Forward
(8)
and
(7)
rule.
deleted
Gapping
is
statement
(Scrambling
former
be conflated
show that
except
of the
constituents
chapter)-,
should
from
either
is
there
ground'
Forward
and Backward
sov
Forward
which
So are not
retained
structural
However,
Backward
turn
gapping
the
second clause,
it
sentence
does not
create
verb
on the
As shown in
structure
to Bengali
the
gives
opposite
SO - SOV and
Maling's
accept
it
is
assumed that
first
clause
helps
to maintain
patternof
is
its
rule.
a SOV language,
the
Gapping
from
of the
from
rule.
and we cannot
one single
of this
part
becomes SO to SOV.
identical
this
gives
deleted
form
in
other
Scrambling
proposal
Gapping
is
the
her
the
However,
one constituent
as a single
being
in
later
Gapping
Bengali
when the verb
clause
in
regarding
proposal
in
one hindrance
SO,
to
SOV
whereas,
of
structure,
without
shifts
Gapping
being
verb
intact.
the
Backward
sentences,
Gapping
We can disregard
position.
the
remain
as Scrambling
(8),
and
for
sentences
for
both
as a single
or second
be discussed
will
that
the first
only
valid
that
(7)
105) proposes
the
deleted
any inappropriateness.
and is
the
language.
from
the
If
second
any
260
hearer
the
claims
from
verb
insert
ed easily
verb,
so that
stand
the
on the
This
any
inappropriateness
the
second
the
in
it
of
intuition
of
a.
a native
in
the
lokTa,
Je
kola
man-the
who banana
se amader
protibesi
he our
neighbour
'The
can be
items
the
of
deleted
a hearer
to
under-
This
proposal
is
made
speaker
of
sentence.
being
absence
for
much easier
the
may be illustrated
before
clause
second
the
some lexical
clause,
becomes
meaning
due to
following
Bengali.
examples.
kheechilo
ar
ate
and rice
bhat
kheechilo,
ate
and
(ate)
rice,
is
kheechilo
ar
bhat
J5, se
ate
and rice
banana
our
neighbourl
b.
lokTa,
Je
kola
man-the
who banana
amader
protibesi
our
neighbour
'The
man,
who ate
banana
and rice,
is
he
our
neigh-
bourl
ce
lokTa,
Je
kzla
man-the
who banana
se amader
protibesi
he our
neighbour
'The
who ate
man,
neighbourl
kheechilo
ar
ate
and its
banana
and rice
tar
with
soge
bhat,
with
rice
it,
is
our
261
d.
Je
man-the
who banana
amader
protibesi
our
neighbour
'The
the
items
as certain
are
verb
a gapping
process
tar
phrase
where
the
deleted
second
the
function
dual
phrases
sentence
Even
tar
to
give
with
phrases
like
is
discussion.
of
(9d)
the
It
will
in
can
like
'He ate
in
occur
maliso
(9d)
the
from
the
to
when
second
X and also
in
the
sentence:
'He ate
'also?
in
or
1971:
in
examples
rice
the
Jackendoff
later
V.
conjoined
of
be
reduced
can
the
sentencep
the
the
of
place
not. violate
insertion
(see
the
Usually,
in
of
sentence
the
kheechilo
did
be illustrated
verbs
occur
may also
(9c),
a conjoined
remains
Gapping
in
seems clear
identical
it'
violation
autonomy
a verb.
shown
soDge
since
allowed
like
Examples
is
example
(9c)
of
of
rule,
second
second
fills
phrase
verb
tar
the
the
be
cannot
a gapping
In
to
some kind
this
However,
rule
equivalent
ar
like
our
the
of
and are
This
meaning
identical
meat'.
gapping
any
the
place
added
'with
soage
kheechilo
bhat
se
is
verbs
of
understood.
absence
the
though
sentence,
it'
the
of
like
in
deleted)
and gives
in
sentence
is
gapped.
verb
is
they
grammatical,
introduced
'with
is
verb
he
rice,
and also
application
as normally
soage
the
are
simple
(which
identical
also
the
as involving
taken
se
and rice
banana
sentences
above
bhato,
ar
ate
neighbourf
Though
kheechilo
kila
lokTa,
its
26).
this
that
Bengali,
though
the
262
reduction
of
makes better
language
(in
is
If
the
is
and
retained
spoken
pattern
between
deleted
either
the
written
of
pattern
the
which
first
the
to
the
This
assumption
speaker.
It
is
the
the
spoken
from
the
between
informal
speech
it
the
second
in
a diffecan be
verb
prefers
the
of
and retaining
it
in
opposite
the
deletion
formal
the
only
sentence
The informal
in
from
versus
language.
language
the
pattern
the
shows
patterns,
of
SOV
sentence
and written
the
SO -
first
exists
or
type
sentence,
spoken
As there
first
to
(6a)
first
language.
the
made
isalso
patterns
the
sentence,
is
be supported
can also
from
verb
sentence
register
deleted
the
of
becomes
Bengali
sentence)
than
commoner
from
usual
second
pattern
sentence
speakers
sentence
This
versus
in
the
be
may
identical
verb
the
in
verb
of
second
is
conjoined
closer
and formal
Bengali.
rence
the
difference
existing
the
type
SOV - SO (66).
than
written,
(5a)
higher
or
the
sentence).
gapping
of
first
for
as a native
the
After
which
rather
the
lower
or
structure
(5a),
the
of
reduction
that
sentences.
in
the
second
be mentioned
the
verb
my own intuition
from
(in
comprehensibility
than
the
first
the
second
pattern
from
verb
sentence,
of
the
language.
6.1.2
Different
.
conjoined
Coordinate
The examples
sentences,
which
and ar
Conjunctions
are given
land'
occurs
in
Bengali
previously
are
of
as a conjunction
263
between
he two sentences.
,
a sentence
Three
_which
'nor'.
are
is
applied
by corresponding
connected
coordinating.
conjunctions.
can be applied
conjunctions
in
to Bengali,
ba,
kimba
'or'
and n3e
ebon land',
Dthoba,
I
The following
sentences are conjoined
with three
are o, ar,
coordinating
introduced
(10)
Gapping
a.
conjunctions
in
Je
Moina
who harmonium
bq,
attio
playing
they
relative
'Moina,
who is
playing
playing
ar
-achche
a sitar,
mou,
and Mou
playing
tara
a harmonium
are
m-Dena, Je harmonium
Je
setar
who sitar
and Mou,
who
relatives'
ar
mou,
Je setar
baJachche,
attio
'Moina,
who harmonium
sitar,
playing
are relatives'
I'Moina
who is
sitar
b.
harmonium
baJachche.
tara
is
clause
sentences.
moena,
is
a.
the
and a relative
playing
a harmonium
are relatives']
mou,
Je
ghuri
orachche
ba maena,
Mou
that
kite
flying
or
orachche,
ta
ekTu
flying
that
moment ago
Je
belun
that
balloon
Moina
age dokan
shop
theke
kena
from
bought.
hoeeche
has
that
'Th. e. kite
Moina
a while
(is
flying),
ago'
Mou is
have
flying
been
or
the
bought
balloon
from
the
that
shop
264
b.
ba moena Je belun
mou Je ghuri
kena
ekTu
age dokan
teke
'The
kite
Mou or
flying,
that
hoeeche
balloon
the
the
from
bought
been
have
ta
orachche,
that
Moina
shop
a while
is
ago'
('The
have
C.
Mou is
kite
that
been
bought
flying
from
the
shop
hze
mou,
Je
basi
baJabe,
either
Mou
who flute
play-will
tara
baJabe, p
they
play-will
music
'Either
the
play
will
so5git
a while
Moina
or
chattri
college-of
student
is
ago']
n2e m:)ena,
the
Moina,
balloon
koleSer
play
sitar,
the
or
flute
Je setar
who sitar
or Moina
a student
of
the
who
Music
College'
C.
hoe
mou,
tara
sogit
'Either
who
the
English,
coordinate
examples.
is
(1971:
Jackendoff
it
works
or
perfectly
sentences.
of
This
maena,
Moina
the
Je setar
the
a student
of
22)
also
but
who
Music
play
will
Though
conjunction.
coordinate
flute
who
sitar,
n2e
baJabe,
chattri
a student.
Mou,
['Either
0,
kzleJer
Mou who
is
sitar,
Je basi
shown
or
the
Music
but
proposes
not
as a conjunction
is
in
the
College'
flute
does
play
will
the
work
in
Moina,
Collegell
as a
neatly
Bengali
following
in
265
(11)
a.
amader
bandhobi
moena,
Je
our
friend
Moina
who yesterday
gztokal
dekhechilo
kintu
tar
choTo
went
but
her
younger
thieTar
gZ)tokal
same
Moina,
are
UOur
friend
Moina,
the
theatre,
the
students
the
to
who went
her
both
of
younger
who went
to
same University'
the
cinema
Mou went
sister
them-are
of
cinema
Mou,
younger-sister
theatre,
while
to
who went
her
the
yesterday
who
they
student
but
Mou
went
University-of
yesterday
sister
Je
eeki
chattri
friend
-bon
mou,
tara
bissobiddalzer
'Our
cinema
dekhechilo,
theatre
yesterday
sinema.
the
of
students
to
same University13
b.
bondhobi
amader
tar
choTo
tara
ea ki
'Our
friend
bon mou,
bissobiddalDer
Moina
the
na
'not'
ba
'or',
is
nze
the, Ter
kintu
dekhechilo,
chattri
who cinema
Moina,
while
yesterday
theatre
There
sinema
to
the
while
theatre
her
younger
are
students
same University'
[? Our friend
the
Je gotokal
Je gztokal
sister
of
moena,
is
are
younger
students
one interesting
introduced
'nor'
her
who went
'but'.
the
of
the
feature
'not'
to
same University']
in
in
na
cinema
Mou went
sister
as a conjunction
or kintu
to
Bengali
when
of
land'
lieu
is
ar
always
used
266
Three
points
of
'not'
na
meaning
identical
that
more
after
(12)
to
in
of
be made explicit
a kind
is
(cf-4-1).
meaning
the
first,
the
sentence
examples
relative
are
boi
porohen
na
pottrika
gentleman
who
book
reading
not
paper
porcheno
tini
amader
oddhapok
reading
he
our
teacher
['The
the
who is
gentleman,
is
a paper,
who is
gentleman,
is
paper
neither
our
our
Jini
given
reading
a book
nor
neither
a book
nor
teacher'
reading
teacher']
boi
na pottrika
porchen,
tini
oddhapok
meeTa,
Je
girl-the
who mirror-in
kauke
dekhche,
se
body
else
looking
she my
'The
girl,,
who is
nor
and
construction.
Jini
reading
b.
of
the
second
bhzddrolok,
'The
a,
the
na gives
the
deleting
The following
na in
introducing
a.
the
understand
speakers
easily
than
much easier
introduction
that
are
deleting
that
as a word.
the
regarding
structure
doubt,
of
independently
or
a sentence
a conjoined
verb
the
in
item
as a negative
is
aenae
looking
at
niJer
own
mukh dekhche
na
onno
face
nor
some
looking
amar bandhobi
looking
somebody
friend
neither
else
at
in
her
the
own face
mirror,
is
my friendt
['The
girl,
who is
looking
neither
at
her
own face
267
nor at
somebody else
meeTa,
Je aenae
le
Je aenae
meeTa,
Ross (1970:
is
negation
is
with
in
does not
only
as it
results
are in
following
a.
the
one of the
identical
na onnokauke
though
is
possible.
gapping
but
impossible,
does not
it
is
a'
verbs
if
negation
if
kind
of
there
is
Forward
gapping
unsatisfactory
gives
show clearly
there
This
a conjoined
Lengalit
arise in
backward
whether
all
the nouns
Compare the
elements.
examples.
mvena,
Je
Moina
who rice
bhat
tara
amar bondhu
they
my
'Moina,
eat
b.
niJer
structure.
absolutely
not
mukh dekhche
deleting
introduced
problem
na onnokauke
se amar bandhobi
Z,
problem
my friendf]
se amar bandhobi
dekhche,
b.
9,
mukh
niJer
is
the mirror,
in
khae
ni
ar
eat
not
and Mou
who did
are
not
eat
m;)ena,
porche
Moina
who book
reading
fMoina,
reading)
Dim khae
na,
not
rice
and Mou,
who did
khzborer
kagoc
my friendst
Je boi
reading
Je
nit
not
friend
an egg,
porche
mou,
na
ar
not
and news
paper
se amar bandhobi
she my
who is
friend
reading
a newspaperv
neither
is
a book
my friend'
nor
(is
not
268
(14)
Gapping
Backward
a.
Y ar
Je bhat
m;)ena,
Moina
Je
mou,
and Mou
who rice
Dim khae
ni,
tara
not
they
amar bandhobi
friend
my
(did
who
'Moina,
b.
Je
mzena,
Moina
not
an egg,
eat
not
who
eat)
book
who did
my friends'
are
boi
and Mou,
rice
kh, borer
ar
and news
kagoc
porche
na,
paper
reading
not
se amar bandhobi
she my
friend
'Moina,
who book
and is
not
a newpaper
reading
is
my friendt
who is
LlMoina,
is
paper,
Forward
a.
a book
neither
bhat.
khae
ni
ar
Moina
rice
eat
not
and Mou
who
tara
amar
bandhobi
they
my
friend
who did
not
eat
rice
mou,
Je
Dim
9,
who egg
and Mou,
who an egg,
my friendst
boi
m;)ena,
Je
Moina
who book
se
a news-
my friend'3
mz)ena,. Je
are
nor
Gapping
'Moina,
b.
reading
bandhobi
amar
she my
friend
khoborer
porche
na
ar
reading
not
and news
kagoc
paper
Y,
269
'Moina,
who is
(15)
not
if
ar
is
between
difference
are
This
replaced
indeclinables,
freedom
ar
landt
and ba 'or?
ar
tand?
can also
independent
that
indicates
than
occurrence
of
is
The
while
both
as an adverb.
occur
have
indeclinables
the
results
(16).
that,
are
a greater
indeclinables.
adverbial
porche
na
ba khzborer
kagoc,
se
book
reading
who
not
or news
paper
she
boi,
Je
mzena,
Moina
better
yields
as shown in
'or?
by ba
they
speakers,
all
(15)
either.
unacceptable
land?
to
be acceptable
may not
totally
my friend'
is
a newspaper,
Though
not
a book nor
neither
reading
bandhobi
amar
My
friend
'Moina,
is
who is
interesting
a.
a book nor
neither
a newspaperv
my friend'
Besides
following
reading
the
way of
preceding
gapping
in
there
examples,
Bengali.
is
Consider
another
the
examples.
meeTa,
Je
girl-the
who morning-in-the
ar
szkale
Dim khae,
'The
(eats)
girl,
se mouer
she Mou-of
who eats
egg in
the
khae,
ruTi
bread
eats
khae
butter
bandhobi
friend
bread,
morning,
makhon
(eats)
is
butter,
a friend
and
of
Moul
eats
270
b.
meeTa,
Je
girl-the
who morning-in-the
Dim khae,
se mouer
egg eats
she Mou-of
Me
girl
Co
a.
b.
of
butter
girl-the
who morning-in-the
bread
egg eats
girl,
bandhobi
she
Mou-of
friend
is
a friend
meeTa,
Je
soge
girl-the
who with
nebe,
se skule
take-will
she
bread,
of
girl,
who will
will
go to
school'
Je sobge
or
egg in
Tiphin
the
Mout
boi
nebe
ar
book
take-will
and tiffin
Jabe
school-to
'The
butter
makhon
butter
mouer
morning,
meeTa,
Z,
se
who eats
the
Mout
ruTi
or
and
and egg in
sakale
Dim khae,
butter
ar
friend
Je
zthoba
makhon
bandhobi
meeTa,
'The
(18)
a friend
0,
bread
bread,
who eats
is
morning
ru. Ti
sokale
go-will
take
boi
books
X), ar
and lunch
Tiphin
nebe,
with
her
se skule
Jabe
a.
meeTa,
Je
girl-the
who pen
se
has
kolom kineche
mouer
she Mou-of
'The girl,
a friend
bought-has
pensil
and pencil
kineche
bought-
bandhobi
friend
ar
is
271
b.
meeTa,
Je
girl-the
who pen
mouer
bandhobi
Mou-of
friend
'The
co
is
duii
kineche,
se
girl-the
who pen
pencil
both
bought-has
she
mouer.
bandhobi
Mou-of
friend
who has
girl,
a friend
of
meeTa,
Je
girl-the
who pen
kolom
mouer
bandhobi
Mou-of
friend
who has
girl,
of
different
are
ar
It
sentence
or
disjunction
the
last
(if
or
verb
sentence).
in
clause
is
pensil
bought
kineche,
se
bought-lias
she
is
Moul
shown.
a conjoined
both
and pencil
gapping
three
20-22).
bought
Mout
(17a),
ways
she
pensil
examples
(cf.
bought-has
Moul
that
relative
pencil
Je kolom
sentences
element
se
meeTa,
(17-19),
in
bought
kineche,
of
a friend
of
and
pensil
a friend
'The
In
Zo
who has
girl,
'The
d.
kilom
more
rules
is
quite
identical
could
three
The various
formation
and
conjoining
from
clear
verbs
patterns
these
may occur
be made with
identical
verbs
conjunctions
and gapping
interact
in
a negative
occur
in
are
shown
in
various
272
(20)
a.
mach kinechilo
mou baJar
theke
dudh
kinechilo
ar
Mou market
from
milk
bought
and fish
and
(bought)
IMou bought
milk
fish
from
bought
the
market'
b.
'Mou bought
C.
baJar
mou,
Mou
who market
se
has
(21)
a.
theke
dudh
from
milk
who bought
fed
her
market?
ar
mach kinechilo
and fish
at
from
the
badhakopi
rRdchilo
ar
Moina
cooking
and cabbage
'Moina
was cooking
market,
night'
mzena phulkopi
cauliflower
bought
and -fish
fed-has
milk
friends
the
khaieche
friends-of
phe night-at
IMou,
from
bondhuder
rate
mach kinechilo
ar
and fish
milk
Je
dudh
theke
mou baJar
cauliflower
and
tadchilo
cooking
(was
cooking)
cabbaget
b.
C.
moena phulkopi
IMoina
was cooking
mzena,
Je
Moina
phulkopi
bandhobi
Mou-of
friend
is
cauliflower
Z
who cauliflower
mouer
'Moina,
badhakopi
ar
a friend
of Moul
ar
and
radchilo
and
cabbage'
badhakopi
r^adchilo,
cabbage
cooking
cauliflower
se
she
and cabbage,
273
(22)
saon
a.
bandhobir
tar
Saon his
b.
._.
ThoTe
cumu kheechilo
lip-on
kissed
kissed
(her)
lips'
and
and kissed
cheek
gale
ar
kissed
girl-friend's
bandhobir
tar
saon
his
kheechilo,
cumu
cheek-on
girl-friend's
ISaon
gale
Th7oTe cumu
ar
kheechilo
tSaon
Ce
his
kissed
santosisTo
manus saon,
calm-quiet
man
ar
cheek-on
and lips-on
(both
after
exploring
gapping.
Another
are
-constituents
Or,
rules.
There
gapping.
clauses
initially
inserted
all
the
in
ways
(b)
(18c)
before
examples
the
relative
two
finally
(16c)
or
(16-18)
his
after
gapping
pronoun
above
clauses
that
way by the
get
possibilities
(16c,
= relative
the
clauses
either
of minet
is
that
of
they
is
formed
conjoined
structure
phrase
by
reduced
adding
and
examples
are
the
girl-
extra
may be included
Secondly,
17c).
(18c)
friend
a friend
in
Possibility
sentences,
or
is
shown
relative
are
bondhu
se amar
is
generated
conjoined
girl-friendts
he my
and inanimate
insertion
the
after
who his
as an animate
complementizer)
bandhobir
kissed
Je
tar
gale
friendts
Je
Saon
and lipst
cheek
girl-friendts
the
Je may be
In
antecedents.
shown without
any
pj
274
relative
(b)
in
clauses
and with
relative
clauses
in
(c)
sentences.
6.1.3
Movement
Bengali
of
is
formulating
applied
verbs
gapping
the
following
when
The possible
Gapping.
after
sentences
ways
the
and moving
examples.
SOV:
SO -
mzena, Je bhat
ar
mou, Je
and Mou
tara
bissobiddalzer
chattri
they
University-of
student
'Moina,
who is
of the
students
SOV -
SO:
m.iena,
Je
Moina
who rice
bhat
tara
bissobiddal:
they
University-of
IMoinap
who is
of
students
SOV
of
patterns
after
shown in
are
Gapping
after
variable
sentences
constituents
(23)
shows
rule
a movement
Constituents
of
eating
rice
ma5so khachche,
who meat
eating
are
University'
khachche,
ar
eating
)er
mou,
Je ma5so
Yp
chattri
student
eating
rice
and Mou,
the
University'
bhat
khachche,
ar
eating
and meat
who meat,
are
OS:
-
m;)enap
Moina
Je
who rice
maso
mou,
Je,
Mou
who
275
tara
bissobiddalDer
chattri
they
University-of
student
'Moina,
who is
rice
are
of the University'
students
d.
eating
SO - SVO:
m:)ena,
Je
bhat
Moina
who rice
mou, Je
ar
and Mou
tara
bissobiddalaerl
chattri
they
University-of
student
who is
'Moina,
of the
students
eating
khachche
who eating
maso,
meat
rice
are
University'
SO - OVS:
moena,
Je
Moina
who rice
ar
maso
and meat
tara
bissobiddaloer
chattri
they
University-of
student
'Moina,
who is
students
f.
bhat
of
the
eating
khachche
mou,
Je,
eating
Mou
who
and Mou,
rice
who meat,
are
Universityf
SVO - SO:
Je
mzena,
Moina
khachche
who eating
bhat
ar
rice
and Mou
tara
bissobiddalzer
chattri
they
University-of
student
'Moina,
students
who is
eating
rice
of the Universityl
mou,
Je
who
maDso,
meat
are
276
OVS - SO:
khachche
wena,
rice
eating
Moina
tara
bissobiddal:
they
University-of
bhat
Moina
bissobiddalzer
they
University-of
is
The reason
is
verb
either
allows
the
subject
a clause
in
or
or
a clause
in
pattern
sentence
can occur
it
(SVO).
ar.
rice
and meat
eating
are
of
who
are
SO or
OS word
the
sentence
Bengali
after
When the
also
the
verb
is
(cf.
subject,
1.2.1).
sentence,
their
that
positions
of
this
indicates
object
of
indicates
change
supports
clearly
a sentence.
the
or
The occurrence
a sentence.
of
order..
which,
can
object
available
occurrence
clause
order,
are
order
flexible.
from
the
word
the
allows
deleted
either
Je
who meat,
constituents
free
a relatively
of
Mou
and Mou,
rice
relative
or
JY mou,
maDso
University?
Bengali
in
bhat
orders
the
that
and verb
When the
before
who meat,
chattri
the
of
due to
Bengali
verb
Mou,
and
student
'who is
The different
in
who
University'
tara
students
either
rice
eating
who eating
'Moina,
it
Mou
chattri
Je khachche
m:)ena,
object
meat
ma5so
ar
SVO - OS:
h.
in
Je,
D'
student
the
of
students
mou,
who'and
)er
who is
'Moina,
Je,
a verb
case.
that
in
The
the
deleted
from
the
clause
277
or
the
the
sentence,
either
SO or
verb);
SVO - V--i
(minus
verb)'.
shown in
but
OS in
sentence
gapping
SO (minus
(23a-h)
do not
movement
when the
(cf.
It
23g).
identical
different
noun
occurs
0 riginal
the
sentences
written
and spoken
pattern
in
more acceptable
colloquial
that
are
illustrated
sentences
examples
.A
given
be
changed
can
different
ents
in
in
(23)
a sentence,
(24)(24)
that
by movement
patterns
a.
SO
SOV
b.
SOV
SO
sov
os
d.
SO
SVO
e.
so
ovs
f.
svo
so
than
the
after
from
their
difference
in
and
the
(23b)
are
other
(23).
basic
basis
of
the
SOV sentence
Bengali
rules.
any
that
them
statement
in
(23a)
Bengali.
in
of
initially
show the
pattern
meaning
constituents
and moving
positions,
are
sentence
be mentioned
also
constituents
that
constituents
on certain
should
in
in
SO (minus
V -.? OS
patterns
change
becomes
V -1
and OVS
gapping
object
SOV
way:
show any
of
Bengali
of
verb);
and emphasis
clause
especially
following
the
The different
show the
relative
pattern
sentence
when gapping
is
applied
and these
are
shown
exhibits
to
structure
eight
move constitu-
schematically
in
278
OVS
SO
SVO'
OS
Among these
Gapping
five
types
OVS
In
SO.
and it
SO occurs
structure.
against
both
order
though
Backward
Gapping.
It
should
only
for
endings.
movement
(25)
a.
the
a regular
not
SO.
a certain
Consider
So,
Forward
of
of
typically
verb
Bengali
with
the
following
cheleTa,
Je
am
boy-the
of
Gapping
their
examples
that
SO
no examples
can
or
OS
common than
more
that
OVS.
as
generates
is
a verb
in
structure,
can be said
here
the
SO or
Backward
a sentence
pattern
type
this
Gapping
though
has
always
either
it
OS, and
SOV, SVO, or
Moreover,
be mentioned
beginning
in
Gapping
verb,
a sentence-initial
at
OS.
and Backward
order,
is
receives
the
sentence
this
sentence
of
Forward
placed
by either
change
SO, SVO
sentence
times
OVS; and
structural
OS, SVO
the
Backward:
SVO and SO
followed
three
the
of
the
SO, SOV
two occurrences
generates
always
is
are
allowing
Gapping
the
Gapping
Forward
SOV, SO
SOV
Backward
SO structure
In
SO
Gapping,
into
a sentence
of
three
allowing
Forward
are
eight,
be
occasionally
However,
a clause.
and is
has
available
inflectional
illustrating
the
verbs.
skuler
chattro
school-of
student
khachche
ar
bhat
and rice
khachche,
se
eating
he
279
b.
'The
boy,
who is
rice,
is
a school
eating
boy-the
mango and
eating)
studentt
Je am
cheleTa,
(is
21
who mango
ar
bhat
khachche,
se skuler
and
rice
eating
he school-
chattro
of
student
'The
boy,
boy,
is
who is
eating
is
student13
school
ce
rice,
eating
student
school
I'The
khachche
Je
eating
who boy-the
cheleTa
am
ar
bhat,
se skuler
he school-of
chattro
student
'The boy,
school
d.
who is
eating
is
student'
khachche
am
eating
ar
bhat
Je
cheleTa,
se skuler
who boy-the
he school-of
chattro
student
'The
school
In the
examples
than
(25c),
the
sentence
Bengali
boy,
who is
eating
student'
which
as the
are
object
given
above,
occurs
after
more comprehensible.
prefers
is
the
object
(25d)
the
This
to be next
is
verb
might
more common
which
indicate
to the verb,
makes
that
either
280
preceding
to
that
note
when the
it
a sentence,
There
it.
following
or
verb
the
one interesting
initially
occurs
changes
also
is
structure
clause.
(25a)
(25b)
and
shows
the
basic
Bengali
relative
clause
where
the
head
the
relative
of
written
it,
before
matrix
deictic
occurs
nature
before
the
as a deictic
bee-omes
noun
before
Bengali
of
pattern
head
'who'
Je
of
occurrence
the
as
clause
the
of
occurs
the
show the
'who'
as Je
noun
or
relative
Pattern
Je + NP can be taken
clause.
0
(25d)*
a clause
the
of
in
embedding
and
clauses,
relative
relative
relative
(25c)
whereas
sentence,
the
and its
clause
in
point
which
deictic
is
to
due
in
shown
the
the
as Je-NP.
4
If
English
one type
only
allows
Joan
drank
tea
and Robin
b.
Joan
drank
tea
and Robin
c.
*Joan
1a'
.
tea
and Robin
(26)
shows
verb
is
that'English
in
deleted
of
the
allows
the
second
sentence
of gapping
a.
structure
English,
with
that
we note
as illus-
pattern
(26).
in
trated
(26)
we compare Bengali
through
the
following
drank
coffee.
Gapping
coordinate
applied
coffee.
coffee
Forward
changes
is
drank
from
tree-diagram.
Bengali
the
and the
sentence
SVO to
in
where
So.
can be
281
(27)
ebo
I ana
3-,,,.
tara
//
NP
VP
protibesi
'they
are
VP
NP
mader
our
Aeighbours'
NP
II
0v
NP
I
IT.
V
s0
4
'Jr
m:)ena mach kheechilo
fish
'Moina
b.
ate
Je
m:)ena,
Moina who
mach
Mou
and
amader protibesi
they
our
ate'
ebo mou, Je
fish
tara
'Moina,
Mou meat
and
kheechilo,
mavo
ate
who meat
neighbours
who fish
are our
meat,
neighbours'
['Moina,
our
6.1.4
can be done
types
the
Verb Phrases
there
of
easier
two
only
object
to
in
meat,
are
Clause
verb
phrases,
and non-restrictive
forward
gapping
(28d,
nouns
gap either
Relative
identical
restrictive
clauses
relative
non-identical
becomes
are
in
both
However,
clauses.
neighbours']
Identical
If
fish
who ate
e,
f).
occur
the
first.
in
is
relative
possible
This
shows
verb
phrases,
or
the
gapping
second
in
both
that
if
it
28Z
identical
verb
in
This
is
shown in
(28)
a.
mzena,
Moina
clauses
relative
the following
Je boi
who book
18 & 19).
examples
examples.
porchilo
ebo
mou,
Je
reading-was
and
Mou
who book
porchilo
tara
bandhobi
reading-was
they
friend
'Moina,
reading
a book,
a book
boi
and Mou,
who was
friends'
are
Je boi
porchilo
ebo.u mou,
*mDena, Je boi
porchilo
ebo mou, Je
*mjena,
b.
(cf.
Je boi
ff,
tara
bandhobi
C.
7, tara
bandhobi
d.
Je Y eboU mou,
miena,
Je boi
tara
porchilo,
bandhobi
mzena ebo
e.
Jara
mou,
boi
bandhobi
tara
porchilo,
who-pl
Je boi
*m3ena,
f.
0 eboU mou,
Je boi
tara
porchilo,
bandhobi
Je mzena 0 ebog
g0
The examples
Gapping-is
Backward
occur
in
which
like(28b,
modification
of
C, f)
show that
second
verb
from
The possibility
antecedent
of
bandhobi
Forward
neither
verb
However,
structures.
f).
tara
porchilo,
when identical
possible
coordinated
possibility
phrases
(28b,
like
Je mou boi
there
Phrases
is
one
identical
verb
is
slight
the
that
relative
nor
283
clause
allows
phrases
from
that
though
the
second
does
not
illustrated
in
(29)
mzena,
Je
Moina
who book
the
of
indicates
identical
verb
phrases
Gapping.
following
example.
porchilo
ebo
boi
verb
This
Backward
allow
identical
clause.
relative
deletion
gap the
to
sentences
above
Forward
it
allowed,
the
This
may be
--: tara.
mou, -Je-o
reading-was
is
they
bandhobi
friend
'Moina,
reading
a book),
6.1.5
Like
possible
in
deleted
either
a coordinate
the
(30)
following
a.
object
first
or
takes
is
gapping
equally
The object
structure.
and also
Gapping
verb-gapping,
in
friends'
are
Object
Identical
a book
the
second
in
place
may be
conjoined
Bengali
is
sentence.
shown
in
examples.
Je
rooson,
bhat
radche
ar
cooking
and Monjula
khachche,
tara
eDinbzra
eating
they
Edinburgh
'Raushan,
who is
eating
rice,
University'
are
(lit)
monJula,
bissobiddal.
cooking
studentsof
University-of
rice
Je
bhat
who rice
)er
chattri
student
and Manjula,
the Edinburgh
who is
284
b.
rzoson,
ce
bhat
Je
radche
khachche,
tara
'Raushan,
who is
students
rooson,
Je
?'
bissobiddalzer
who is
eating
rice,
khachche,
chattri
who is
and Manjula,
cooking
Edinburgh
the
of
students
are
who is
University?
Je bhat
manJula,
ar
radche
eDinbora
lRaushan,
of
chattri
Edinburgh
the
and Manjula,
rice
cooking
are
tara
bissobiddalaer
eDinbora
eating,
Je
manJula,
ar
University'
Forward
is
object-gapping
Backward
is
object-gapping
structure
case
of
Backward
non-identical
gapping,
gapping
will
Identical
6.1.6
verbs
ungrammatical
yield
Adverb
Gapping
joined
sentences.,
examples
(31)
a.
of
gapped
When the
are
are
in
SV,. and,
the
SV -
case
of
and in
otherwise
verbobjectit
Gapping
be applied
may also
The rules
to
in
adverbs
can be formulated
after
adverbs.
friend
the
becomes
necessary
necessary,
the
sentence,
structure
in
whereas,
sentences.
amader bandhobi
our
that
objects
non-identical
SOV -
the
object-gapping
here
(30c).
a conjoined
becomes
sentence
may be mentioned
It
SOV.
the
in
(30b)v
in
in
shown
occurs
Forward-object-gapping
of
illustrated
mjenat
Je
taratari
Moina
who quickly
bhat
rice
congiving
285
mou,
ar
radchilo
tara
radchilo,
bhasatztto
they
'Our
Moina,
friend
studying
Linguistics'
Moina
and vegetables
bandhobi
Je
torkari
d.
tzrkari
amader
bandhobi
are
the
and, object
is
this
of
shown
in
these
gapping
adverbs.
above
noun
is
tara
bhat
Jara
to
(31).
Forward
gapping
show that
verb
identical
can also
deletion
which
adverbs,
of
in
adverbs
verbs
bhat
porche
and their
applicable
of
porche
taratari
gapping
mou,
porche
bhasatztto
also
and Backward
ar
ar mou, Je
bhasat-ztto
adverbs
examples.
(31b)
and the
mou,
tara
inserting
in
adverbs
radchilo,
rice
Linguisticstj
bhasatotto
bhat
are
cooking
taratari
tara
mDena ar
illustrated
examples
Je*
quickly
quickly,
studying
mzena, Je
rldchilo,
possibilities
shown in
verb
All
tzrkari
rice
who were
are
radchilo,
taratari
ar
and Mou,
mzena,
amader bandhobl
C.
A few
studying
vegetable
quickly,
amader
and Mou,
friend
vegetable
porche
Linguistics
cooking-was
['Our
tzrkari
taratari
cooking-was
b.
Je
gaps
and
adverbs
(31c).
can be used
be deleted
is
with
the
in
286
6.2
Scrambling
6.2.1
Scrambling
Defined
Scrambling
constituents
of
it
concerned,
it
is
really
different
From this
in
Scrambling
in
is
depending
language
allows
sentence
easily
a verb
of
other
sentence
object
usually
moveable.
the
after
patterns
noun
the
pattern
of
is
not
the
position
the
on the
language
be applied
easily
the
structure
movement
allows
to
However,
an initial
subject
does
(see
also
not
example
show that
theme,
of
certain
but
object
normally
20).
the
any
individual
constituents
in
a simple
in
a sentence
in
verb
as well
verbs,
of
scrambling
and the
can become
us explain
how this
allow
scrambling
The Bengali
subject
no other
rule
is
a sentence
noun
and the
movement
possible.
clause.
of
preserved.
move nouns,
subject
constituents
Let
relative
the
where
change
can
to
able
Bengali
a sentence.
of
Bengali
as adjectives,
which
language,
pattern
pattern
is
Bengali.
of
pattern
spoken
as Bengali
literary
of
spoken
Scrambling
Scrambling
in
the
move different
which
as far
occasionally
perspective,
spoken
the
SOV sentence
original
rules
Though,
to
constituents
and the
of
a phenomenon
The speakers
language.
6.2.2
a set
a sentence.
be applied
can also
the
is
relates
to
is
or
287
(32)
a.
mou boiTa,
Ja
porchilo,
seTa gzlper
Mou book-the
which
reading-was
that
boiTa,
Ja
book-the
'The
which
book'
gDlper
that
Mou reading-was
which
book,
was a story
seTa
mou porchilo,
story-of
story-of
was a story
book'
C*
boiTa
mou porchilo
Ja,
seTa
g3lper
book-the
Mou reading-was
which
that
story-of
TThe book,
which
vas
a story
book'
(33)
a. '
mou Je-
boi
Mou which-book
'The book which
b.
ce
reading-was
that
story-of
was a story
boi
porchilo
mou,
seTa
golper
which
book
reading-was
Mou
that
story-of
'Which
book
was a story
mou porchilo
Je-
boi,
seTa
gzlper
Mou reading-was
which
book
that
story-of
that
book
which
boi
porche,
book?
a.
seTa gDlper
Je-
(34)
porchilo,
Mou
was a story
(lit)
mou, Je
s.-)kale
who morning-in-the
bissibiddaloer
University-of
chattri
student
book'
book reading
se
she
book'
(lit)
28S
'Mou, who was reading
C.
d.
es
mou,
Je
boi
Mou,
who book
morning-in-the
student
mou,
s; )kale
Mou
morning-in-the
bissobiddaler
chattri
University-of
student
Je,
book
reading
who she
Mou
book
reading
who morning-in-the.
bissobiddalzer
chattri
University-of
student
mou,
szkale
Mou
morning-in-the
chattri
University-of
student
(34);
of
are
NP + Relative
scrambling
of
Relative
Clause
which,
deictic
relative
clauses
like
either
in
either
Relative
boi,
se
the
above
Clause
in
Relative
(33)).
do not
sentences
Pronoun
+head
(NP +
(32)
relative
Pronoun
the
and
examples
in
however,
she
(NP +S
clauses
constituents
N+V+
possible
in
whe
who book
relative
shown
se
Je
reading
bissobiddal-zer
se
szkale,
porche
is
allows
porche
Je
clauses
(33)
boi
porche
the
she
boi
and
is
morning,
se
mou,
Clause)
shows
reading
University-of
NP + Relative
that
s,kale,
chattri
structures
(32)
porche
bissobiddalzer
Two different
S in
the
of the Universityt
student
b.
a book in
+N+V
allow
the
in
(33).
+V+N
or
shown
noun
or
289
Pronoun
Relative
N+V+
shows NP +S
which
pronoun
deictic
structures
relative
does not
clause
possibilities
relative
of the relative
(Rel
clause
Prep P+V+
Rel Pron +N
the relative
pronoun
clause
is
it
which
Je before
an inanimate
to be a deictic.
occurs
close
tional
It
(34d),
it
structure
any
occurs
elsewhere
inanimate
'book'
for
becomes easier
is
at
an inanimate
a listener
clause
noun
(whether
to
in
the
understand
the
relative
occurrence
of
constituent
of the
end of
the
when the
relative
before
the
the
the
pronoun
clause
When Je
before
clause
becomes
difficult
the
relative
of
modifies
after
clause
clause.
relative
meaning
on
pronoun
relative
especially
it
string
any preposi-
end of the
relative
34e),
of the
attaches
clause,
in
into
clause
last
to identify
noun
(34a)
the
to the
the
Rel Pron + N.
the
noun,
or close
V) either
that
shows that
any verb,
scrambling
allows
is
phrase
'who'
(34e)
of
+7 + Rel Pron or N+
the relative
allowing
not
(34),
constituents
Prep P+V+
not
the
In
The reason
the
The process
shown.
relative
(32c);
this.
allow
clause
inanimate
clause
scrambling
of
are
clauses
The relative
the
allows
at the
different
V+
+ head noun.
Mou or
(boi
book).
290
6.2.3
of Complex Sentences
Scrambling
The above
but
constituents,
illustrate
examples
there
are
simple
some complex
movement
of
as in
structures,
(35).
(35)
Jej
meeTa,
girl-the
amader
se
5
..
she our
protibesi
neighbour
IThe girl,
Examples
(35)
a..
of
scrambling
our-neighbour?
(35):
meeTa,
Je
girl-the
who Mou-to
mouke
diechilo
ee kTa boi,
gave
se
book she
amader protibesi.
our
neighbour
'The girl,
our
neighbourf
b.
C.
meeTa,
Je
girl-the
who a
aekTa
amader
protibesi
our
neighbour
meeTa,
girl-the
protibesi
neighbour
boi
mouke
diechilo,
se
book
Mou-to
gave
she
Je es kTa boi
who a
book
diechilo
mouke,
se amader
gave
Mou-to
she our
2911
/123.4
meeTa
(35b)
se amader
girl-the
she our
protibesi
neighbour
'The girl
(35c)
is our neighbourl
a. meeTa
12345
b. meeTa
13_,
c. meeTa
13452
se amader protibesi
_4 25
se amaddr protibesi
se amader protibesi
'The gir 1
The effect
of
(35a,
shown in
of
(35)-can
different
c),
which
b. Rel Pr
c.
Rel Pr
d. Rel Pr
follows
which
noun
movement
(35b)
object
the
or
shows
initial
or
between
them
the
in
verb
the
rule
obj
obj
(nh)
obj
(nh)
obj
(h)
obj
(nh)
obj
(h)
relative
the
pronoun
noun
that
(35d)c,
d).
(35d)b),
positions,
b,
occurs
When the
d).
in
clause-final
the
can be either
or
clause-final
of
(35d).
in
fact
the
objects
object
a human
The clause-final
a human noun
objects
occur
in
in
occurs
I
side by
occur
verb
position.
is
orders
The effect
presented
(h)
(nh)
(35)
word
rule.
obj
states
sentence
original
obj
a non-human
(35
that
(h)
rule
When the
the
of
scrambling
(35d)d).
sidet
orders
be shown by the
can also
a. Rel Pr
The above
word
be moved due to
scrambling
(35d)
is our neighbour?
292
6.2.4
The following
change
(36)
in Relative
a.
of
order
word
Je
mou-to
/
gave
se amader
the
girl
mouke
se amader
ce
a book
gave
the
who gave
girl
to
/
se adader
she our
girl
neighbourl]
(meeta,
meeTa
who girl-the
a book
gave
['The
our
who is
our
(lit)
Mou-to
neighbourl
our
protibesi
ee kTa boi
fTo Mou,
Mou is
Je
gave
diechilo
to
diechilo
mouke
Je)
is
neighbour
a book
neighbourt
[? The girl
a book,
who gave
book
Mou,
book
protibesi
eekTa boi.
she our
'To
ea kTa boi
neighbour
who gave
Mou-to
Je)
girl
clause.
(lit)
neighbourl
b.
Je)
relative
she our
Mou,
show the
the
who girl-the
diechilo
('The
inside
(meeTa,
meeTa
to
given
are
occurs
which
mouke
'To
examples
Clause
a book
book
Mou is
Je
our
neighbourI3
(meeTa,
meeTa
who girl-the
protibesi
neighbour
gave
the
girl
who is
our
(lit)
who gave
a book
to
Mou is
our
neighbourl]
293
d.
mouke
Je
Mou-to
boi
'To
Mou,
the
girl
a book,
who gave
eekTa
gave
is
our
(lit)
Mou is
a book
to
mouke
diechilo
Ee kTa boi
Mou-to
gave
Je)
diechilo
neighbour
she our
LIThe
Je)
protibesi
se amader
neighbourl
e.
meeTa
who girl-the
book
(meeTa,
who gave
girl
/ se
book
our
neighbourf]
(meeTap
meeTa
Je
who girl-the
amader protibesi
she our
neighbour
who is
girl
our neighbourl
(lit)
I'The
(37)
a.
girl
ee kTa boi
mouke
diechilo
Mou-to
gave
book
Je)/
se amader
Je
meeTa
(meeTa,
who girl-the
protibesi
she our
'A book
our neighbourIj
neighbour
to
gave
Mou the
girl
who is
our
neighbourl
Mou is
our
neighbour']
(lit)
L'The
b.
girl
m kTa boi
book
a
Je)
a book
to
diechilo
mouke
gave
Mou-to
who gave
se
amader
she our
'A book
['The
gave
girl
to
Je
(meeTa,
meeTa
who girl-the
protibesi
neighbour
Mou the
who gave
who is
girl
book
a
to
Mou is
our
our
neighbourl(lit)
neighbourf]
294
ce
book
a
se
Je)
mouke diechilo
Mou-to
gave
is
our
neighbourl
Mou is
our
neighbourf]
who girl-the
protibesi
amader
she our
'A book
(meeTa,
meeTa
/ Je
Ee kTa boi
neighbour
the
who to
girl
Mou gave
(lit)
[? The girl
d.
a book
who gave
eekTa
boi
mouke
a-
book
Mou-to
diechilo
se
/ Je
'A. book
amader
Mou,
to
(meeTa,
meeTa
Je)
who girl-the
protibesi
she our
gave
to
neighbour
the
girl
is
who gave,,
our
neighbourl(lit)
UThe
e.
girl
who gave
m kTa boi
se
gave
amader
f.
(meeTa,
meeTa
neighbourt]
Je)
/
mouke
Mou-to
who girl-the
girl
who gave
eekTa
a
book
amader
who to
Mou,
is
our
Je
a book
to
(meeTa,
meeTa
Mou is
Je)
who girl-the
our
the
gave
protibesi
girl
(lit)
who gave
to
Mou,
neighbour?
diechilo
neighbour
she our
neighbourl
our
(lit)
girl
'A book
the
gave
boi-
se
Mou is
neighbour
neighbour
['The
Je
to
protibesi
she our
'A book
diechilo
book
a book
is
our
/
mouke
Mou-to
295
['The
In
(35),
the indirect
in
object
(37).
a relative
of the
(35),
clause
relative
direct
object
38c,
d),
NP (37).
object
(36b,
occur
ling-'to:
the middle
give
V (36d),
IO-NP (37d),
applied
patterns
will
of
IO-V
V-NP (37e),
of the
a.
NP
10
b.
NP
DO
10
-DO
V
ce
NP
DO
10
d.
Io
NP
DO
e.
10
DO
NP
f.
10
DO
NP
the
of the
The initial
ways.
of the
NP (36),
or a
of the-clause
may be
a verb
(35b,
36d)
phrese,
or an indirect
sentence
shows
V-IO
(37f).
which
can undergo-scrLmbIO-V
DO-V (36b),
if
include
The constituents
clause
(37a),
be easy to observe
(35 - 37) in
b),
sequences:
IO-V
direct
of the
part
NP-DO (36a),
V-DO (36e),
part
scrambling.
following
DO-V (35c),
(35b),
(38)
the
part
and the
antecedent
NP (35a,
The middle
occurs
object
c; 37a,
object
be the
The final
a direct
NP (35c).
in numerous
could
neighbourf]
clause
constituents
an indirect
a noun phrase
either
36a,
sentence
the
our
of a sentence
constituents
then
can be scrambled
-sentence
string
(34),
(36)
in
object
When the
clause
Mou is
of the relative
the antecedent
initially,
to
a book
who gave
girl
(37b),
(35a),
DO-IO
V-DO (36c),
NP-IO
(37e),
following
way:
the
10-
sentence
is
296
g.
10
NP
DO
h.
10
DO
NP
i.
DO
Io
NP
j.
DO
Io
NP
k.
DO
NP
Io
1.
DO
Io
NP
M*
DO
NP
Io
n.
DO
NP
Io
Though
typically
verbs
may also
constituents.
other
DO, 10,
their
or
in
SOV languages
6.2.5
Gapping
Gapping
test
both
applicable
where
do not
is
step
to
According
may be applied
before
procedures
Gapping
clearly
(1967),
interact.
in
V,
e. g.
Hankamer
have
the
disprove
(1979)
and
rules.
scrambling
and Scrambling
The next
Scrambling
sentence-finally:
examples
by Ross
statements
others
10,
position
a clause.
The preceding
that
sentence-final
occur
Moreover,
a NP.
positions
earlier
in
occur
whether
Bengali.
is
applied.
how Gapping
examine
to
or
the
Consider
the
(Ross
Scrambling.
after.
before
rule
or
after
f. ollowing
and
1970:
253)
We can
Scrambling
sentences
is
297
(39)
a.
mou, Je
Mou
bhat
who rice
bhalo
mee
nice
girl
'Mou,
who is
a nice
girl'
mou, Je
Mou
bhat
who is
i.
Dim khachche,
rice
and
(is
khachche
ar
eating
and egg
0,
she
bhat
ar
Mou who
eating
rice
and egg
eating
a nice
rice
Dim,
bhalo
se
she nice
is
and egg,
khachche
ar
Mou
eating
Gapping
mou, Je
bhat
who rice
'Mout
who is
Scrambling
bhat
ar
Dim Je,
Dim khachchet
eating
rice
is
mee
girl
a nice
girl
Gapping)
mou Jet
se
eating
Hou who
she nice
'Mou.
eating
who is
girl
she nice
and egg,
girl'
mee
bhalo
se
khachche
Dim ar
mee
girl
bhalo
se
(after
girl'
a nice
moup bhat
Backward
girl
Gapping):
khachche
rice
mee
she nice
is
is
egg,
bhalo
se
dnd egg,
rice
se
eating)
Dim
mou, Je
Mou
d.
eating
eating
'Moup who is
ii.
ar
(afte_r
Scrambling
b.
Scrambling)
khachche
eating
who rice
'Mou.
ce
(before.
Forward-Gapping
rice
and egg,
bhalo
is
mee
girl
a nice
girl'
298
It
Forward
aglish,
Gapping
Gapping
g and Backward
(39).
nbling.
In
Backward
Gapping,
Backward
Gapping
nbling.
Though
nbling
in
that
Bengali
Gapping
both
is
both
whether
and Backward
Forward
Forward
before
applied
the
Gapping
Scram-
after
after
Bengali
in
allows
before
before
applications
Backward
are
allowed
Bengali.
in
(before
mou, Je
Mou
indicates
Forward
Forward
r Scrambling
a.
applied
that
Scrambling.
only
is
can be applied
examples
with
can be applied
both
or
above
be applied
must
which
English,
Scrambling
the
interact
Scrambling
only
re Scrambling.
Lng,
Gapping
and Backward
Forward
from
clear
seems quite
Gapping):
bhat
who rice
khachche
ar
eating
Dim khachche,
se bhalo
she nice
Mee
girl
b.
'Mou,
who is
a nice
girl'
eating
rice
and
(is
eating)
mou, bhat
khachche
Je,
Mou
eating
rice
ar
Dim khachche,
egg,
is
se bhalo
she nice
mee
girl
mou, Je
Mou
Mee
girl
khachche
who eating
khachche
bhat
ar
rice
and eating
Dim,
se bhalo
egg
she nice
299
Forward
d.
mou. Je
Mou
khachche
who eating
'Mou,
who is
Backward
e.
both
that
Forward
after
either
patterns
deletion
of
Bengali
do not
egg
she nice
girl
is
Dim khachchep
a nice
girl'
se bhalo
mee
she nice
girl
is
and egg,
and'(40)
result
a nice
can be applied
before
be grammatical
will
girl'
show that
clearly
sense
the
one of
that
and
in
sentences.
are
English
The reason
the
of
of
notion
Bengali
to
objects,
rules
words
or verbs.
Bengali,
patterns
through
which
the
is
that
in
Gapping
and
interesting
are
to
Gapping
as the
adverbs
applied
structural
in
the
movement
and Scrambling
when they
express
applied
identical
shows various
to
shows that
free
allow
The Gapping
difficult
mee
c)
Gapping
and the
se bhalo
and egg,
rice
can be easily
sentence
sentence
rice
Dim,
case.
and Scrambling
the
and
(39)
in
given
The investigation
in
rice
eating
and Backward
Scrambling,
ar
(of
rice
who is
are
bhat
bha-t ar
who
'Mou,
c)
eating
Gapping
mou, Je
Mou
Examples
(of
Gapping
one
is
translation
English
sentences
and Scrambling.
of
300
6.3
TODicalization
6.3.1
Topicalization
Defined
The term
the
starting
and
'Topicalization'
the
topic
point
to
in
is
movement
unmarked
topic
the
the
sentence
SOV word
direction
sentence.
(41)
a.
order
of
b.
the
in
from
a Bengali
the
cheleTa
00v
boy-the
shown in
boi
following
book reading-was
a book'
cheleTa
boy-the
of
In
a book'
the
sentence
that
and the
on
and no
then
then
the
case
the
word
order
The original
changes
topicalized
the
Bengali
object,
OVS.
sentence
in
sentence
certain
marked
sentence,
porchilo
boi
porchilo
0vs
book reading-was
'The
the
moves
respect,
of
usually
structure
SOV to
movement of
is
This
is
necessary.
the
end of
fronting
on the
marked
becomes
changes
of
'The
is
which
From this
sentences
simple
initially
moves to
subject
Topic
mark
a sentence
movement,
as the
When the
object
occurs
of
to
in
message
position.
a sentence.
object
speaker's
a process
necessary.
movement of
of
is
in
subject
the
the
of
Linguistics
in
used
can be regarded
constituents
is
is
sentence-initial
topicalisation
the
'topic'
in
the
in
constituent
example
(cf.
1.2.5).
301
boi
cheleTa
0sv
book boy-the
ce
The usual
in
(41a),
'the
word
order
(SOV) of
where
the
topico
necessary
boi
to
is
'book'
final
the
(41c).
are
It
only
given
different
to
is
rules
for
(41 ) a.
(41b-c)
SD:
in
NP
the
is
topic
both
marked
the
the
sentence
and in
sentence
is
(41c)
and
in
subject
both
moved
in
position
(41b)
sentences
The transformational
in
the
following
way.
123
b.
SC:
231
SD:
NP NV
123
SC
Rule (41a)
at>
213
as
becomes
subject
that
(41b)
No
is
of
medial
of
can be illustrated
cheleTa
constituents
movement
same object.
in
subject
and the
here
the
sentence
object
and in
mentioned
on the
marked
topic
shown
before
sentence.
the
of
as the
(41b)
show the
the
as the
movement
in
be
positions
topic
(41a)
as the
position
should
to
(41c)
and
marked
the
of
is
sentence
initially
occurs
initially
the
(41b)
a Bengali
shown as the
shown in
whereas
in
is
occurs
is
a book'
The topic
verb.
which
movement rule
the
subject
The object
boy'.
and 41c)
reading-was
'The
and the
object
porchilo
of the object
in the subject
302
and the
position
sentence.
The movement
SOV word
order
into
fronting
of
and the
the
movement
The movement
to
OSV.
is
has the
object
position.
the
before
either
is
in
place
Je
a.
marked
of
cheleTa
who boy-the
'Who the
PThe
b.
Je
the
cheleTa
['The
porche,
cheleTa
'the
boy'
antecedent
reading
of
a book'.
is
the
of
which
may
When an
clause,
of
constituent
has to
move
se amar bondhu
he my
friend
reading
a book is
my friend'
reading
a book is
my friend']
porche,
se amar bondhu
reading
SOV
of
a relative
it
the
antecedent.
case
rule.
any other
SOV
than
order
order
or inside
book reading
is
word
topic,
from
other
SOV word
as a topic,
boi
boy is
boy'who
boi
and if
the
sentence
be shown in
may also
topic,
as
a
shown
clause
the
unmarked
topicalization
is
the
on any constituent
due to
initially
is
to
be changed
relative
the
as the
shows the
antecedent
(42)
position
which
occurs
original
subject
clauset
relative
it
This
the
changes
the
end of
illustrates
changes
that
result
retained.
not
also
topic
the
(41b)
subject
subject
Assigning
subject
the
to
subject
subject
Rule
in
the
of
the
of
the
of
OVS.
object
the
of
movement
boy is
reading
shown as the
relative
he my
friend
reading
is
a book is
topic
my friend']
(42a),
Je boi
clause
in
in
my friend,
relative
is
which
porche
'Who
clause
is
303
SOV, which
boi
object
where
is
retained
(42b)
'book'.
the
object
not
subject
sentence
is
Consider
the
(43)
in
the
According
the
to
(42b)
the
of
(41b)
and the
position
subject.
Chomsky
NP that
is
following
construction
medial
the
topicalizing
after
the
shows
occurs
before
occurs
in
(1965:
the
221),
immediately
topic
dominated
of
by S.
sentence:
corTa,
Jake
gramer
lokra
dhorechilo,
se
thief-the
whom-to
village-of
men
caught
he
at
durdhzrso
dangerous
whom the villagers
'The thief
In
(43),
dangerous'
examples
cor
'thief'
is
the
is
the
topic,
here
sentences
(44)
cheleTa,
Je
boy-the
who school-to
relative
korte
pachondo
kare
doing
like
does
'The
boy,
who did
topic
not
and comment in
clauses.
Jae
skule
fhe is
A few more
sentence.
to illustrate
incorporating
a.
comment of the
are given
at was dangerousl
caught
go-did
go to
ni,
se-.-gunDami
not
he. hooliganism
the
school,
likes
hooliganism'
b.
gentleman
Jini
sahittik,
tini
aJ
who
writer
he
today
boktrita
deben
talk
give-will
-bissobiddaloJe
University-to
304'The
gentleman,
talk
to-day
book-the
in
inanimate
library-of
comment
This
(45)
is
a.
Library!
As already
stated,
or
roeeche,
seTa amader
is
that
table,
on the
topic
could
which
a sentence,
is
used
be either
our
belongs
to
to
the
mark
our
an animate
or
object.
and Comment
combines
object
in
with
the
the
enlarges
shown
with
the
in
a comment,
regarding
statement
initial
of
following
the
pulis
police
thief-the.
caught
caught
of
thief'
the
corTake
pulis
dhorechilo
thief-the
police
caught
'The
the
police
caught-'
can be
or
animate
sense,
topic
a sentence
previous
example.
dhorechilo
thief
this
statement
meaning
which
any
In
a discourse.
corTake
'The police
b.
is
University
further
as a
associated
that
book,
subject
inanimate
on
University's
A topic
taken
table's
laibrerir
Topic
6.3.2
opore
bissobiddalzer
'The
theme
Tebiler
which
deliver
will
a writer,
University'
the
to
Ja
boiTa,
ce
who is
and
statement.
is
an
305
['The
fthieff
cor
police
the topic
is
'the
dhorechilo
pulis
sentence
as it
catching
the
of the
in
object
of the passive
is
true
the
the
by the
show the
in
used
commonly
the
in
has
it
After
changes
from
This
In
case
shows
the
are
not
language.
the
the
from
verb,
original
its
fronting
occurrence
of
of
object
the
noun
occurs
object
As
topicalized
or
pronoun.
automatically
order
NP for
it
position.
is
object
subject
the
topicalized
former
word
the
is
a sentence
when the
order,
before
SOV to
of
of
a sentence
topicalization,
verb.
the
object
SOV word
either
occurs
dara
as the
occur
which
the
was
Bengali
do not
of
dhrito
thief
Colloquial
The
of Object
When the
moves backward
system
and
of the
dara
'The
patterns
not
language.
form
was)
caught'
Sanskrit
Topicalization
Bengali
'was
spoken
of the
Pulis
in
is
of Bengali,
pattern
cor
However,
be made here
should
the written
caught
hoeechilo
items
lexical
6.3.3
in
of
the action
Passivization
form
following:
police'.
dhrito
and
'by'
the written
of
the action
comment enlarges
Mention
and
comment of the
regarding
Colloquial
(45a)
the
is
(45b).
of
(thief-police-by
hoeechilo
caught
(45b),
the
in
like
is
language
meaning
sentence.
in
form
passive
the
structure
only
retained
caught'
(45b)
in
sentence
police
In
followed
strictly
of the
enlarges
thief.
thief']
the
caught
before
any
topicalization,
before
306
the
pronoun,
from
structural
SOV to OSV.
in a sentence
illustrated
ami
boi
bhalobasi
book
like
bhalobasi
ami
book
like
like
11
b.
book
that
osv
ami
boi
bhalobasi
book
like
like
book(s)'
boi
ami
bhalobasi
book
like
like
book(s)f
books
['It's
that
object
is
of a Bengali
(46b).
(46b)
-These are
I like']
'I
common.
book(s)l
sov
'I
very
book(s)'
like
('Itfs
b.
not
ovs
boi
'I
changes
possible,
sov
'I
a.
kind
sentence
(46).
in
(46)
This
is
of the
pattern
sentence,
is
less
like']
objects
between
placed
(46a)
before
are
(46b)
and
the verb
whereas,
acceptable
it
is
than
(46).
shown in
like
is
that,
in
the usual
away from
-(46a),
the
as this
The
(46a)
pattern
verb
order
in
307
is
of constituents
In the
are not
the
(47)
clauses
into
boiTa,
Ja
a.
'The
b..
the
flower-the
which
topicalization
topicalizing
objects,
introducing
hochche
want that-is
oi
gzlper
story-of
is
a story-book'
golap
gacher,
ta
tree-of
that
that
rose
bissobiddaloer
udbhidbidda
bibhager
bagane
University's
Botany
departmentfs
garden-in
Jae
paoa
goes
get
IThe
flower,
to
the
is
which
in
available
c*
ta
I want
phulTa,
the
sentences.
Ja
show the
after
ami cai,
that
book
given
are
from
arises
to the
regard
that
book-the
to
clauses
examples
clauses
relative
in
No problem
With
Bengali.
following
relative
(except
of relative
so far,
given
of objects.
inclusion
for
common.
examples
introduced
topicalizing
rule
not
the
garden
Universityf
that
of
of
the
rose
tree,
Botany
is
department
(lit)
ghas,
Ja
goruTa
khachche,
ta
ba-Jar
theke
grass
which
cow-the
eating
that
market
from
kena
hoeeche
bought
has
'The
grass,
from
the
which
market'
the
cow is
eatingo
was bought
30EL
In
each
'the
book',
objects
from
the
of
the
their
that
in
their
(47a
ami Je
boiTa
book-the
which
gach
before
topicali-
show
bibhager
Botany
department's
9)lper
story-of
book'
bissobiddaloer
flower-the
udbhidbidda
is
a story
tree-of
University's
bagane
that
garden-in-the
rose
Botany
tree
Jae
paoa
is
Department
get
goes
to
the
the
in
available
University?
goruTa
Je-
ghas
khachche,
ta
baJar
theke
cow-the
which
grass
eating
that
market
from
bought
golap
moved
when the
(47b)
want that
rose
the
are
topicalization.
hochche
that
kena
The subjects
ta
cai,
phulTa
of
the
(47).
I want is
of
boiTa
that
is
except
gacher
garden
ce
& c)
golap
flower
for
here
oi
'The
and they
positions
original
as shown in
relativization,
(47') a.
be mentioned
sentences
all
zation,
(47a-c)v
in
topic:
tgrass. 1 are
and fronted
position
the
is
noun
and ghas
clause
should
occur
head
flower'
relative
original
One point
objects
tthe
phulTa
of
the
examples,
hoeeche
has
'The
grass,
from
the
of
'rose
the
which
the
cow is
eating,
was bought
market'
sentences
non-topicalized
tree'
and goru
'cowl
and the
are
ami
objects
III,
309
follow
their
subjects
where deictic
relativization,
the
and it
the
object
phul
relativization
fronting
the
6.3.4
in
clause
any
moving
from
constituent
terms
of
the
Scrambling
examples.
(48)
Je-
lokTa
who man-the
Clause
constituents
the
of
If
relative
clause
the
is
As the
clause.
its
to
no obstruction
antecedent,
This
may be shown
in
in
the
ache,
se baJar
korte
Jabe
sitting
is
he shop
doing
go-will
sitting
lokTa,
Je
man-the
who sitting
difference
sentence.
bose
bose
the
position
clause
due to
on the
follows
rule.
show that
of a Relative
relative
a relative
the
of
the
or
(47b)
topicalizing
of
before
topicalizing
after
sentences
there
precedes
following
a.
topic
in
occur
like
a sentence
constituent
pronoun
relative
as the
a sentence.
in
initially
occurs
simple
depending
clause,
a relative
relative
for
two ways
are
pronouns
only
of Constituents
Topicalization
There
of
object
show
Sentences
may occur
of
does not
can be relativized
'flower'.
(47c)
and
relative
(47b)
However,
objects.
zation,
(47a)
(47).
in
between
'
will
go. for
shopping'
ache,
se baJar
korte
Jabe
is
he shop
doing
go-will
sitting,
(48a)
will
go for
and *48b) is
shopping'
that
Je 'who'
310
-occurs
prenominally
(48b)
(as NP + S) in
the
without
topicalized,
as shown in
(49)
bose
ache Je
sitting
is
for
-The
bose
initial
the
korte
Jabe
he shop
doing
go-will
sitting
go
will
(48a),
but
colloquial
(48b)
of
verb
(50)
bose
ache
sitting
is
the
in
man,
man-the
who is
and medial
paser
ghzre
next
room-in
(48a)
not
one
qhow the
of
the
Jabe
who he shop
doing
go-will
will
go for
said
shopping'
and the
a relative
implication
embedding.
a.
(48b)
becomes
korte
of
final
the
se baJar
sitting,
unacceptibility
in
(50).
Je,
lokTa
like
The fronting
Bengali.
shown in
is
for
does
which
to.
it
occurs
for
rule
(48a)
than
which
the
after
moving
be fronted
also
fronting
the
occurs
after
The verb
can
antecedent,
which
topicalized
(49).
in
pattern
'The
sitting'
is
comprehensible
clause
se baJar
'is
(48a)
position
shown for
Note
(49).
who man-the
ache
in
posteedent
more
of
shopping'
verb
after
meaning
to be
the verb
allows
lokTa,
(the
man
'Who the
and postnominally
the basic
changing
(48a)
Moreover,
clause.
(48a)
(as Je + NP) in
gelei
going
tumi
you
take
dekhte
him
see
pabe,
will
of
311
bhzddrolok,
Jini
Dhaka theke
esechen
gentleman
who
Dacca from
come-has
'You will
see the
gentleman
*bhoddrolok,
Jini
paser
gentleman
who
next
dekhte
pabe,
see-will
'The
next
(52)
a.
ghore
gelei
tumi
take
room-in
going
you
him
theke
esechen
Dacca
from
come-has
who you
has
will
baccal(lit).
come from
bolechile,
Jini
boi_
you
said
who
book reading
who is
that
to, the
see going
tumi
'You said
to the next
Dacca'
Dhaka
gentleman,
room,
going
tomar
tini,. bondhu
your
he A friend
porchen,
reading
a book is
your
friend'
b.
*Jini,
who
tumi
bolechile
boi
porchen,
tini
tomar
you
said
book
reading
he
your
bondhu
friend
'Who,
you
is
said
reading
a book,
is
your
friend'
(lit)
The above
is
clause
the
clause
(53)
a.
problem
moved to
can be averted
the
as a single
beginning
if
the
of
a sentence
whole
relative
considering
constituent.
bh-zddrolok,
Jini
Dhaka theke
esechen,
paser
ghore
gentleman
who
Dacca from
come-has
next
room-in
312
gelei
tumi
take
dekhte
going
you
him
see-will
from
has
come
who
'The gentleman,
b.
pabe
will
to the next
Jini
boi
tumi
who
book-reading
Dacca,
you
(lit)
room'
bolechile
tini
tomar
you
said
he
your
a bookp
you
that
he is
porchen,
-bondhu
friend
IWho is
reading
friend'
(lit)
J'You
that
said
who is
said
a book
reading
is
your
your
friend']
This
kind
cleft
of
but
sentences,
not
should
be regarded
6.3.5
Primary*Topicalization
in
topicalization
either
called
respectively
examples
through
Topic.
relative
Primary
Topicalization
clauses
two kinds
and
it
instead
of
Primary
and
Topicalization,
As I have taken
of Primary
Hence,
sentences:
In Primary
Subject
extraposition
topicalization.
146) mentions
complement
or object
in
allowed
topicalization.
in
Topicalization.
subject
Primary
in
as void
(1972:
Hopper
Secondary
is
transformation
they
Topic
relative
will
can be
Object
and
clauses,
the
be illustrated
of complement
sentences.
313
The following
Topicalization
in
both
illustrate
examples
Bengali.
6. . 5.1
Subject
(54)
meeTa,
Je
girl-the
a.
Primary
'The girl,
b.
of Primary
versions
Topic
boi
se amader Daklo
porc6ilot
she us
a book,
called
us'
called
bhzddrolokt
Jini
gan
sunchen,
tini
amar
bondhu
gentleman
who
song
listening
he
my
friend
'The
listening
who is
gentlemant
is
song#
My
friend'
The subject
of
the
becomes
clause)
relative
sentences
in
initially
when the
it
as the
any
fronted
be
can
in
following
The'subject
in
marked
boi
manner:
of
the
in
are
Bengali
in
another
usually
sentence
like
that
sentence,
show the
can also
the
orders
occur
in
meeTa Je,
Dorchilo
Topic.
indicates
also
sentences'to
of
unmarked
position
like-(54a)
case
Primary
The process
Sentences
process.
zation
(54b)
subjects
occurs
subject
in'Subject
and
sentence.
in
antecedent
topic
(54a)
in
The antecedents
of
sentence(the
topicaliin
occur
Daklo.
se amader
latter
the
can be
example
fronted
like
sentence
the
(54a)
after
meeTa 'the
girl'.
sentence
is
and when it
word order
unmarked
is
other
it
the
subject
The question
sentences
always
marked for
than
fronting
in
topicalization
SOV, which
is
may arise
Bengali.
shows the
of the
about
When a
illustrated
(41).
314
6.3-5.2
Object
Primary
Topic
clause
Topic.
(55)
This
a.
meeTa,
Je
girl-the
who
'The girl,
boi
(55a
reading-was
'The
girl,
topic
(55a)
topic.
Both
in
occur
matrix
following
zation
topicalization
the
shown after
primary
are
Bengali
after
sentences.
(56)
Je
dzroJa
who door
'Mou is
given
where the
fronted
from
(55a)
(meeTa Ithe
moves the
can
girl')
on the
topic
primary
to
se
student
in
constituent
The
position.
relative
mou skuler
us'
position.
introducing
khullo,
is
and object
to sentence-initial
sentence
Topict
assigning
topic
called
called
rule.
subject
Daklo
se amader
a book,
fbook?
topicalization
conjoined
a.
who she us
sentence-initial
examples
in
is
subject
Primary
the
girl-the
boi
us?
called
Je,
Primary
marking
called
meeTa
of Object
under
for
be interpreted
she us
a book,
position
example.
se amader Daklo
porchilo,
clause
Primary
as a Object
the following
process
or a relative
book reading-was
book
former
object.
shown in
boi
of the relative
as the
may be taken
Porchilo
shows the
object
its
it
is
process
of a sentence
school-of
Topicali-
clauses
in
chattri
student
the
315
b.
mou, Je
Mou
who door
'Mou,
(57)
Je
a.
doroJa
Khullot
se
opened
she school-of
boi
porche,
'Who is
is
student
a school
student'
moenar
bandhobi
-Che girl-the
Moina's
friend
a book the
reading
chattri
meeTa
se
skuler
is
girl
a friend
of
Moinal
['The
is
girl
a friend
of Moina who is
reading
book']
b.
ReeTa,
Je
girl-the
who book
'The
boi
who is
girl,
porche,
se
reading
she Moinals
a book,
reading
bandhobi
maenar
is
friend
Moinals
friend'
In
topicalization,
primary
the
relative
clause
under
topicalization
is
marked
as a topic
constituent
(57a),
and
the
after
the
meeTa
tshe-the
in
(57b)).
After
the
initially-from
Je
in
girl'
57a)
non-deictic
'Mou,
whot
initially
like
in
'she-Moul
becomes
pronoun
topicalization,
matrix
sentence
due to
in
(56b)
the
(56a)
sentences
matrix
sentence
(56a)
in
deictic
without
the
the
When no
the
the
and
as it
any
pause
constituents
comma intonation
Je
'the
se-
is
and meeTa,
in
occurs
before
rule.
occurs
(se-mou
correlatives
by a comma).
(mou,
that
by coreferential
preceded
becomes
noun
that
constituent
can be shifted
sentence
matrix
the
(shown
move
pronoun
after
them
girl,
who'
316
(56a) and (57a) show that
Sentences like
constituents
unstressed
sentences,
receive
sentence-stress.
topic
follows
as topic
of the
The topic
of the
Even in simple
is the constituent
the topic,
remain
sentences
clause.
sentences
of the fronting
application
the
rule
examples.
0
(58)
a.
mohua bhat
khachche
Mohua rice
eating
'Mohua is
b.
(58a),
of the
the
khachche
mohua
rice
eating
Mohua
the
in
whereas
(58b).
rice'
eating
subject
sentencet
topc
rice?
bhat
'Mohua
is
.
In
eating
The meaning
constituents,
topicalization
of two different
shows that
becomes the
shown in
rice.
eats
the
topic
many things
topic
(58b)
but
bhat
becomes
(58a)
nouns in
is
mohua 'Mohuat,
activity
shows that
of the
at
of the
the
the
sentence
which
due to the
and (58b).
so that
subject-noun
subject
moment what
'rice'
sentences,
as a comment of Mohuals
predicate
Likewise,
becomes the
the person
and the
of the
topic
becomes different
have identical
(58a)
object-noun
becomes the
she is
and nothing
eating
of the
eating
else.
mohua
is
of
sentence
317
The term
sense that
the topic
the
of
can be explained
both
ground:
constituent
instance
sentence.
in
but
adverbs
analysis
and ours
emphasis
is
examples
subject
that
in
examples
is
placed
turnO
adjective
becomes the
(op. cit)
in
the
It
nouns
in
or an object
topicalized,
in
is
already
topic
(58b).
in
is
Bengali.
to show the
they
Subject
only
Hopper's
discussion
of the
shown in
occur
Verbs
may be.
topicalization
more
various
the
following
either
adjectives
and
and
adjectives
between
present
(whichmay
though
and adverb.
in
the first
in
consider
a sentence),
easily
back-
are present
mentions
we can also
that
and 58b)
as Topic
on the distribution
besides
are given
'rice'
the
becomes
(58a)
like
in
the
it
provided,
can be topicalized
generally
is
'rice'
of a sentence.
constituents
in
bhat
topics,
as topics.
present
and bhat
and Adverbs
primary
is
constituent
Though Hopper
Object
here
topic
and which,
Adjectives
applied
where the
present
terms
is
Sentences
mohua 'Mohual
sentence,
6.3.6
the
already
Topic'
sentence
the
'Primary
as a
and adverbs
are not
318
(59)
Topicalization
a.
b.
of Noun
sariTa,
Ja
mzena kinechilo,
sari-the
which
Moina bought
'The sari
that
m-3ena, Je
Moina
(60)
a.
putulTa,
tThe doll,
se amar
bought
the
silk'
friend
she my
my friend'
is
sari,
bandhobi
AdjeCtive
of
doll-the
Z.
sariTa
silk-of
made of
kinechilov
who bought
Topicalization
that
is
Moina bought
who sari-the
'Moina,
ta silker
Ja
mou. kinechilop
ta
sundor
which
Mou bought
that
beautiful
that
Mqu. bought,
-4
was beautiful'
sundor
seTa,
Je
PutulTa
mou kinechilo
beautiful
that-the
which
doll-the
Mou bought
was beautiful
'That
Topicalization
the
doll
that
Mou bought'
Adverb
of
bhzddrolok,
Jini
taratari
IraTchen,
tini
te kJon
gentleman
who
fast
walking
he
Daktar
doctor
'The
gentleman,
who is
walking
is
fast,
physician'
a.
taratari
ATchen
bhzddrolok,
Jini,
tini
ee'kJon
fast
walking
gentleman
who
he
Daktar
doctor
(lit)
319
'The gentleman,
who is
fast,
walking
is
physician'
taratari,
bh; )ddrolok,
Jini
fast
gentleman
who walking
ICaTchen, tini
akhon
he
Daktar
doctor
'The gentlemant
who is
fastt
walking
is
physiciant
ToPicalizing
of noun,
is
(60)
in
are given
'beautiful',
position
zation
(60a)
in
clause
more acceptable
(61a)
adverb.
the
is
used in
in
sentence-final
moving
without
is
adjectives
is
that
as in
is
the
(60a)
which
than'(61a)
in
spoken pattern
phrases
as the
incomplete
sundor
without
From this
the final
in
(61a).
verb
occurs
since
the
(61a)
Adjectives
the
meaning
of the
The reason
or followed
perspective
(61al)
topicalize
a head noun.
handsome'
the
whereas
to
topicali-
after
the language.
must be preceded
'The man is
sundor
inside
are difficult
examples
occurs
language,
of
and
shows the
sentence
literary
Ja 'which'
to initial
(61)
originally
the unmarked
the
in
and fronted
the
inside
adjective.
occurs
to become topic.
occurs
an adjective
lokTa
shown in
Two different
an adjective,
in
of an adverb
relative
is
to become topic.
sentence
in
pronoun
to topicalize
which
of the
part
(59b)
in
the relative
after
clause
fronted
is
and adverb
above examples.
relative
adjective
by a noun,
or sundor
(60a)
is
lokTa
not
320
fully
acceptable,
Secondary
lies
(i. e. already
duced in
initial
(or
a pronoun
rule
added
for
Chomsky
the
(1972:
has
constituent
or
an S.
inanimate
less
has
been
like
The pronoun
pronoun
tend
which
also
a relative
pronoun
may occur
221)
formulated
in
its
the
same
is
in
placed
in
front
Indonesian
a sentence,
and could
'their'
in
placed
introduced
a-pronoun
and
sentence
sentences)
has
to
occur
position,
from
which
in
as a rule
constituent
and is
is
which
constituent
When the
shown
-nja
intro-
topic.
topicalization
146)
is
end of the
(1965:
sentence
as
the
non-relative
secondary
within
Hopper
more
in
place.
vacant
former
topicalized
not
topicalization,
or at
to become the
its
is
which
considered
The constituents
position
from
fronted
is
and the
secondary
under
fronted
be
can
is
but
can be considered
topicalization.
be topicalized
in non-
The constituent
a sentence,
as a topic
sentence-stress
secondary
new information
of putting
a sentence
the
in
present
Topicalization.
Primary
gets
the nature
and Secondary
Primary
(58b))
and becomes topic
and
(58a)
e. g.
in
between
in a sentence.
on a constituent
old
has
Topicalization
'beautifult)
6.3.7
(sundor
as the adjective
be placed
Indonesian,
before
of
an S.
where
a new
which
in
itself
an inanimate
looks
front
is
of
an
noun.
321
The following
example
the
topicalization
in
daun
pohon
secondary
(62)
a.
pandjang
'The length
The constituents
yield
(62)
the
b.
taken
constituent
'The leaves
itu
dua
(62a)
is
as shown in
to
which
-nJat
(62b).
dua meter
pandjang-nja
tree,
two meters'
can be fronted
inserting
after
of that
show
meter
leaves
in
pandjang
to
Indonesian.
itu
topicalization
(op. cit)
Hopper
from
tree
of that
daun_pohon
secondary
follows
is
length
their
is
two
meters'
occurs
-nja
in
it
as a topic
could
rule
in
marker)
secondary
topicalization,
topicalized
and is
e.. P. a pronoun.
second
are
(63)
sentence
given
a.
both
from
constructed
The topic
for
after
to
which*occurs
to-the
sentence
which
any topic
is
inclvded
topicalization.
Bengali
is
of
not
marker,
in
only
the
examples
topicalization.
uccota
hochche
oi
barir
Janalagulor
length
is
that
house-of
windows
house's
rule
The following
show secondary
of that
Hopper's
According
without
marker
and animate
including
pronoun
enclitic
inanimate
the first
'The length
a
singular
be shown easily
inclusion
pronoun
person
As Bengali-has
Indonesian.
pronouns,
third
as the
windows
is
tin
phut
three
feet
three
feet'
oi
barir
Janalagulo,
Jader
uccota
hochche
that
house-of
windows
their
length
is
322
tin
phuT
three
feet
'The windows
of that
length
their
housep
three
is
feet,
b.
b.
map
hochche
oi
meeTar
Jamagulor
collis
inci
length
is
that
girl's
dresses
forty
inches
that
girl's
dress
tThe
length
oi
meeTar Jamagulo,
that
of
dresses
girl's
is
inches'
forty
Jader
map
hochche
collis
their
length
is
forty
their
length
inci
inches
'That
In
(63),
(a)
the
(b)
and
(63a)
(631)
after
and
Jader
'their'
in
windows
of that
dresses
of that
before
Indonesian
The only
sentences
Jader
'their
(which
pronouns,
is
they
between
the
is
difference
equivalent
ucCota
initially
of
show similarities
Bengali
is
to -nja)
structural
in
in
(63a)
and
pronoun
whereas
'the
to
'their'
eniclitic
llengthl,
tthe
meeTar Jamagulo
and oi
as pandjang-nJa,
word before
the
that
in
pronoun
difference
any
Janalagulo
barir
wher e Jader
'length'
uccota
pandjang
from
(63a)
inanimate
in
girl'
with
Apart
in
houset
occurs
independent
oi
sentences.
topicalization
show secondary
(63bf).
and
the
the
inchest
illustrated
is
topicalization
introducing
forty
is
shown without
are
sentences
Secondary
topicalization.
inserted
dresses,
girl's
in
occurs
-nja
Bengali,
as an
ma tmeasurel.
properties
topicalization.
of the
323
The examples
any relative
it
in
occurs
relative
Otherwise
the
identical
fronting
(64)
for
of the
rule
that
pronoun.
clause
shows
are in
that
constituents
uccota
deher
cho phuT
length
is
that
boy-of-the
body's
six
of that
boy's
body is
uccota
oi
cheleTar
deho,
Jar
that
boy's
body
which-of
phut
ta
bes moJbut
feet
that
quite
is
(64b)
in
The important
unless
the
marker)
impossible
to
house'
(63a)
(64).
So,
topicalization
are
move oi
and oi
any
introduced
the
length
'which'
as a rule
in
or
like
noun
in
of
hochche
chD
is
six
of which
is
six
the
Janalagulo
deher
(63)
and
topicali-
topicalization
pronoun
in
(in
tthe
(64)
show that
the
sentences
(63)
of
unless
& (64)
it
windows
body
impossible
is
sentences,
'the
is
before
introduced
secondary
secondary
introduced
barir
is
relative
cheleTar
examples
of
boy,
rule
is
length
feet'
strong
Jar
enclitic
as L topic
six
feet
strong'
quite
(64a),
'length'
markers
the enclitic
the
cheleTar
topicalizing
zation.
this,
oi
feet,
uccota
pronoun,
examples.
After
introduced,
hochche
IThe length
b.
is
Besides
of the relative
structure
are without
coreferential
of
place
the
sentence.
in
occurs
clause
a relative
the matrix
(63)
shown in
are
sentence
pronoun
(63).
If
clauses.
needs an extra
which
that
is
of
that
that
boy'
secondary
the
topic
as new constituents.
324
6.4
Extraposition
6.4.1
Introductory
Extraposition
from
moves a constituent
leaving
sentence
movement of the
kind
of movement rule,
in
described
the following
mentizers
or relative
mentizers;
and c.
clause-
relative
position,
It
Jespersen
was
to
be followed
an embedded
Rosebaum
included
examples.
included
Emonds
(1976:
later
both
relative
Ross
as the
types
different
used
the
the
term
(1967)
by Rosenbaum
of
end of
the
(1967),
discussed
antecedent
Lakoff
rule
the
of
in
and
sentence.
clauses
(1968)
in
and Emonds
their
function
Extra-
by which
rule
and non-relative
extraposition
119-122)
The
clauses.
a transformational
moved to
Later,
may be used
relative
comple-
with
is
the
sentences
who first
is
clause
(1976)
which
Bengali.
any comple-
without
be on extraposing
Extraposition
others.
with
different
three
with
sentences
sentences
in
known as Extraposition,
is
b.
the
original-position.
section
clauses;
here will
main stress
his
a.
of construction:
after
subject
its
is
litt
sentence,
of the
which
the
moved from
is
from
constituent
in
as a subject
which
end of the
to the
position
subject
in
inserted
types
of movement rule
position
subject
is
litt
a kind
e. g. when a constituent
position,
This
is
discussion.
of
a sentence.
'It'#
Higgins
325
(1973)
has criticized
extraposition
expraposition
been criticized
not
Both rules
discussion
(65)
which
with
minor
52-53).
173) which
for
are relevant
IT
Op
1204+3
VP
L--TebilTa
gol
ta
sotti
table-the
round
that
true
'That
ce
the
table
is
round
eTa sottl.
TebilTa
gol
it
true
table-the
round
'It
is
true
that
the
table
is
true?
is
identical
are necessary
(66)
b.
the
the present
-S-Y
NP
has
which
234
SC:
here,
to Bengali.
X-
rule
There are
by Ross (1967:
modifications
application
SD:
cyclic
maybe given
(1973:
by Higgins
Rosebaum's.
their
of rules
accepted
comment that
a last
(1969:
rule
second rule
for
but
by Jackendoff
two formulations
first
Even Rossts
a cyclic
but
analysis
round'
to
326
d.
VP
NP
I
Comp
Adj
lta
sotti
p0
TebilTa
v
II
Aj
gol
table-the
that
round
true
e.
d,
NP
I
AdJ
s
NP
SOL
VP
TebilTa
zf
Adj
I
gol
true
table-the
round
eTa Insertion:
The noun
eTa sotti.
TebilTa
gol
it
true
table-the
round
'it
is
phrase
occurs
at
the
(66b),
it
is
position
rule
replaces
the
the
true
that
the
TebilTa
complement
beginning
moved to
(66c).
of
the
the
is
gol
end of
the
complement
(66b)
roundt
'the
unextraposed
table
by the
movement
from
and moves it
is
sentence
sentence
The extraposition
noun phrase
embedded sentence
table
in
extra-
rule
the position
to the
round'
of
end of the
327
(66c).
sentence
This
where a location
may be taken
an embedded position
trates
of the
sentence
On the
other
'the
complement
roundt
is
shown in
in
Bengali
from
(66e)
sentence.
procedure
the application
after
hand,
is
table
as a syntactic
illus-
moved to the
is
end
rule.
of extraposition
TebilTa
gol
embedded position
in
complement
its
(66d).
6.4.2
Extraposition
Extraposition
rule
which
is
complement
head is
applicable
used before
end of the
the
Extraposition
copying
rule,
both
contain
When extraposition
to the
as it
it
and replaces
examples
of extraposition
is
complement
phrase
complement
it
applied
sentence
sentence.
in
may be regarded
Bengali
the
clause
by eTa 'it'.
which
a.
The following
on copying
rule
will
make this
mzena Je
mouke
bhalobase
ta
niscito
Moina that
Mou-to
loves
that
cer3tal-r,
'That
Moina loves
Mou is
as a
a sentence
clear.
(67)
moves
and a pronoun
complement
copies
contains
transformational
an optional
Noun phrases
construction.
the
is
ceptabx-I
328
b.
It
Je
eTa niscito
it
Cdpt:aj:tL that
'It
is. chtdalim
sentence
loves
final
rule
(which
Mou')
is
is
position
Moina Mou-to
loves
Moina
how the
(67b)
initial
Compare the
(67a)
in
position
to the
owing
complement
'Moina
mouke bhalobase
=ena
underlined:
Mout
loves
of extraposition.
(68)
bhalobase
that
moved from
in
mzena mouke
copying
to
or movement
following
sentences.
meizh
dekhe
Je
mour
nace
kotha
moena
cloud
seeing
that
peacock
dances
this
word
Moina
bolechilo
said
'Moina
said
that
the peacock
dances
the
seeing
cloud'
b.
Moina
said
Je
meRh
dekhe
mour
that
cloud
seeing
peacock
nace
dances
Moina
'This
the
(69)
a.
b.
that
said
the
seeing
cloud'
mzena Je
ottonto
klanto
Moina that
very
tired
'Everyone
kn'4
q'Is that
eTa szbai
Jane
it
know that
'This
dances
peacock
all
everyone
Je
knows
ta
sobai
Jane
that
all
know
Moina is
very
tired'
mzena ottonto
klanto
Moina
tired
that
very
Moina
is
very
tiredt
329
The important
the noun phrase
(68)
complement
is
is
complement
the
seeing
length
a full
to the initial
also
of the
given
'The peacock
in
(68).
mour nace
sentence
sentence
dances
a sentence
main sentence
string
examples
contains
The whole
dances'.
in
sentence
which
end of the
to the
with
cloud',
'The peacock
the
occurs
due to extra-
construction
may be elaborated
position
change which
syntactic
for
is
the
inserted
extraposition
rule.
6.4.3
ftTa - Insertion
We have discussed
is
where the
clause
This
may be called
rule
and when it
('Itt
(70)
a.
in
the
following
Je
dhurto
you
that
cunning
is
I'That
b.
it
pronoun
eTa litt.
('It'
insertion)
may be called
is
inserted
example..
tumi
'It
of extraposition
IeTa - insertion'
deletion).
is-shown
pattern
by another
replaced
eTa tit',
drops
the
that
that
shameful
1VJJakzr
ta
shameful
you are
is
cunning
you are
shameful']
eTa 1: )JJakor
Je
tumi
dhurto
it
shameful
that
you
cunning
'it
is
shameful
that
cunning'
you are
cunning'
IeTa - deletion'
in
the
clause
330
(70)9,
In
before
the
Bengali.
be put
must
shown
(71)
in
in
Je
lokTa
'It
b.
for
front
of
or
for
that
is
step
needed
replacing
avoid
litt,
eTa
a noun
(70)
from
to
possible
clause
and occurs
position
clear
tumi
after
occurs
a further
but
Ithatl
Je
a pronoun
as
that
is
ta sondehatitbhabe
cor
thief
that
any doubt
without
it
without
'It
is
is
(71a),
in
lokTa
cor
true
any doubt
between
in
whereas
'the
sotto
any doubt
without
placed
that
Je is
placed
true
a thief'
Je
lokTa
cor
that
man-the
thief
the man is
'the
a thief'
man is
the man is
that
lokTa
sotto
any doubt
without
eTa sondehatitbhabe
'that'
where
is
extraposition
(71).
a.
'thief'
the
is
clause
it
in
forward
man-the
je
It.
complement
items
its
changed
in
'that'
Je
(70b).
Sometimes,
some other
litt.
has
in
be noticed
to
eTa
which
'you'
tumi
extraposing
in
of
(70a),
in
is
stop
insertion
and the
'You'
a further
man'
before
occurs
a thieft
and cor
them
in
(71b)
as a complement
sentence.
The transformational
the
shifts
noun
or
position
the
pronoun
rule
'that'
of
Je
in
front
of
structure.
(72)
a.
N (Pron)
Je
=4
Ob
complementizer
it
to
get
after
a complement
the
331
SD:
X-N-
Je -Y
12340b
SC:
(72b)
1324
shows the
both
sentence
trated
the
after
in
(73)
a.
NP in
the
it,
the
after
This
of extraposition.
is
extraposition
the following
base phrase
lokTa
Je
man-the
'That
is
illus-
where the
examplev
marker
to Bengali
applied
is
left
empty.
ta
sondehatitbhabe
thatthief
that
without
the man is
a thief
cor
is
sotto
any doubt
true
true
without
any
sotto
Je
lokTa
cor
true
that
man-the
thief
(lit)
doubt'
b.
the unextraposed
(71).
The way the
subject
in
of the rule
application
of Je ?that'
occurrence
eTa sz)ndehatitbhabe
it
without
any
'It
is
without
true
doubt
any
doubt
that
the
man is
thief'
C.
NP
II
VP
Li
A4j 7P
lokTa
'the
man is
cor
a thief
sondehatitbhabe
sotto
is
any doubt'
true
without
332
d.
Extraposition:
After
lokTa
sondehatitbhabe
Je cor
sotto
'is
true
that
without
any doubt
e.
eTa 'it'
the
man is
thieft
addition:
lokTa
eTa sondehatitbhabe
Je cor
sotto
fit
is
true
without
any
doubt
that
the
man is
thief'
f.
Je
'that'
shifting:
VP
NP
I
AdJ-P
Je lokTa
eTa svndehatitbhabe
cor
sotto
The obvious
lies
with
its
problem
correlatives,
for
extraposition
because,
in
every
in
Bengali
complex
333
sentence
in
the matrix
exmaples
(74)
in
the matrix
meeTa,
Jej
girl-the
who me
correlative
embedding
of the
occurs
of the
The following
se-ht:ence.
distribution
show'the
a.
to show the
sentence
clasue
relative
the
clause,
correlatives.
amake bhalobase,
se 1 kzleJer
loves
she college-of
chattri
student
who loves
fThe girl,
b.
(Je
JeTa,
kvtha)
II
(which
what
word
bee lae
szhoJ
me
time
easy
not
fWhat
you
are
me, is
tumi
saying
studentf
bolcho,
seTa.,
kaJer
saying
that
working
) you
is
a college
in
practice
not
easy
to
do'
co
bhat
Jokhon,
ami
I
rice
when
khachchilam,
se tzkhon
eating-was
he then
bose
sitting
chilo
was
'He was sitting
d.
ami
J.3todin
as many days
It
is
clear
prithibi
dekhbo
earth
see-will
'I
will
from
see the
the
above
earth
rice?
b'debo,
t-ztodin
survive-will
-,samany
as long
sentences
as I will
(74a-d)
that
1
days
survive'
the
334
correlatives
are
the
clause
is
matrix
sentence,
relative
the
of
place
in
forward
place
to
According
the
must
be dropped
after
inserting
the
(75)
for
quite
the
of
a.
the
following
correlative.
in
many cases
the
correlative,
to
the
speakers.
inserting
after
the
correlative
However,
unintelligible
the
the
eTa - addition,
of
its
with
to
moves
sentence
clause
eTa insertion.
may be shown in
subject
relative
of
When
sentences.
the matrix
eTa in*place
becomes
sentence
This
rule
complex
extraposed
the
of
in
present
always
eTa as
sentence.
eTa koleJer
chattri,
meeTa,
it
student
girl-the
college-of
Je
amake
who me
bhalobase
,
loves
'It
,
b.
is
the
student
a college
who loves
girl
me'
eTa kaJer
beelae
sohoJ
nze,
JeTa
tumi
bolcho
it
working
time
easy
not
what
you
saying
'It
is
do in
practice
not
easy
to
what
you
are
saying'
c.
*eTa
it
tzkhon
bosechilo,
Jakhon
ami
bhat
then
sitting-was
when
rice
khachchilam
eating-was
'It
d.
was sitting
rice'
*eTa
prithibi
dekhbo
J-ztodin
ami
it
earth
see-will
as many days
'It
will
see the
earth
as long
Vacbo
survive-will
as I will
survive'
335
(75a & 75b),
Except
after
sentences
tical
other
if
(7.67) yields
(76)
a.
(75a)
as the
not
are gramma-
occurs
added in
the
(75b).
in
On the
as a subject,
sentence
after
(75a)
in
sentences
grammatical
ungrammatical
(75b)
and
marker
relative
eTa is
yield
examples
extraposition.
inanimate
hand,
in
shown
other
eTa insertion
after
and the
the
as
extraposition
(76).
kzleJer
se
she college-of
chattri
meeTa,
Je
student
girl-the
who me
amake
bhalobase
loves
IShe is
b.
a college
met
bm lae
sohoJ
noe,
JeTa
tumi
bolcho
that
time
easy
not
what
yoU
saying
working
is
not
to
easy
se tzkhon
bose
he then
sitting-was
do what
chilo,
yoi;
Jakhon
are
ami
when
a.
who loves
girl
seTa kaJer
'That
C.
the
student
saying'
bhat
khachchilam
rice
eating
ricef
tvtodin'
prithibi
dekhbo,
J)todin
ami
so many days
earth
see-will
as many days
b'acbo
survive-will
'So many days I will
will
VI
see the
earth
as long
as I
survive?
shall
surviveI3
see the
earth
for
I
days
as
as many
336
It
reduces
the
(1974:
772)
may be said
have
also
position
definite
determiner.
Bengali,
in
occurs
initially
a.
Je
who yesterday
se
played
she just
eimattro
left
Just
is
girl
the
not
or
case
for
indefinite,
77).
bissobiddal-'e
Te"."nis
University-to
tennis
cole
gm lo
now left
who played
ei
mattro
cole
just
now
left
bissobiddaloe
Te-'.nis
khelechilo
University-at
tennis
played
'A
girl
the
tennis
yesterday
at
left
just
oi
that
girl-the
who played
ei
mattro
Just
cole
Je
gztokal
who
yesterday
tennis
Te'--7nis khelechilo
I-
University-at
tennis
girl
just
the University'
left
gm lo,
now left
bissobiddaloe
'That
geslo,
yesterday
University'
meeTa
at
initial
University'
ae kTa mee
at
extra-
with
definite
gotokal
khelechilo
that
applied
(cf.
and Cole
Ziv
Hebrew
this
sentence
any
girl
'A girl
ce
if
any determiner,
Ee kTa mee,
a
b.
for
mentioned
However,
in
eTa-insertion
sentences.
grammaticality
which
the
sometimes
of
grammaticality
reduces
(77)
that
Je
g-Dtokal
who yesterday.
played
who played
tennis
yesterday
337
d.
sei
meeTa
ei
that
girl-the
just
khelechilo
University-at
tennis
played
girl
the
meeTa
ei
this
girl-the
just
girl
the
'this'
are
easier
occurring
extrapose
it
the
to
the
following
any
EekTa 'a/onet,
shown in
clause
yesterday
in
extrapose
the
above examples
the
sentence
examples
it
case
relative
clause
is
after
show
and extraposition
end of the
in
in
possible
of
a clause
relative
sei
sentence.
Clauses
is
the
'that',
oi
to the
extraposition
before
end of
the
clauses.
of Relative
Bengali,
to
tennis
who played
Extraposition
head
like
the relative
Though
left
University'
becomes
just
gztokal
who yesterday
played
in
yesterday
Je
left
tennis
determiners
sentences
now
University-at
any determiners
6.4.4
tennis
gm lo,
cole
khelechilo
extraposing
that
mattro
Te:7nis
and ei
who yesterday
who played
bissobiddaloe
at
gotokal
University'
ei
'This
'that'
left
just
Je
gaelo,
left
now
Te,nis
at
Different
cole
bissobiddalze
'That
e.
mattro
a relative
which
that
its
it
a head,
It
is
head
this
easy
and to
position
away from
of
clause,
has
pronoun.
kinds
all
to
move
noun.
clause
In
is
338
(78)
when it
extraposed
easily
a.
oi
lokTa,
that
man-the
Je
with
occurs
its
bhai,
mitar
se,
brother
who Mitals
head.
boi
a3khon
book
he now
porche
reading
man who is
tThat
a book
b.
the
brother
of
Mita,
is
reading
nowt
oi
lokTa
ea khon
boi
porche,
Je mitar
that
man-the
now
book
reading
who Mitats
bhai
brother*
man is
'That
a book
reading
the
who is
brother.
of
Mital,
(79)
lokTa,
Je
that
man-the
who Dacca
bhat
khachche
rice
eating
oi
a.
'That
Dhaka
theke
from
come from
eseche,
sel
ea khon
come-has
he
now
Dacca
is
eating
rice
Dhaka
theke
now,
b.
oi
lokTa
that
man-the
ea khon
now
bhat
khachche,
Je
rice
eating
who Dacca
from
eseche
come-has
'That
Dacca'
man is
now eating
rice
who has
come from
339
(80)
a.
oi
lokTa,
Je
that
man-the
who red
suit
wearing
loitering
asbe
he afternoon-in
our
house
come-will
'That
loitering
man who is
lokTa
lal
'That
house
our
who red
in
suit
wearing
loitering
of shifted
relative
position
the verbless
relative
clause.
'being'
is
in
of relative
clause
in
the
afternoon
suit'
in
clause
clause-final
optional
our' house
a red
(78)
and
verb
asbe,
ghurebEe rachche
in
will
barite
pore
come to
suit
afternoon'
suT
loitering
combination
a red
amader
of the relative
The shifting
in
the
bikele
man will
who is
(79)
(80)
and
plus
clause
As the
with
the
extradoes not
a verb
or without
of
of a
occurrence
sentences,
in
verb
Bengali
shows
any problem.
create
Extraposition
headed and headless
the
in
difference
of relative
relative
syntactic
against
without
a.
order
relative
Compare the
ami
Jantam
Je
knew
who playing
'I
knew that
of
khelche,
who is
There
is
not
much
se ekTu
he little
playing
to
applicable
clausesis
clauses.
the headless
clauses
(81)
ghure
barite
oi
position
pore
amader
Je
that
bee rachche,
suT
se bikele
come to
b.
lal
will
which
occur
examples.
pzrei
after
cole
Jabe
go-will
go a little
after'
540
b.
ami Jantam
se ekTu
pore
cole
he little
after
go-will
'I
knew
knew that
a.
s; )bai
Jane
all
know who
'All
b.
The above
sobai
Jane
all
know he
playing'
(81)
any head
nouns.
if
of
the
to
extrapose
is
opposite
a.
tini
cole
came
he
left-has
cole
left-has
he has
relative
sentencep
the
its
(82)
is
a time
relative
This
is
the
in
Jini
in
If
esechilen,
left-has
has
we want
be the
following
the
who came
morning
clause
unextraposed
gee chen
is
without
will
meaning
e. g.
may be shown
morning-in-the
'who
initial
the
allowed.
not
structure,
yesterday
-(lit)
occur
came'
in
phrase
szkale
came
on extraposition
clause
former
who
Je khelche
'who
one restriction
esechilen
shown as headless
are
esechilen
Jini
who came'
clauses
kal
cole
left
geechen
left'
gee chen,
extraposition
clause.
relative
(83)
there
from
who is
after
esechilen,
and
and Jini
There
Bengali:
tini
(81)
the
where
khelche
who playing
go a little
know that
examples
relatives
Jini
know that
'All
Je
(lit)
playing'
(82)
he will
Jabe
leftl
example.
tini
he
341
b.
*kal
yesterday
szkale
tini
cole
morning-in-the
he.
left-has
'who'
(83)
in
any antecedent
that
the
the
of
has
person
left
(83b)
becomes
(83a).
before
relative
clause,
different
after
the
indicates
a relative
it
clause
indicate
'place'
or
'reason'
allow
relative
clauses
to
be extraposed.
(83)
can also
the
affect
the
correlative
up of
splitting
the
or
on the
to
clause
relative
the
meaning
the
end of
relative
of
the
the
something
extra-
distribution
element
meaning
like
this
like
the
After
moving
the
sentence,
which
of
pronouns
of
element.
the
of
to
Sentences
pronouns
and correlative
sentence
but
initial
other
be explained
related
However,
which
pronoun-and
not
the
be extraposed.
means
structure
and conveys
it
relative
the
sentence
if
'time',
cannot
came
means
and is
that
it
morning,
applying
(83a)
from
ilho
without
(83a),
In
clause
relative
(83)
deictic
So,
Sentence
occur;
left
esec;-Avn
morning'
clause.
morning'.
the
to
position
relative
the
yesterday
yesterday
as an indefinite
occurs
extraposing
after
left
Jini
gm chen,
contains
may
a time
phrase.
6.4.5
Non-restrictive
Ziv
mentioned
positive
in
Relative
(1974)
Cole
and
I
their-discussion*that
relative
clauses
Clauses
as well
cannot
cannot
be Extraposed
as Emonds (1979)
non restrictive
be extraposed.
have
or apThe main
342
for
reason
movement
this
rule,
clauses.
the
tive
relative
a clause
sentence
and the
meaning.
(84)
bh: )ddrolok,
Jini
moved to
is
esechen
house-to
come-has
non-restricthe
the
moved to
clause
ante-
the
end of
the
place
of
a different
conveys
(84).
teacher
our
barite
'The gentleman,
the
amader sikkhok,
who
gentleman
and the
as a non-restrictive
is
relative
may be shown in
This
a.
the
is
clause
comma after
qualify
sentence
relative
a sentence
for
any
clause
matrix.
clause,
relative
to
the
relative
possible
not
unable
clause.
the
as without
clauses
When a relative
the
is
of
clauses
between
which
is
nature
relative
non-restrictive
relative
restrictive
sentence,
cedent
for
NP is
from
as extraposition
appositive
a comma in
made without
matrix
that
extraposition
clauses-damages
In
is
view
tini
amader
he
our
our teacher,
who is
has come to
our house'
b.
bh: )d"drolok
gentleman
amader
barite
esechen,
Jini
amader
our
house-to
come-has
who
our
sikkhok
teacher
fThe
gentleman
has
come to
our
house
who is
our
teacher'
In
(84a),
relative
Jini
clause
amader
sikkhok
'who
which
modifies
the
is
our
teacher'
antecedent
is
bhDddrolok
the
343
'gentleman'.
of
the
barite
of
the
After
sentence
esechen
'he
and
the
becomes
sentences
its
due to
in
move the
in
meaning
may be shown
place
modifies
the
extraposing
the
non-identical.
the
at
in
clause
way to
antecedent
This
also
end
amader
occurs
non-restrictive
one possible
(84b).
So,
'gentleman'.
difference
the
avoid
(84a)
is
with
along
clause
two
there
However,
to
the
of
house'
and which
clause
tini
sentence
our
the
to
clause
matrix
come to
in
clause
relative
the
relative
relative
meaning
has
bh:Dddrolok
antecedent
the
(84b),
in
original
the
moving
end of
two
in
the
relative
the
sentence
like
sentences
following
examples.
(84") a.
b.
bhzddrolok,
Jini
amader sikkhok,
gentleman
who
our
barite
esechen
house-to
come-has
tini
amader
barite
he
our
house-to
amader
sikkhok
our
teacher
'He has
the relative
in
shown
as
remains
clause
(84'b),
unchanged
non-restrictive
he
our
Jini
bhvddrolok,
esechen,
our
amader
gentleman
come-has
house
the
gentleman,
who
who is
teacher'
our
If
come to
teacher
tini
the
even
sentence
is
moved along
of
meaning
after
moving
due to
with
both
the
its
antecedent
(84a-b),
sentences
relative
extraposition
clause
rule.
of
the
344
6.4.6
Extraposition
There
in
of PP and NP
extraposing
the
one is
called
first
(1976:
156).
English
by Culicover
Bengali
position
to
the
PP contained
PP in
of
show the
movement
Extraposition
(85)
A girl
A girl
b.
of
in
Bengali,
paral-led
in
of
this
cases,
Extraposition
whole
relative
clause
(85a)
it.
(85b,
the
shows
c)
is
and not
extrafor
containing
clause
whole
in
Bengali
the
given
a NP.
form
such
Dacca
in
Je
the
Dhaka
who Dacca
class.
rom
Dacca.
eseche,
from
come-has
with
brought-has
her'
class
the
theke
thinp
who has
in
enrolled
eneche
with
for
clause),
so5ge
things
Culicover
relative
Jinis
'A girl
in
PP as illustrated
modifiers
and
enrolled
girl
second
Bengali
a PP.
of PP
from
in
English
6.4.6.1
a.
the
PP and the
to
In
of
The
a PP as a modifier
opposed,
clause.
can be applied
sentence.
out
precisely
has
(as
moving
of
allow
not
structure
the
simply
not
optionally
a relative
involves
is
of
NP as pointed
of
does
the
end of
The Extraposition
Where English
uses
the
that
Extraposition
the
Extraposition
surface
transformations
NPs to
one the
since
two
are
come from
Dacca
has
se Onek
she many
brought
many
345
ce
as kTa mee
znek Jinis
so5ge
girl
many things
with
theke
eseche
from
come-has
'A girl
has brought
come from
In
the
examples
PP, the
relative
of
the
correlative
in
the
relative
relative
are
to
is
pronoun
the
clause
There
many things
given
her
with
2.1.2).
are
three
deleted
who has
All
after
as the
matrix
possible
shown below.
Extraposition
these
the
The deletion
antecedent
sentence
ways
of
shifting
sentence.
possible
and the
(cf.
show the
the
end of
became
clause
NP which
is
coreferential
to
who Dacca
come-has
Dacca'
which
clause
Je Dhaka
eneche,
occurs
extraposing
of
are
rules
the
precedes
an
mentioned
in
(1967).
Ross
6.4.6.2
Extrposition
(86)
Es kTa mee,
a.
10
a,
bhalo,
who is
good
quite
nie
se mukto
brought
she pearl
has
good,
eseche
brought
has
pearls
her'
eekTa mee
mukto nie
pearl
girl
'A girl
b.
Je bes
NP
who quite
girl
IA girl,
with
from
brought
has brought
oi
horinTa.
Je
that
deer
which
eseche,
Je
has
who quite
who is
pearls
doure
palachche,
running
away
bes
quite
bhalo
good
good'
se boner
it
forest-of
346
,moddhe thake
in
stay
is
rlinning
in
away stays
the
forest'
.0
b.
oi
horinTa
boner
moddhe
thake,
Je
that
deer-the
forest-of
in
stay
which
doure
palachche
running
fThe
away
deer
in
stays
the
forest
is
which
running
away I
6.4.6.3
(87)
Complex NP Shift
a.
lokTa
bari
se,
Je
he
who man-the
kinechilo,
house bought
Je
he him
knew
who man-the
se
Taka
dhar
kach
theke
her
near
from.
will
ask
'She
the
lokTa
man who
caibe
knew
(lit)
bought
house
bought
meeTa,
ask-will
him
kinechilo
bari
cinto,
cinto
knew him'
a house,
se take
take
a housef
tar
'Je
bandhobi,
who her
girl-the
friend
for
a loan
from
the
dhar
caibe,
meeTa,
ask-will
girl-the
girl
who is
friend'
b.
tar
kach
theke
Taka
she her
near
from
money loan
se
her
347
Je
bandhobi
tar
from
loan
ask for
tShe will
her
who is
girl
friend'
from
Extraposition
(88)
a.
cheleTa,
Je
boy-the
who exam-in
Subject
Sentential
porikkhate
bhalo
korbe,
- se-amar
well
do-will
he my
bondhu
friend
boy,
tThe
in
do well
who will
his
is
examinati6n,
my friendt
1*
a.,
se amar*bondhu,
friend
he my
cheleTa,
Je
boy-the
who exam-in
bhalo
porikkhate
well
korbe
do-will
'He is
his
b.
the
my friend
boy,
in
do well
who will
examination'
TuTu Je
mouer
sari
pherot
dee eni,
eTa amader
Tutu
that
Mouts
sari
return
gave-not
it
khub
kharap
legechilo
very
bad
felt
tWe felt
very
bad that
Tutu
did
not
our
return
Mouls
sari'
"b.
eTa amader
it
our
khub
kharap
legechilo
Je,
TuTu mouer
very
bad
felt
that
Tutu
Mou's
348
sari
pherot
dm eni
sari
return
gave-not
'It
gave us very
Mou's
return
Extraposition
relative
Sok
in
'man'
(87a),
nouns
thousel
whereas,
mee 'girl'
will
do well
sari
pherot
in
the
deseni
as the
complement
sentence.
for
applicable
to
(89)
the
did
types
Rule
NP -Y
32
korbe
modify
two
The
?the
boy
sarif
entire
matrix
in
as a complementizer
of
rules
extraposition
Op
for
Extraposition
(88b)
in
the
can be
which
Bengali.
Transformational
23
b halo
return
same clause
are
(87b).
transformational
three
the
'money'
(88a)
phrase.
a noun
in
in
not
in
in
nouns
phrase
fthatf
Je
shows
The following
formulated
not
the
where
nouns
and Taka
NP as they
sentential
sentence.
two
are
examinationf
'Tutu
(88b)
two
porikkhate
cheleTa
in*(87),
shown
with
the noun
constitute
clause
is
composed
and bari
which
relative
occur
is
Tutu did
that
sari'
Complex-NP
of
clause
bad feeling
from
NP:
are
349
(90)
NP
-S-Y
124
Op
=4
(91)
Complex-NP Shift:
Rule for
Transformational
3
of Sentential
Extraposition
Rule for
Transformational
Subject:
NP
X-S-
-Y
op
1234
24
1 eTa+3
The working
three
(92)
of
varieties
amader
debe,
us
give-will
your
is
not
of
shown as the
the
following:
boigulo
used
books
mitthe
3
that
untrue
that
you
not
n2e
not
us your
give
will
used
(lit)
untrue'
untrue
that
you
will
give
us
books']
amader dabi
132
our
your
bEe borhito
ta
demand is
used
tomar
that
demand is
books
SC:
Je
amader
12
demand
our
J'Our
is
rules
from NP
dabi
'Our
transformational
extraposition
Extraposition
SD:
of
demand
mitthe
n-3e
Je
tomar
beeborhito
untrue
not
that
your
used
boigulo
amader
debe
books
us
give-will
'Our
demand is
not
untrue
that
you
will
give
us
350
your
used books'
123
(93)
Complex-NP Shift
from
Extraposition
SD:
132
=1
se mach kinlo
T_
23
bought
he fish
korte
esechilo,
doing
came
Je
man-the
who house-to
fish
sell
kach theke
4
him near from
tar
fish
'He bought
mach bikkri
barite
lokTa,
from
the
it
to the house'
SC:
kach
theke
mach kinlo
near
from
fish
mach bikkri
korte
esechilo
fish
doing
came
se tar
142--3
he him
sell
lokTal
bought.
Je
barite
man-the
who house-to
bhalo
korbe,
se amar
well
do-will
he my
123.4
(94)
Extraposition
of Sentential
SD:
cheleTa,
Je
boy-the
who exam-in
Subject
porikkhate
bondhu
friend
'The
boy,
who will
do well
in
his
examination,
my friend'
SC:
bondhu
+
cheleTa,
amar
eTa
it
my
friend
boy-the
korbe
do-will
2
eTa +21
Je
porikkhate
who exam-in
bhalo
well
is
351
6.4.7
Extraposition
Rules
The examples
trate
the
clearly
movement
subject
rule
the
sentence
a simple
the
end of
Keyser
following
is
in
detached
this
The rule
created.
and Postal
the
Due to
sentence.
is
is
it
where
more
a simple
initially
from
a new node
clause
To make this
occurs
the
illus-
so far
given
extraposition
of
the
below,
stated
that
clause
at
been
extraposition.
the
and re-attached
of
of
where
position
movement
role
can be said
it
explicit,
have
which
(1976:
233)
is
with
modification.
(95)
The following
show the
will
example
operation
of
the
phrase
structure
rule.
(96)
tumi,
Je
bolechile
aJ
skule
Jabe
na,
you
that
said
today
school-to
go-will
not
ta
amar bhalo
lageni.
that
my
feel-not
a.
'I
did
wontt
not
good
feel
be going
it
good
to
school
what
you
todayt
said
that
you
352
.
tumi
NP
IIIII
NP
NP
-Adj
-V
b2-
ta
amar
bhalo
lageni
Je bolechile
Jabe
aJ skule
'You
na
that
said
my good
feel
not'
to
be going
wontt
that
you
today
school
C.
NP
II
eTa
amar bhalo
I did
fit
feel
not
lageni
good
bolechile
tumi
aJ skule
Jabe na
you
that
said
school
Bengali
can
final
the
contain
string
The occurrence
string
these
to
the
matrix
any
adjective
verb,
noun,
string
noun,
grammatical
of
sentence
categories
the
matrix
forward
after
adjective
the
that
indicates
place
a. sentence
to
clause
applying
and adverb
extraposition.
in
the
can be constructed
sentence
place
after
of
the
can be moved to
initial
with
'be
moved
can
as constituents
the
in
like
categories
and they
to
today'
a complex-sentence
grammatical
and adverb
of
of
of
you
be going
won't
The initial
Je
pushing
the
clause.
the
The
353
is
shown in
(97)
a.
.0
different
of
occurrence
the
following
Je
Thik
ete
you
that
right
that-in
'There
is
ete
kono
is
the
clause
no doubt
s: )ndeho
no doubt
any doubt
that
any doubt
'There
in
categories
examples.
tumi
that-in
b.
grammatical
not
nei
Je
tumi
Thik
not
that
you
right
that
you
are
right'
tar
beebohar
khub
marJito,
nze
ta
his
behaviour
very
sophisticated
not
that
not
very
dukkhoJznok
sad
'It
is
sad that
his
behaviour
is
sophisticated'
Jf
b.
eTa dukkhoJ-Dnok
Je
tar
beebohar
khub
marJito
it
that
his
behaviour
very
sophisti-
sad
nze
cated
fIt
not
is
sad that
his
behaviour
is
not
very
sophisticated'
ce
tader
barite
kvkhon
mita
esechilo
ta
amar
their
house-to
when
Mita
came
that
mine
mone
nei
mind-in
not
'I
cannot
remember
when Mita
went
to
their
house?
354
I
C.
eTa
it
amar
mone
mine mind-in
nei
tader
barite
kokhon
mita
not
their
house-to
when
Mita
esechilo
came
tIt
I cannot
went to their
(lit)
houset
d.
bondhur
dol
Je
sukher
paera
ta
sobai
friends
group
that
happiness
pigeon
that
all
Jane
know
'All
know that
friends
are
the
pigeons
of
happi-
ness'
.1
d.
eTa sobai
Jane Je
bondhur
dil
sukher
it
know that
friends
group
happiness
all
paera
pigeon
tIt
is
known to all
that
friends
are
the pigeons
of happinesst
eTa-insertion
where
the
the
first
is
second
sentence
shown in
all
the
sentence
has
moved initially
in
its
place.
examples
except
after
for
(97a),
shifting
355
6.4.8
Condition
onExtraposition
Extraposition
is
clause
embedded in
tion
it
initial
rule
it
moves constituent
in
medial
When the
if
when a relative
only
relative
is
either
in
is
Bengali.
The following
example
instance
from
final'position
extraposition
of the antecedent
of the relative
clause
occurs
posi-
as extra-
shows that
shifting
is
clause
or clause
to the
positions
but
positions,
be a case of extraposition,
not
This
movement rule
or
position,
or medial
sentence.
Possible
initial
position.
final
would
position
in
embedded
final
in
never
is
the
the
a right-
clause
after
shows the
in
an
the
antecedent.
(98)
a.
bhzddrolok,
Jini
namkora
sahittik,
tini
boi
gentleman
who
famous
writer
he
book
porchen
reading
'The gentleman,
a famous writer,
is
a book'
reading
b.
who is
tini
namkzra
sahittik
Jini
boi
he
famous
writer
who
book reading
porchen
sei
that
bhoddrolok
gentleman
'He is
that
['He
a famous writer,
gentleman'
is
reading
reading
a book,
(lit)
a famous writer
a book']
who is
the
gentleman,
who is
356
Instead
of
the
moving
of
the
relative
to
the
end of
whole
sentence
Extraposition
are
they
generated
move out
they
move out
they
are
eTa
litt
insertion,
the
head
noun.
eTa is
in
inserted
sentence
Postponed
which
Subject
(Quirk
et
head
that
the
1979:
sentences
When
noun
and after
position
of
two
may contain
of
al,
the
underlying
in
moved
NP position.
from
sentence,
moved rightward
when embedded
their
the
a sentence
the
that
is
extraposition.
applying
from
detached
antecedent
tgentleman')
after
shows
the
clausep
(bhoddrolok
clause
the
relative
sense
sentence
963).
subjects
the
if
embedded
may-be
called
357
6.5
Intraposition
Emonds (1979)
to extraposition,
approach
as the
examples
and intraposition.
of extraposition
dupure
a.
an alternative
he describes
which
The following
'Intraposition'.
(99)
has proposed
surJer
np_pn-at sun-of
'It
true
is
tap
Je
bhDabDho ta
heat
that
awful
that
of
sun at noon is
that
the heat
Thik
true
awful'
Thik
eTa
b.
co
it
true
'It
is
dupure
noon-at
'It
Je
dupure
that
noon-at-sun-of
true
is
that
surJer
heat
of
tap
bhDabDho
heat
awful
sun at
is
noon
awful'
surJer
tap
Je
Thik
bh-,,
)ho
eTa
)ab:
sun-of
heat
that
awful
true
that
the
heat
sun at
of
true
it
noon
is
awful?
The examples
the
(99a);
in
sentence
in
which
(99c).
sense,
derive
derives
applicable
following.
from
each
from
the
to
It
the
(99c)
is
is
extraposed
mutually
be, mentioned
and intraposition
from
(99c),
(99b).
from
In
as they
exclusive
An intraposition
The rule
structure.
transformation
neutral
derived
derived
structure.
other's
should
is
sentence
structure
69b)
in
extraposition
structure
their
above
given
The extraposed
intraposed
this
are
show the
may be stated
here
that
which
as the
the
position
is
558;
of
the
(99b)
seen
(100)
its
shows
and intraposition
extraposition
in
'that'
Je
complementizer
for
movement
structure
can be
which
(99c).
and
Intraposition
SD: [eTa
Rule
Ldupure
Thikl[Jel
surJer
tap][bh,,
sun-of
heat
between
the
)abDho]
1234
it
SC:
(100)
is
are
b,
each
structure
c)
initial
the
their
to
opposite
part
end of
have
the
sense
They
therefore
rule
here.
the
moved forward
respect
'
same
both
have
the
can be seen
from
the
other.
which
due to
constituents
this
two
the
examples
previously.
given
that
awful
extraposed
sentence
In
positions.
the
of
the
other
The intraposition
the
noon-at
difference
and the
rule,
changing
underlying
basic
the
that
intraposition
without
the
moved to
is
sentence
that
32
that
shows
structures
true
it
not
has not
tried
analysis
yet
to
been
still
immature
developed
by others.
is
make an exhaustive
analysis
in
We
of
CHAPTER SEVEN
Focus
7.0
Introductory
In
focus,
matrix
in
following
main
is
shifted
However,
more
deals
is
emphasis
clause
clause
with
given
the
in
meaning
on focus
the
of
than
and
a clause
included
also
is
the
or
new information
is
made of
When focus
relative
the
of
Presupposition
former
as the
emphasis
and gives
a sentence.
focus,
in
is
study
constructions.
constituents
the
sentence,
a brief
section
and pseudo-cleft
on the
sentence
or
the
cleft
assigned
in
and Clefting
with
sentence.
presuppo-
sition.
important
Cleft
and pseudo-cleft
roles
in
sentence
and they
position
of
difference
eTa
honorific
in
it
the
is
in
in
following:
section
examples.
359
English,
the
a cleft
it
Hume.
with
All
of
in
the
following
show difficulties
is
subject
my father,
these
rules
in
sentence,
eTa as the
allow
kinds
involved
than
clauses
subject
do not
various
becomes
described
Professor
following
and pseudo-cleft
structure
relative
the
like
cleft
with
The extra-
after
sentence
also
in
constituents
focus.
described
as the
fit'
nouns
sentence
my teacher,
shown
is
which
The Bengali
inserting
cleft
is
different
shows
of
section.
the
Bengali
it
clefting,
in
clauses
When a Bengali
clefting.
different
described
are
relative
in
sentences
focusing
play
constructions
as
of
it
features
and explanatory
a
was
are
360
Focus
7.1
Focus
7.1.1
and Presupposition
In recent
Presupposition
clauses.
sophical
concept
many linguists
in
a sentence,
focus
the
regarding
is
which
is
meaning
deal
focus
is
of a sentence.
More priority
presupposition,
it
becomes relevant
it
gives
taken
new information,
as information
will
sition
So, it
be
said
may
applied
if
presupposition.
already
in
it
is
that
gives
than
to
only
when
the
it
can be
assumptions
to focus.
it
in
identical
presupposition
a sentence
Presupposition
the meaning
to any sentence,
establishes
contrast
analysed
in
of focus.
assigned
from
scope of
to discuss
to focus
are not
to a sentence,
is
is
be included
whereas,
which
an utterance
underlie
meaning,
is
the
directing
to the analysis
When focus
status.
As both
importance
given
new information
with
in
importance
show its
and to
directly
by
in a
meaning.
and syntax.
semantics
a philo-
Linguistics
for
applied
of
analysis
of meaning
have equal
they
a sentence,
in
involved*in
directly
and presupposition
in
concept
also
the
more or less
is
which
Focus and
in
emphasis
Presupposition
Focus,
sentence.
studies
have received
relative
Linguistics,
in
contains
standpoint
provides
When presuppoits
affects
which
meaning.
a two-fold
of focus
the meaning
of
and
361
meaning.
(1979)
(1967,1968),
Halliday
(1979)
and Akmajian
focus
between
standpoints
distinctions
to
given
between
which
them.
from
are very
philosophical
between
are used in
in making
useful
The following
sition
both
Lyons
distinction
and presupposition
and linguistic
(1973),
Schachter
example
focus
can be
a sentence
meaning.
ko ki?
what
a k? l
'What is
kz
that
is
the
-the
sentence.
above
a speaker
So the
etc.
a sari,
if
the
identity
sentence,
like
is
presupposition
Alternatively,
then
and a hearer
may be something
which
an object,
a picture,
in
that
illustrates
Sentence'(1)
focus
of
is
assume
a book,
present
to
assigned
kD will
be as the
following:
(2)
k; )
hochche
Ee kTa
gzlper'
b6i
is
story-of
book
IK is
is
The focus
after
giving
which
id
this
way:
focus
assigned
to
the
stress
assigned
The following
both
book'
a story
'What
main
gZlper
to
boi
by gDlper
is
K? I,
examples
but
are
and presupposition.
not
given
boi
it.
'story
book'
in
can be interpreted
as
(2)
'What
where
is
only
a story
a sentence
in
book? t
contains
362
boiTa
a.
Je
book-the
b.
that
chilo
na
was
not
'I
did
not
mzenar
the
Jini
rugi
dekhte
esechilen
patient
see-to
came
to
father,
who is
examine
a patient'
in
it
and after
-somewhere,
is
the
inclusion
book
the
one presupposes
that
who came to
that
to
and
'he
the
where
answer
focus
it
plays
assigns
transferred
where
the
from
'He is
be shown in
the
he
our
house-to
our
have
gives
the
table.
In
(3b),
house
was the
been
provided
by focus
the
'
the
a physician'.
role
in
gives
easily
examples.
father
answer
father
of
Moina?
Sop it
is
clear
relative
clauses
Even focus
to
our
focus
Who is
is
came to
focus
has
one constituent
following
barite
of
new information.
new information
amader
was on the
a distinctive
know
tini
(3).
So that
question:
is
my
known that
new information
a physician'.
underlying
and the
that
is
the
that
a physician,
already
that
Moina,
was
in
new information
of
amar Jana
and presupposition
sentences
ta
Daktar,
who doctor
been included
in
know that
father
can be noticed
(3a)
on
Moinals
house
chilo,
opore
table's
abba,
IMoinats
It
Tbbiler
another
can be
constituent,
transferable.
This
may
363
a.
lokTa
Je
man-the
'That
b.
likheche.,
man-the
which
story
written-has
the
ta
bes
bhalo
that
quite
good
story
golpo
.y
the
stor
man has
is
quite
good'
ta
bes
bhalo
that
quite
good
is
written
quite
good'
lokTa
Je
gzlpo
likheche,
ta
bes
bhalo
man-the
which
story
written-has
that
quite
good
the
the
story
man has
mzena mouke
Je
phrDkTa
Moina
which
frock
Mou-to
frock
Moina
that,
frock
that
is
written
diechilo,
quite
ta
good'
;)purbo
that
gave
excellent
.
gave to Mou was excellent'
C.
written-has
Je
'The
b.
story
lokTa
'That
a.
which
the
'That
es
g-31po likheche,
ta
diechilo,
Moina
gave
Opurbo
to
ta
diechilo,
Dpurbo
frock-the
'The
d.
=)ena
frock
that
Moina
mouke Je phrokTa
gave
Mou was
to
excellent'
ta"-opurbo
diechilo,
excellent
'The frock
(4a) illustrates
'quite',
that
that
that
after
focusing
on the constituent
was written
verb likheche
in
(4b),
from (4a).
After
bes
the story
focusing-on
that
364the
(4b)
wrote
in
its
the
illustrate
also
to
one constituent
following
the
of
meaning
(4),
that
another
sentence
is
(4a)
and
the
man
that
are
which
sentences
transferring
focus
of
interchanges
constituent
which
focusing
from
(4c)
of
Like
a poem.
After
it..
read
difference
The meaning
not
(5)
not
its
shows
meaning.
a story,
shown in
from
(4c)
?story?,
on gDlpo
and did
a story,
man wrote
may be assigned
the
in
manner:
J.
(5)
a.
to
d.
Mou,
that
distinguish
constituent,
appropriate
was M6ina.
gave
frock
an excellent
on frock:
Focus
is
on
frock
to
Mou,
(5c)
of
person
gave
Mou,
to
something
was a frock.
that
meaning
is
Moina
on M3u:
a girl,
Focus
co
However,
is
Focus
b.
to Mou, that
frock
lent
the
on M'O'ina:
Focus is
and
the
; )purbo
(5d)
that
was an zpurbo
way focus
an intonation
point
in
was
the
will
be:
phr2k
'an
is
utterance
gave
to
of
to
something
frock'.
excellent
(,,,
and the
together
Moina
assigned
contour
gave
purbo-
can be conjoined
utterance
the
Moina
'excellent':
To
a sentence
sign)
is
a sentence.
used
at
the
365
The Meaning
7.1.2
A sentence
before
and after
1967:
204);
the
may be neutral
or
application
focus
this
Je
123).
in
complex
in
meaning
(Halliday,
it
The following
boi
mee, se
examples
kinechilo
b.
Focusing
and after
point.
of
1973:
clarify
mou name
a.
before
TakiTala,
to
given
are
a Sentence:.
of
se boi
books'
kinechilo
Mou
C*
se bZoi kinechilo
book
No focus
is
assigned
statement,
while
b'oi
in
in
'book'
a sentence,
("less
(6c).
focus,
the
after
focus
and in
simple
and regular
feature
a.
is
on mou and on
is
focus
turn
of
This
sentence.
the
assigned
not
less
and
complicated
After
is
a sentence
when a simple
and a matrix
(7)
of
on new information.
clause
following
neutral
a neutral
embodies
presuppositions").
meaning
relative
the
is
it
(6b)
if
seems that
"fewer
standpoint
applying
assigned
in
meaning
the
emphasis
another
so that
It
complicated"
assigning
to
focus
the
(6a),
in
shifted
can be shown
becomes
new sentence
sentence.
This
Bengali
sentences.
is
lekha
es kTa boi
Mou Jasimuddin-of
written
from
complex
becomes
a very
Compare
examples.
mou Josimuddiner
owing
porche
book reading
366
'Mou is
b.
by Jasimuddin'
a book written
reading
mou eekTa
bOi,
Ja
porche,
ta
Mou
book
which
reading
that
diner
lekha
din-of
written
tMou is
a book
reading
is
which
hochche
Josimud
is
Jasimud-
by
written
Jasimuddin'
(8)
a.
moena Josimuddiner
Moina
Jasimuddin-of
lekha
polligiti
sunte
written
folk-song
listen-to.
bhalobase
likes
'Moina
likes
the
to
listen
to
folk
songs
written
by Jasimuddin'
I
b.
moena p'o'lltgiti,
Moina
folk-song
which
lekha
is
Jasimuddin-of
written
written
['Folk
written
moena
to
hear
listen-to
'Moina
folk
songs
which
are
by Jasimuddin'
songs
which
likes
Moina
to
hear
are
those
by Jasimuddin'l
polligiti,
Moina folk-song
sunte
the
ta
that
likes
listen-to
Josimuddiner
likes
bhalobase,
sunte
hochche
'Moina
0
b.
Ja
Ja
Josimuddiner
lekha,
ta
which
Jasimuddin-of
written
that
bhalobase
likes
likes
by Jasimuddin'
to hear
folk
songs which
are written
'367
In the
above examples,
in
(8b).
and
(7b)
(8a),
(7b)
of
the
relative
and
(8)
are
cedents
in
(7)
of
them
(7)
be given
with
relative
clauses
in
the
sentence'are
a.
which
in
related
(8).
and
sentences
simple
latter
types
porte
b.
mou Ja
Mou what
'What
(10)
a.
mena
Moina
IMoina
b.
as both
which
example
free
last
These
like
constitu-
types
of
k; re
does
books'
pochondo
kzre,
ta
like
does
that
Mou likes
is
gan
sunte
song
listening.
hochche
book
is
p,3ra
reading
books'
reading
bhalobase
likes
listening
to
songs'
moena Ja
bhalobase,
ta
hochche
Moina
what
likes
that
is
'What
Moina
likes
I
boi
is
listening
gan sona
song
to
are
can also
with
on the
ant e-
sentences
structures
sentences
sentences.
to read
likes
(b)
and
of
focus
pzchondo
and
the
sentences
type
are
(9-11).
in
compared
mou boi
of
deep
simple
assigning
after
(a)
and
song'
incidentally
their
A similar
(7a)
in
'folk
Both
NPs in
constituted
are
focused
are
clauses.
identical
contain
is
and polligiti
(8b),
and
shown in
ents
'book'
in
focused
clauses
No constituent
boi
whereas,
composed without
are
The relative
clauses.
any relative
(8a)
and
(7a)
listening
a sorygI
368
(11)
a.
b.
Mou-to
Moina likes
'Moina
likes
mouke
Je
Mou-to
who likes
bhalobase,
'Who likes
In the
which
in
focus
i-s assigned
turn
which
are given
cleft
sentences.
cleft
sentences
divided
into
in
both
where
includes
the
focusing
rule,
show their
sentences
if
focus
is
always
are formed
pseudo-clefts
in
for
the
as pseudohas been
can be analysed
The reason
sentence,
to the
the
Bengali,
which
the
higher
the
of cleft
it
of
clause,
We-
clause.
same simple
that
formulation
to the lower
in
for
is
sentences
sentence
construction
of pseudo-
own verbs.
assigned-in
For convenience,
examples
clause
assigned
a cleft
the
(b sentence)
According
is
that
sections
a pseudo-cleft
phrase.
cleft
focus
sentences.
(a sentence)
as pseudo-cleft
in
the
(b)
are taken
one sentence
No
clauses.
are all
sentences
simple
sentences
the
namely
sentences
are
whereas,
in
and a subordinate
assigned
presupposition
be repeated
sentences,
here,
(b)
the
sections
is
(9-11).
(a)
two sectionsand'two
considering
in
relative
constituents
as the
(b)
when focus
the headless
The (b)
as a main clause
sentences
complex
be clarified
should
Moina
are
the
on the last
assigned
One point
in
is
(a)
the
sentences
constitute
m5ena
Moinal
(9-11),
(b)
and the
hochche
se
she
Mou is
above examples
sentences,
is
Mout
shown already
sentences
can
and pseudo-cleft.
369
(12)
mou boi
a.
pochondo kDre
porte
it
is
'It
(13)
is
book
mou boi
a.
mou Ja
(12b)
only
cleft
is
Focus
that
Mou likes'
Cleft
in
into
(b)
p oint
is
in
sentence
to another,
does
that
after
reading
the
only
reason
sentences
boi
is
book
of focusing
is
the
after
relation
lower
the
on
in
exchanging
have also
to cleft
remain
valid
place
discussed
sentences.
can be converted
focus.
focus
pseudo-cleft.
sentences
following-example
applying
The
and pseudo-
on cleft
clause
and Ross(1971)
in
reading
pseudo-cleft.
assigned
higher
p-Dra-
books'
of
(13b)'a
and
both
hochche
and Pseudo-cleft
(1965)
sentence
that
ta-
focus
and presupposition
The (a)
k-ire
kDre,
is
and on the
cleft
does
Mou like
books'
read
of cleft,
that
kre
Ja mou pDchondo
p2chondo
like
is
Lakoff
focus
that
difference
sentences
7.1.3
reading
Mou likes
significant
in
book
p3chondo
an example
clause
p-zra,
reading
to
mou what
'What
boi
porte
'Mou likes
b.
does
to read books'
(hochche)
eTa
like
The interesting
from
one constituent
of the
constituents,
as cleft
sentences.
is
that
(14a)
The
and
370
(14b)
(14)
are not
a.
b.
directly
eTa mou, Je
(15)
a.
kinechilo
Mou
'It
eTa boi,
Ja
mou kinechilo
it
book
which
Mou bought
'It
was a book
is
A few
in
assigned
eTa mou,
Je
today
klaser
pDrasuna
class-of
study
is
Mou who is
study
-(namely),
J'It
is
eTa mou Je
aJ
it
'It
is
not
do?
J'It
not
is
studying
do today?
']
korche,
ta
hochche
what
doing
that
is
her
(something)
klaser
her
for
pzrasuna,
study
class-of
studying
for
today,
class'
studying
the
Ja
doing
for
Mou who is
Sentences
and Negative
aJ
Mou what
are
any major
constituents
0
here to show the
given
Bengali.
Affirmative
'It
to
examPles
Focus in
it
Mou bought'
that
can be assigned
a sentence.
way focus
boi
it
Focus
of
by T-rule.
related
her
for
class
today']
class
ta
kore
that
did
her
class
that
ni
not
did
Mou did
371
There
in
is
or negative
affirmative
(15a)
mou 'Moul
of focus
sentence
is
show focus
are all
on different
here
are repeated
man-the
'The
focus
after
which
a negative
the
man has
they
negatively.
besi
n that
writte
(to
a sentence);
ta
are
which
sentences
story
that
story
in
where
in
Examples
likheche,
gz)lpo
(15),
the focus.
affirmative
constituents
Je
lokTa
a.
(4)
in
previously
(16).
either
got
constituents
as shown in
possible
(15b)
'study'
on different
of focus
as shown in
sentences
and Parasuna
Changing
given
on the assignment
no restriction
bhalo
very
n-ze
good
not
not
very
written
is
ta
bhalo
good'
b.
lokTa
'The
Je
likheche,
golpo
that
story
the
man has
besi
is
written
nze
very
not
good'
After
on the
statement
not
could
ent
in
of
meaning
sentences,
the
of
which
blocks
Focus
may be assigned
the
sentence
of
of
earlier
a sentence
a negative
incoming
constitu-
new information.
and Object
which
The following
focus
in
constituents
presence
on Subject
the
sentences,
the
focus
information.
assigning
on negative
du.e to
hold,
the
7.1-3.2
part
focus
assigning
on subject
is
to
subjecto
relevant
examples
(17a)
for
are
object,
giving
given
and object
or
any
new
to
show the
(17b):
372
(17)
eTa b'Oi, Ja
a.
b.
(17b)
it
book which
'It
is
'It
who book
is
assigned
like
kinechilo
Mou a
book
bought
(18)
a.
the
following
Mou what
'What
b.
is
that
is
pushed
the
of
examples
relate
to a
cleft
This
sentences.
kinechilo,
ta.
bought
that
Mou. bought
Je
book
who bought
may be
focusing
for
se
she
a book
between
the
the
hochche
is
b"Oi
book
was a book'
kinechilo,
difference
forward
above
pseudo-cleft
boi
after
and in
examples:
'Who bought
The only
"book'),
a book'
to
are
mou Ja
(boi
These sentences
boi
Comparable
in
on object
mou eekTa
there
a book'
the following:
'Mou bought
shown
bought
(mou 'Moul).
sentence
sentences,
kinechilo
Mou,
focus
7)
boi
Mou boughtt
it
on subject
neutral
Mou bought
a book that
eTa mOu, Je
(17a),
In
mou kinechilo
hochche
mou
is
Mou
was, Moul
cleft
and pseudo-cleft
constituentt
clefts
the
and pushed
sentences
relative
clause
backward
for
373
the pseudo-clefts.
perfectly
both
the following
(19)
a.
b.
If
in
book that
'It
is
Mou what
boug4t-not
Mou did
cleft
(19b).
buy?
not
b"Oi (Pseudo-cleft)
hochche
that
is
book
not
in
object
-the
(19a)
cleft
and pseudo-
can be assigned
on the
(20).
in
Je
eTa mou,
Mou did
ta
on the
as shown
it
got
a book that
keneni,
in
mou occurs
Mou bought-not
mou Ja
assigned
b.
Compare
(Cleft)
mou keneni
it
is
a.
works
sentences.
and pseudo-cleft
eTa b"Oi, Ja
Focus
(20)
cleft
it
applied,
sentences:
'What
subject,
is
negation
boi
(Cleft)
keneni
Mou
'It
Je
boi
keneni
se hochche
who book
bought-not
Who
not
did
as the
buy
in
subject
Mou
is
books
(Pseudo-cleft)
mou
was Moul
(20a)
and
(20b)
which
in
turn
focus.
The underlying
can be shown
in
the
structure
following
way:
of the above
sentences
374
(21)
NP
VP
s
I
NP
I
NP
Det
II
I-I,
m kTa
mou
Imou
Quirk
of assigning
are given
(1979:
in
bought-has'
a sentence.
from Bengali
here
kineche
book
et al
focus
boi
following
after
ways
examples
focusing
their
rules.
(22)
a.
Focus at S:
mou name je
meeTa,
girl
Focus
whose
at
V:
mou name
Je
she Dacca-in
name is
meeTa,
thake
se Dhakae
Mou lives
se Dhakae
lives
in
Dacca'
in
Dacca'
thake
lives
'The
ce
girl
whose
name
is
Mou lives
Focus at. 0 D:
mou name Je
meeTa,
girl
book'
whose
,
name is
se
"ie
bO
she book-of
Mou is
mzlaT
dichche
cover
giving
putting
a cover
on
375
d.
Focus at Adv:
mou name Je
meeTa
girl
T. V.
she often
name is
Mou often
and adverbs
(22d)
whose
deekhe
tibhi
se prai
watches
watches
television'
Focusing
as they
(22b)
on verbs
have
features,
interesting
in
verb
is
focused
here
to
show the
'Just',
and aro
(23)
ami Je
meeTake
a.
moutusi-
is
Moutusi
b.
whom I
ami
I
tomake
Je
you-to
that
sudhu
are
sUdhu boi
book
only
hochche
girl
These
chosen
are
adverbs
'only',
'too'.
who girl-the
'The
A few
rule.
Thik/prae
when the
especially
a sentence.
focusing
may be explained
gave
kAli
just
diechilam,
se
gave
she
book
the
only
is
Moutusil
bokechilam,
tar
Jonne
rebuked
that
for
dukkhito
sorry
II
C*
am sorry
that
% hu Je
amake sud
me
n-e. takeo
ta
that
'I
that
only
not
have
also
him-also
not
to help
only
him'
rebuked
you
for
nothing
mainer
Takae
colte
salary-of
money-of
maintain
sahaJJo
korte
help
can-to
to
maintain
hze
h,e
have
myself
on salary
but
376
d. *
tumi
amake je
you
me
'Tell
that
me what
,4
Thik
ki
dite
ta
cao
exactly
what
give-to
exactly
you want
that
want
to
bzlo
give
me?
say
tar
bon-'o
Je
necechilo,
ta
ami
Jantam
his
sister-also
that
danced
that
knew
na
not
'I
The above
did
know that
not
show t4e
examples
his
sister
focusing
also
danced'
on different
types
of
adverbs.
It
focusing
Focusing
a relative
relative
clefts
from
clear
clause
clause
are
on nouns,
also
and in
and simple
included
focusing
in
on cleft
and pseudo-cleft
section.
the
above
sentence.
in
is
such
types
of
constituents
adverbs
a simple
sentence,
in
discussion
the
is
are
shown
the
and pseudoto
A general
sentences.
Besides
sentence.
discussion
sentences
of
and verbs
clefts
that
made in
show
discussion
the
following
377
7.2
Sentence
Cleft
Clefting
7.2.1
Rule
Cleft
the present
different
and pseudo-cleft
as they
study
the
elaborate
along
clefts,
behaviour.
is
their
with
Cleft
into
The only
two
parts,
in
are
difference
the
The reason
in
present
tense
in
Bengali
remains
eTa
(hochche)
it
in
the
so that
clefts
we can
and pseudo-
and transformational
formed
are
sentences
sentence.
(24)
of
syntactic
sentences
divided
either
absent
and pseudo-
of cleft
discussion,
patterns
the
and extraposing
role
this
focusing
'
own verb.
Bengali.
in
structural
Cleft
clause
(7.1-3)
section
previous
in
roles
sentences
cleft
a sentence
The focusing
clauses.
relative
important
play
in
constituents
are
sentences
in
important
(cf.
first
is
or
that
formed
its
same way in
the
in
when a
containing
is
that
the
in
the
second
may remain
verb
clause
or
a copular
or
a clause
in
verb
a sentence
(24).
in
as shown
red
part
each
in
ea kTa lal
is
English
occasionally
1.2-5-3)
absent
in
boi,
Ja
book
which
maena upohar
Moina
present
peechilo
got
tIt
(is)
a red
affecting
list
book
which
Moina
may remain
structure
got
absent
and the
as a present'
in
meaning
the
sentence
of the
sentence.
378
Note that
in
form
the
like
something
eTa 'it',
with
on the next
falls
in
'different
al
place
their
and focusing
be
could
items
capable
are
Quirk
a sentence.
The following
focusing.
begins
it
and focus
in
sentence
951):
by a verb,
followed
positions
et
its
changes
are based
examples
presentation.
tini
hochchen
baali
he
is
Bengali
sresThogrontho
book
best
for
many years
Bengali
Rabindranath
poet
many years
ago for
his
Jini
tar
who
his
bzchorage
Gitanjali's
received
Prize
poet
Rabindranath
bohu
Prize
Nobel
robindronath,
Jonne
peechilen
was the
kobi
gitanJolir
puroskar
'It
1979:
et al,
se-iitence
a cleft
and gets
has
clause
a cleft
on their
(25)
is
element.
of interchanging
(1979:
(Quirk
it
in
of word orders
this
then
second
clause.
of a relative
The sequence
is
the
sentences,
such cleft
nobel
ago Nobel
who received
famous
the
book
Gitanjalil
It
is
neutral
clause
versa.
possible
to
sentence
patterns
Examples:
derive
various
(non-cleft
change
with
cleft
sentence)
the
sentences
like
sentence
(25)t
patterns,
from
where
any
the
and vice
379
(26)
a.
S as Focus
eTa hochche
it
my
is
friend
Selina
Jonne
puroskar
peechilo
novel
for
prize
received
was my friend
for
her
best
Selina,
tar
who her
upponaser
tIt
Je
sresTho
best
the
who received
prize
novel'
0d as Focus
eTa chilo
robindronather
sresTho
grontho
it
Rabindranath's
best
book
was
gitanJoli,
Ja
ami porechi
Gitanjali
which
was Rabindranath's
'It
ce
I have
read'.
A time
as Focus
eTa 1ohub'zchor
it
before
book
Gitanjalip
J-zkhon
baali
when
Bengali
which
kobi
poet
robindronath
tra-r sresTho
grontho
gitanJolir
Jonne
Rabindranath
his
book
Gitanjalits
for
best
nobel
puroskar
peechilen
Nobel
Prize
received
was long
Rabindranath
best
honorific.
best
age
many years
'It
eTa 'it'
read-have
cannot
book
the
Bengali
Nobel
Prize
ago when
the
received
poet
for
his
Gitanjalit
precede
Being
time
NPs in which
inanimate,
it
occurs
nonhuman
380
cf.
nouns:
by eTa 'it'
can be preceded
any inanimate
NP denoting
(27)
a.
the
following
(28)
(29)
a.
of
its
a cow'
manus
it
man
'It
is
a man'
'It
is
table
a tabl. el
it
Rabindranath's
lIt
is
a photograph
eTa robindronather
it
Rabindranath's
'It
is
*eTa
In-i
it-he
Rabindranathfs
photograph
Rabindranathl
upponnas
novel
novel'
robindronather
baba
Rabindranath's
father
(he)
is
Rabindranath's
chobi
of
my
brother
father'
(honorific)
followed
(26b).
occurrence
examples.
eTa Ee kJon
'It
b.
is
pronoun
as shown in
object,
eTa robindronather
b.
the
cow
-a
'It
is
co
if
pronouns
b.
However,
occurrence
shown in
(26c).
and
(26b)
by a
The
are
381
'It
c.
(he)
'It
(30)
my brother'
is
a.
my teacher'
eTa ki?
eTa hochche
m kTa boi
it
it
what
lWhat
b.
is
is
co
d.
is
manus
it
man
'It
is
a man'
eTa are
some other
is
item
the
above
shown
in
in
the
case
of
has
the
form
e ke
a girl',
without
etc.
is
* In
has
sentences
examples.
The most
common
question
and answer
forms
in
examples
e mou 'she
Bengali
in
as a subject
in
becomes
a man'
a picture'
eTa a3kJon
question
animate
'He is
'It
that
mee 'she
man
picture
with
answer
a.
ways
the
manus
it
using
indicate
ee kJon
chobi
illustrated
along
hochche
heV
of
a book'
kTa
m
eTa
been
book
is
he is
he who?
'What
'It
itV
is
ke?
is
(30).
an animate
'who
Moul,
case
is
(30a)
and
o mou '-she is
of
(30b)
Moul,
an inanimate
the
question
se
or
has
382
the
form
'boi
'it
'that
the
eTa ki
a book',
is
is
twhat
a cowl,
etc.
use
correctly
as it
'photograph
of
of
(30d)
show the
proper
occurs
before
the
the
(he)
fit
tion
not
is
is
of
as a subject
allowed
It
honorifically.
eTa has
is
subject.
In
general,
animate
nouns,
but
exception
For
this
reason
common honorific
the
is
it
does
nouns
not
like
but
the
occurrence
i's
is
not
colloquial
speakers
do not
before
(ini)
where
human nouns
which
are
from
clear
these
on its
for
occur
which
occur
sikkhok
'it
eTa bhai
a girl',
and
(29a)
obey
robindronath
is
for
have
as the
The excepit
examples
and
human nouns
subject
Iteacherlo
that
as a
inanimate
honorific
is
used
occurrence
both
for
used
human nouns,
(29b)
may also
human nouns
of
eTa
etc.
eTa occurs
it
(30d),
Moul,
in
quite
and
the
of
(30c)
In
which
in
it
*eTa
restrictions
selectional
the
eTa,
Though
like
shown
of
as a human quantifier
eTa is
the
incorrect
father
eTa.
and use
but
my brother',
using
using
is
show
eTa is
with
and human.
and after
persons
that
(29a)
'the
to
given
indicates
eTa insertion
Rabindranath',
are
eTa
oTa guru
a construction
occasionally
famous
for
except
(29a)
with
(30c).
in
a doll't
Whereas,
way of
becomes
answer
is
honorific
Iman'.
Bengali
of
rules
in
appropriate
noun
non'human
pattern
eTa.
(28a)
an animate
manus
of
and
is
'that
a construction
which
used
and the
(28a)
occurs
Rabindranath',
of
',
Rabindranath'.
in
as eTa occurs
it?
oTa putul
appropriate
used
is
with
features.
of
any
as shown in
583
(29c).
1"_'
't
in.,
7.2.2
do not
eTa insertion,
allow
place
of it.
Focus
in
Cleft
Sentences
It
is
quite
clear
sentence
cleft
case of honorific
use of any
tke
Incase
of non-honorific
focusing
meaning
a..
may be taken
teacher
eakTa boi
diechilen,
teacher
yields
new
hochchen
is
dorsoner
he
philosophy-in
oddhapok
teacher
in
philosophy'
Jini
our
teacher
saheb
who Mou-to
d,orsoner,
oddhapok
book
Hai
diechilen,
tini
gave
he
mouke
teacher
Mr Hai,
teacher
on Wednesday,
is
Mou-to
saheb,
eTa hochche
e
wednesday-on
amader
wednesday-on
our
mouke
hi
sikkho. )k
is
budhbare
tini
a teacher
budhbare
it
and
philosophy-in
co
constituents
Wednesday who is
'It
that
examples
device
saheb Jini
book gave
*eTa
ini
it
or
hai
amader sikkhok
our
b.
above
Exampies:
it.
'Our
the
as a focusing
items
on prticular
in
from
e 'he/she'
(who)
is
who gave
a teacher
N
mou,
Jake
Mou
whom our
amader
in
a book
to
philosophyl
sikkhzk
hai
teacher
Hai saheb
saheb
Mou
384
eekTa boi
budhbare
Wednesday-. on a
diechilen,
darsoner
se
book gave
whe philosophy-in
chattri
student
'It
in
a student
to
Philosophy
Mr
Hai
gave a book on Wednesday'
whom
d.
m kTa
eTa hochche
it
is
boi,
book
Ja
amader
sikkhok
hai
our
teacher
Hai
what
saheb
mouke
budhbare
saheb
Mou-to
wednesday-on*gave
diechilen,
ta
tari
that
his-emp
lekha
written
'It
was a book
that
Mou on Wednesday,
e.
bUdhbar,
it
wednesday
teacher
is
boi
diechilen
Mou-to
book
gave
book
to
amader
when our
Ee kTa
was Wednesday
Mr Hai
when our
gave
to
by himt
written
Jakhon
mouke
fIt
f.
which
eTa chilo
was
our
sikkhok
hai
saheb
teacher
Hai
saheb
teacher
Mr Hai
gave
Moul
amader
sikkhok
hai
our
teacher
budhbare
saheb
mouke
Ja
Mou-to
what
diechilen,
ta
hochche
ea kTa
gzlper
boi
gave
that
is
story-of
book
book'
385
Sentences
which
patterns
first
clause
(31b-e)
(31a)
has
sentence
matrix
and the
the
been
antecedent
in
the antecedent
against
relationship
the relative
in
occurs
its
pronoun.
relative
so the
IbookI.
(31d),
so the
tWednesdayl
occurs
as a pronoun
occurs
as a. time-clause.
Ja 'whatf
and correlative
in
structure
(31a)
a relative
clause
is
subject
place
it
relative
pronoun
(31b),
in
matrix,
pronoun
the
shows its
hai
against
relative
in
antecedent
of a regular-pronoun
(31f)p
of
correlative
Jokhon
fthatt
and ta
saheb
antecedent
the inanimate
clause.
so
mou becomes
of the
as the
'Mr
saheb
(31).
is
the
which
'when'
as it
occur
as
shows a
(3lb-e).
a neutral
in
of the
marker
than
the
inanimate
occurs
different
of
structure
(31e)
relative
structure
of
(31b),
in
each
coreferential
boi
sentence
in
clause
order
can be
original
hai
to match against
place
budhbar
to
and not
in
clause
the
mou 'Moul,
as shown in
'Mr Hail
of
position
due
the
sentence
structure
change
and the
the
of
(31c),
(31)
relative-clause.
retains
matrix-sentence
the
of
initial
altered
the
in
interesting
focusing
of
antecedent
is
Hail
eTa for
the
the
of
sentences.
in
a constituent
moved to
after
sentence
the
been
has
beginning
simultaneously
change
The most
where
the
at
shown
are
(3lb-f).
show variable
and clefting
made considerable
sentences
seen
clefting
in
in
'it'
eTa
(31)
in
constituents
after
and
has
which
are
focusing
of
Focusing
illustrated
sentence,
and without
which'is
focusing
shown with
any constituents.
386
(31f)
is
the
in
ally
which
are
which
is
a-cleft
sentence
cleft
in
constructions
in
the
(in
(31c),
eTa-Ja
with
the
relative
ferential
core
Relative
7.2.3
clauses
(32),
That
Clauses
to
So,
the
ini
or
occurs
'he/she'
as a
is
the
'she-whom?
(31e)
'it-when'
sentences
as they
clause
mentioned
in
se-Jake
cleft
structure
in
Cleft
point
are introduced
the relative
is
'it'
are
contain
usually
seem
co-
maintained
can occur
without
element.
One interesting
relative
which
eTa-Jokhon
no relative
as normally
strictly
show different
(31b),
clauses,
This
elements.
referential
any
(31f).
'what-that'
Ja-ta
and
perfect
(31d),
'it-that'
The
clause.
can be explained
lhe-whot
(31a)
(31).
in
human nouns)
(3lb-f)
in
ini-Jini,
way:
sentences,
with
book'.
and non-clefted
(3lb-e),
element
corefere'ntial
following
matrix
honorific
of
case
their
the
at
'story
a relative
in
shown
are
section.
previous
clefted
with
(31f),
assigned
can be seen
sentence
which
sentences
the
constituents
in
boi
on gDlper
clauses
as a non-cleft
occurs
on the
is
initi-
occurs
except
Focus
between
relative
with
sentences
(3lb-e),
(31f)
in
which
assigned
sentence.
difference
one major
is
by eTa in
preceded
not
a wh-phrase,
Focus
sentence.
the
end of
with
constituted
say that
clause
occurs
Sentences
can be noticed
in
the
after
cleft
the
as the
when
In
sentences.
matrix
subject
sentence.
in
387
cleft
sentence
alway
the
precedes
clause.
relative
(32)
the matrix
sentence,
ce kTa boi
eTa hochche
a.
b.
it
is
'It
is
a book'
amader
sikkh-zk
hai
saheb
budhbare
our
teacher
Hai
saheb
wednesday-on
boi
diechilen
book
gave
'Our
teacher
book
Mr Hai
a book
gave
aakTa
mouke
Mou-to
Mou on
to
Wednesday'
Co
eTa hochehe
Ee-kTa boi,
it
is
book
Ja-
amader
sikkhik
hai
what
our
teacher
Hai
saheb
budhbare
mouke
diechilen
saheb
wednesday-on
Mou-to
gave
was a book
'It
which
Mr Hai
gave
sentence
in
teacher
our
to
Mou on Wednesday'
The common structure
be fronted,
easily
sentence
final
clauses
that
is
Bengali
is
position.
are
more
the
pronoun
of
and the
as an initial
common than
Three
shown in
relative
relative
one in
different
the
a cleft
following
medial
clause
sentence
distributions
examples.
in
clause
or
can
of
.
relative
388
(33)
(34)
Relative
Clause
eTa Je
gacher
pata,
ta
amader
barite
ache
it
which
tree-of
leaf
that
our
house-in
has
'It
is
to,
(lit)
in
Relative
our
is
the
the
in
a Cleft
leaf
belongs
Sentence:
horiner
moto,
se
Moina
eyes
deer's
like
she
whose
student
Moina
whose
a student
eyes
like
are
those
of
a deer
Linguistics'
of
Clause
Relative
which
Sentence:
cokh
Linguistics-of
is
tree
a Cleft
moena Jar
chattri
is
in
used medially
bhasatZtter
'It
(35)
house
Clause
eTa hochche
it
used initially
used finally
in
a Cleft
Sentence:
eTa hai
saheb
agei
bolechilen,
Jini
amader
Hai
saheb
before
said
who
our
who is
our
it
bhasatotter
oddhapok
Linguistics-in
teacher
'It
was told
before
(who)
by Mr Hai,
Linguistics
teacher'
The structural
should
be introduced
'be'
verbal
said
that
not
rence
pattern
regular
in
form
the
of
at
before
occurrence
in
a noun
Bengali#
phrase.
cleft
the
beginning
a noun
of
sentences
of
so that
However,
verb
it
has
there
in
has
already
present
an optional
is
eTa
and hD-
a sentence
It
phrase.
'bet
that
suggests
tense
been
is
occur-
a restriction
on
389
of the
the occurrence
this
that
above is
point
introduction
of
will
applied
not
to
be discussed
clefting
involves
in
also
such
to
complex
The nature
clause.
cases
of
MO-Ue'.*
can be
clefting
but
in
given
the
clefting
of
will
here.
the
following
grame
farmer
village-in
farmer
'The
The coreferential
cow
a
farmer
One of the
in
the
the village?
kinechilo
bought
bought
NP in
with
lives
lives
es kTa goru
sentences:
bask-jre
casa
casa
relativization,
of
that
a relative
'The farmer
b.
has
sentences,
involved
Consider
a.
clefting
Examples
apparent
simple
transformations
clause.
process
made the
of
clause.
incorporating
sentences
(36)
the
a relative
only
and
Constructions
make it
section
the
that
7.2.1)
freely,
completely
discussion
The preceding
(see
occur
of Relative
'Clefting
which
T-rule.
do'dbt on the
casts
7.2.4
constituents
either
other
a cow'
sentence
is
sentence
becoming
two possibilities
is:
accessible
to
the matrix
390
(36)
c.
casa,
Je
farmer
who village-In
baskzre,
grame
lives
se eekTa
goru
he
cow
kinechilo
bought
'The
farmer,
who lives
Subsequent
is
clefting
(36)
of
If
we have
Je
farmer
it
application
'farmer',
casa
Asa,
eTa
d.
this
bought
a village,
can be applied.
rule
clefting
rule,
to
in
grame
who village-in
a relativization
the
the
a' cow'
by
NP focused
following
result:
baskpre,
se eekTa
goru
lives
he a
cow
kinechilo
bought
'It
from
Apart
the
(who)
bought
the
insertion
does
pattern
clause
of
application
pronoun
relative
the
like
'he'
If
cow,
(i.
the
is
involved:
(36)
e.
the
Je
usual
the
farmer,
of
'it,
eTa
in
the
(36d),
in
'who'
rule
and the
relative
village,
than
the
relative
as a result
as it
the
retains
pronoun
is
one which
a rather
is
eekTa
the
more
goru
head
complex
Ja
casa
kinechilo,
Je
it
that
farmer
bought
who
cow
of
se
pattern.
by clefting
NP foccussed
the
coreferential
clause,
construction),
relative
who lives
a cow,
not
a NP other
e.
of
the
was
'a
noun
change
391
grame
bask-3re
village-in
lives
'It
in
After
inserting
eTa 'it'
initially
on m kTa goru
introduced
correlative
farmer
bought,
who lives
a village'
and focusing
is
the
'a
Es kTa goru
with
pronoun
the
of
to
the
sentence
cowl,
a new relative
as its
antecedent.
relative
(36e)
pronoun
The
is
construction
then
deleted.
The same series
if
both
(37)
a.
NPs are
of
dokandar
haisTrite
baskDre
shopkeeper
High Street-in
lives
lives
possible
dokandar
pionke
merechilo
shopkeeper
postman
struck
Me
Co
is
+human e. g.
'The shopkeeper
b.
transformations
sho"p3l7ruck
the
dokandar,
Je
shopkeeper
who High
postman'
haisTriTe
bask2re,
lives
Street-in
se pionke
he postman
merechilo
struck
'The
shopkeeper.
struck
the
who lives
in
the
Street,
postman$
eTa hochche
dokandar,
Je
it
shopkeeper
who High
is
High
haisTriTe
Street-in
baskzre
lives
392
se pionke
merechilo
he postman
struck
'It
was the
Street,
e.
Jake
it
postman
whom shopkeeper
is
Street-in
within
the
(37)
main
the
relative
is
pronoun
Je
shopkeeper,
(37e)
in
than
is
being
optionally
It
is
postman
whom shopkeeper
Je
haisTriTe
in
illustrated
end,
dokandar
merechilo
struck
lives
whom the
postman
in
as
the
High
(37f)
are
struck,
shopkeeper
Street'
less
common than
the
type
(37e).
The examples
if
the
bask-Dre
Street-in
Such constructions
at
retained:
Jake
who lives
embedded
placed
pion,
was the
who
struck'
eTa hochche
'It
who
struck
Street,
rather
High
merechilo
whom the
clause
clause
who High
show that
he
High
correlative
f.
lives
in
the
if
(se)
postman
lives
dokandar,
bask3re
was the
the
postman'
pion,
'It
the
in
eTa hochche
High
that
the
who struck
haisTriTe
Note
who lives
shopkeeperp
the
relative
focusing
the
contains
a relative
different
given
transformation
clefting
constructions,
are
which
the
sentence
NPs in
clause.
(36)
in
is
structure
a complex
and
applied
(37)
to
changes
construction
The'transformational
on
which
rule
also
393
that
implies
the
the
is
this
clause
statement
is
is
Note,
that
embedded
noun
the
relative
focused
required
if
within
the
the
is
matrix
the
deleted
and
antecedent,
modification
original
clause.
NP
other
any
NP as its
slight
then
clause,
If
pronoun
the
If
relativization.
eTa-insertion.
however,
is
after
of
correlative
having
pronoun,
introduced.
head
the
then
focused,
the
change
required
a relative
is
is
NP focused
only
can be done
clefting
relative
of
394Sentences
Pseudo-Cleft
7.3
Construction
7.3.1
like
Pseudo-clefts
in
their
as the
in
subject
are
a.
C*
d-arkar
your
good
sleep-of
need
need
tomar
dzrkar
it
good
sleep
which
you
need
'It
is
from
constituents.
'it'
is
added
first
a
sentence
sleep'
Ja
a good
tomar
you
you
that
sleep
you
need'
dorkar
ta
hochche
bhalo
ghum
need
that
is
good
sleep
is
a good
(38b)
occurs
need
derived
(sound)
a good
ghum
Both cleft
a pseudo-cleft.
the neutral
sleep'
(38c)
and
as a cleft
and pseudo-cleft
sentence
(38a)
sentences
after
initial
string
in'(38b)
as
are
adding
related.
eTa
to
the
The
between
eTa bhalo
'What
is
clauses.
the
where
ghumer
what
is
and pseudo-cleft
distinction
bhalo
Ja
'it'
wh-clause
higher
tomar
fYou
b.
the
of
difference
sentence.
as a neutral
occurs
eTa
cleft
sentence,
and a pseudo-cleft
cleft
in
show the
will
examples
that
and the
Both
predicates
The main
is
clefts
pseudo-clefts.
construction,
following
in
subject
new information
convey
focus.
and pseudo-clefts
clefts
inserted
(38)
through
constituents
between
clefts
which
is
395
like
(38c).
pseudo-cleft
has added
plus
in
absent
pseudo-cleft
is
ta
Ithatt
medial
the
after
(1976:
of
a verb
of
The following
verbs
(39)
in
may or
126)
which
?that,
may remain
an initial
mentions
that
wh-word,
which
with
occurs
the
without
to
respect
that
in
be present
clarify
or
with
sentences
may not
will
a pseudo-cleft
a negative
a sentence.
function
two-way
of
any negation.
any Negation
Ja
mou korechilo
ta
hochche
se
what
Mou did
that
is
she room-of
Jalie
rekhechilo
on
put
'What
Mou did
the
b.
with
pseudo-cleft
examples
Without
a.
and ta
can be said
it
also
and WithoutNegation
constructions
element
pseudo-cleft
and a be verb
correlative,
Culicover
the
Bengali
the'sentence
'what'
of
the
of
correlative.
With
7.3.2
So,
in
formed
last
the
construction.
cleft
Ja
namely
clause
end of
the
a cleft,
hochch, e 'is',
a be verb
the
at
Like
new constituents,
as a correlative
The initial
pattern.
transferred
is
sentence
may be taken
which
clause
a relative
neutral
in
tthat',
by $a
followed
was that
bati
ghorer
she put
on the
light
hochche
ea kTa
bhalo
is
good
light
of
room'
Ja
mou ceechilo,
ta.
what
Mou wanted
that
gzlpo
story
396
likhte
write-to
Mou wanted
'What
(40)
to
write
a good
storyl
With
Negation
a.
Ja
mou korechilo
ta
hochche
sara
rat
ghzrer
what
Mou did
that
is
all
night
room-of
bati
Jalie
rakheni
light
on
put
'What
Mou did
b.
not
to
was not
(but
night'
the
put
to'keep,
light
it
the
on of
room
all
Ja
mou ceechilo
ta
hochche
ee kTa
g2lpo
na
what
Mou wanted
that
is
story
not
off)
likhte
write-to
Mou wanted
'What
to
is
sentences
constituent
of
In
(40a),
is
not
verb
that
put
important
sentence
the
one gets
Mou did,
mou sara
the
light
structural
becomes
a story'
is
rat
of
the
answer
ghorer
on of
the
changes
a pseudo-cleft:
is
bati
verb
in
korechilo
the
Ja
sentence.
verb
ni
this
phrase
'Mou did
There
night'.
occur
end
'did'
main
rakhe
the
the
end of
Jalie
room all
which
the
to
attached
the
at
the
answer
the
and negative
always
occurs
in
asserted
negation,
sentence
which
is
which
through
phrase
what
way:
question
given
of
write
(but
one)
the
to
The answer
the
read
to
was not
are
when a neutral
'what'
is
added
two
397
the
and
initially
side
side
that
of
the
sentence
of
the
sentence.
(1976:
that
This
205).
headless
the
to
following
from
right
the
the
left
hand
be made clear
similarities
also
mentioned
occur
similarities
to
have
is
only
embedded
should
similarity
Hence,
bears
a.
is
relatives
pseudo-clefts.
cleft
One point
which
a point
relatives,
an answer
gets
sentences
pseudo-cleft
is
which
question
Culicover
in
superficial
but
heads
without
the
first
the
headless
headless
with
in
part
is
of
the
not
the
sense
the
pseudoCompare
relatives.
sentences:
Ja
ta
mou porchilo,
that
Mou reading-was
what
hochche
is
m kTa
golper
story-of
boi
book
'What
b.
book'
was a story
Ja
mou kinechilo,
ta
hochche
m kTa boro
what
Mou bought
that
is
large
khEe lna
toy
'What
co
was a, large
Mou bought
Ja
m3ena dekhche,
what
Moina
looking
toyl
ta
hochche
EekTa
sundor
that
is
beautiful
at is
a beautiful
sari
sari
'What Moina is
The examples
which
are
looking
given
in
(41)
are
of
sari'
pseudo-clefts
398
and show head
The first
less
nouns
the
of
part
clauses)
can be constructed
changing
the
of
a.
Ja
(better
sentendes
to
headless
the
sentences
which
ta
tar
mone
nei
that
her
mind-in
not
mou porhcilo,
relatives
say
after
contain
CO
ta
sobai,
p-zchondo
koreche
what
Mou bought
that
all
liked
has
Mou bought
Ja =ena
The apparent
quite
was liked
dekhche,
Moina
is
of
the
different.
are
that
all-to
at
between
due to
sentences.
by all'
sobaike
looking
similarities
relatives
ta
looking
Moina
'What
part
remember?
mou kinechilo,
what
headless
she cannot
Ja-
IWhat
are
into
first
head-
with
Examples:
heads.
(42)
part
second
similarities
sentences.
These
at'.
the
end of
'What
Mou bought',
looking
is
Moina
has
sentences
'What
Ja mou kinechilo
the
at
occur
Ja mou porchilo
e. g.
relatives,
'What
which
bolbe
say-will
she will
the
initial
However,
tell
to
and the
pseudo-clofts
wh-clauses
structurally
all'
or
the
they
399
Clefts
7.3.3
and Pseudo-clefts
Like
A neutral
sentence.
is
which
relative
in
clause
and focus
is
is
moved from
its
is
the
(43)
for
needed
following
a.
or
here
and does
not
initial
also
a simple
as being
not
any whthe
position,
This
one
contain
If
assigned.
wh-constituent.
raising
may be shown
examples.
boi
Mou a,
book bought
story-of
'Mou bought
b.
taken
structure
the
are
a neutral
is
sentence
its
pseudo-ciefts
from
simple
constituent
in
the
clefts,
by a transformation
derived
rule
the
a story
kinechilo
book'
Ja
mou kinechilo,
ta
hochche
m kTa g; lper
what
mou bought
that
is
story-of
boi
book
'What
(that)
Mou bought
YP
between
The comparison
in
the
occurs
sense
in
that
a cleft
extraposition
Ja
VP
mou Wh kiechilo
Mou bought'
'what
focusing
book'
lip
mou kinechilo
id
clause
a story
ss
C.
helpful
is
it
clefts
shows
the
and pseudo-clefts
way the
and pseudo-cleft.
rules
in
a sentence.
relative
as well
This
as
feature
is
400
later
can be illustrated
after
the
comparing
structures
of
and pseudo-clefts.
clefts
(44)
kTa
m
mou
gzlper
boi
Mou a
story-of
book
'Mou bought
b.
kinechilo
bought
book'
a story
Ja
mou kinechilo,
ta
hochche
askTa
golper
what
Mou bought
that
is
story-of
boi
book
Mou bought
'What
eTa ea kTa
co
-story
book
'It
was a story
book
sentence
(44a)
and pseudo-clefts
cleft
focus
and pseudo-clefts
order
initial
part
in
sentence
which
(44c).
remains
clause
in
is
assigned
(44c)
in
the
The
relative
clear
at
the
the
the
from
occurs
same
in
clause,
cleft
of the
cleft
sentence
pseudo-cleft.
as the
the-above
the
end of the
end of the
in
cleft
occurs
beginning
extraposed*in
cleft
in
constituent
for
'story
boi
are not
and at
and at
is
Both in
on gzlper
Focusing
which
is
transformations
(44c).
and
The relative'clause
It
Mou bought'
constituents
(44b)
constituent
(44c).
that
an NP, occurs
unextraposed,
The focusing
Mou bought
(44b).
sentence
pseudo-cleft
what
(44b)
cleft
pseudo-cleft
contains
also
sentence
in
mou kinechilo
in
(44c).
and
(44b)
in
Ja
has undergone
focusing
the
though
book',
the
g-31per-boi,
It
The neutral
book'
was a story
initial
examples
that
401
is
when a pseudo-cleft
posed
automatically
final
part
is
(44)
eTa eakTa
c.
needed
'It
If
a cleft
formation
the
in
as shown
golper
was a story
Ja
book
that
Mou bought
it
extra-
to
the
the
extrapose
a further
the
boi,
initial
to
we want
is
clause
from
sentence,
(45)
relative
transferred
sentence.
in
clause
relative
and is
the
of
formed,
trans-
following
examples.
mou kinechilo
Mou bought'
Ja
hochche
ee kTa
golper
which
is
story-of
book'
(lit)
boi
book
Mou bought
'It
(1979)
AkmajJan
interesting
19-20)
examples
(44c)
sentence
is
(45).
and
derived
in
can be stated
simple
sentence
cleft,
(b)
and
gets
focus.
relative
The form
It
clause
exists
other
should
is
is:
in
formation
or simple
identical
of a simple
the above
is
sentence
which
phrase
part
as the
predicate
here
it
sentence
subject
be mentioned
sentence,
to the neutral
(a)
manner:
in
of
shown in
the
introduced
(1979:
when a pseudo-cleft
a pseudo-cleft
the following
the
already
structure
two ways in
in
distributed
is
from a neutral
sentence.
or simple
This
the phrase
contain
should
the
sentences.
regarding
which
sentences,
(1979)
and Higgins
one point
mentions
was a story
on pseudo-cleft
study
pseudo-cleft
which
that
one part
in
of the
a pseudophrase
which
when a
the pseudo-cleft
sentence
402
the
structure
above
is
clause
of
is
pseudo-cleft
(46)
a.
following
the
be shown in
retained
the
above
(cf.
Bengali
structure
44a).
This
may
examples.
mou aJ
ee kTa g; )lper
Mou today
boi
(Neutral)
kineche
book bought-has
story-of
Bengali
When a relative
a sentence,
in
in
structure
structure.
in
introduced
not
becomes
pseudo-cleft
correlative
English
the
from
different
is
as the
Bengali
in
different
an English
of
book today'
a story
kineche,
ta,
Ja
mou aJ
what
Mou today'bought-hasthat
m kTa
hochche
is
g,31per_boi
book
story-of
In
(46)9
in
bered
'a story
is
focus
matrix
subject
bought
the
book'
is
the
the predicate
predicate
is
clause
the predicate
contrast
the English.
of
It
is
Likewise,
(46a)
are dismem-
in
the
(46b)
subject
boi
of the
the
the
is
'what
This
clause.
that
and
of
mou 'Moul
pseudo-cleft
may be said
boi
'-is a story
and Ja aJ kineche
Bengali
the
of
are
ea kTa gzlper
EekTa golper
of it.
sentence
sentences
complement
'that'
ta
to it.
the
relative
of
today'
of both
be noticed.
and hochche
sentence
sharp
against
can easily
bookt
a story
the neutral
constituents
(46b)
assigned
is
book'
phrase
is
from
structures
identical.
today
formed
is
pseudo-cleft
and the
(46a)
bought
Mou has
'What
has
shows
construction
this
is
the
403
usual
Bengali
of
pattern
Clauses
Relative
the relative
or "free
are those
whereas,
is
occurrence
of
which
"free
lack
relatives"
may be
relatives"
in
occur
full
with
in
it.
sentences
interesting.
equally
sentences
and 'non-restrictives'
('restrictive'
the
on the
analysis
pseudo-cleft
"bound relatives"
heads
from
Pseudo-clefts
pseudo-clefts
in
occur
"Bound relatives"
wing
in
clauses
in
(1979)
Akmajian's
either
derived
sentence.
a neutral
7.3.4
is
when pseudo-cleft
his
terms.
lexical
our terms),
are
shown (47)
Pseudo-clefts
a.
Bound
with
Relatives:
mou aJ
Je
Jinis
kinechilo,
seTa holo
ee kTa
Mou today
what
thing
bought
that
was
putul
doll
'What
b.
(thing)
Mou bought
mDena Je
somoe bari
Moina
time
which
today
phirechilo
home returned
was a doll'
tokhon
* then
baroTa
twelve
'It
was twelve
noon
Moina
when
cam home?
tupur
noon
404
(48)
Pseudo-clefts
a.
Free
with
mou, Ja
kinechilo,
ta
holo
putul
Mou what
bought
that
was
doll
did
bari
Moina
home returned
at
was twelve
the
end of
constituents
diff
sentences
have
and free
(49)
(50)
bound
dupur
baroTa
then
noon
twelve
above
items,
or
after
and free
came home'
sentences,
however,
i. e.
assigned
the
focus
post-copular
in
relatives
pseudo-
sentences.
(1979:
Akmajian
which
the
focusing
in
takhon
when Moina
noon
sentences
both
phirechilo,
of
for
restrict
the
cleft
when
dissimilarities
not
was a doll'
Jokhon
m-zena
'It
Apparent
Relatives
from
er
semantic
19)
other
out
This
in
(49).
that
pseudo-cleft
on initial
sentences
variables.
as shown
relatives
points
is
and
true
clauses
for
both
(50).
Bound Relative
Je
Jinis
kinechilo,
moena
what
thing
Moina
bought
'The
thing
Moina
bought
ta
hochche
golap
that
is
rose
was rosest
Free Relative
Ja
moena kinechilo,
bought
Moina
what
'What Moina bought
ta
hochche
golap
that
is
rose
was roses'
bound
405
'thing'
Jinis
(49).
classes
thing,
the
The head
noun
functions
and is
capable
of
free
relative
have
also
the
the
of
the
examples
phul
Moina
rose
flower
JiniS
dropped
after
bought
Ithingt
class.
where
the
This
given
in
in
semantic
of
any
Same in
initial
wh-
may be
that
indicates
variables.
already
meaning
Variables
which
Relative
over
its
of
variables.
golap
the
pseudo-cleft
kTa
m
mDena
IMqina
Both
the
by focusing,
place
following
as a variable
conveying
semantic
easily
replaced
takes
in
Bound
in
noun
inanimateness
includes
which
words
as the, head
occurs
focus
and
(50).
(50)
have
kinechilo
bought
a rose'
in
assigning
(49)
and Ja
focus
'what?
on golap
in
phul
Ir-ose
been
(flower)'.
CHAPTER EIGHT
Conclusion
stLLdy is
The present
of
Bengali
structural
of
theoretical
aspects
introduced
to
only
to
of
finding
in
date
rules
The Bengali
interrogative
pronouns
I
from
differs
in
which
non-human
its
and non-honorific,
Je and the
'what,
inanimate
in
the
which
modification.
and needs
its
distinction
has
than
between
Je
with
their
three
1whot
in
their
the
do with
to
includes
are
the
respect-Bengali
counterpart
which'
syntax.
from
relative
human,
non-honorific,
honorific
406
rules
different
grammar
Je differ
the
are
properties.
that,
largely
describe
rather
honorific,
been
t6
this
done
work
complex
pronouns
a*sentence
in
differ
and inanimate
and Je
and thus
Bengali
form.
morphological
0
pronouns
problems
needed
quite
rules
interrogative
occurrences
pronouns
is
pattern
has
some of
grammarians
in
English,
and the
relative
'what'
As a result,
relative
are
relativi-
of
as the
model
the
the
The rules
language,
transformational
Bengali
than
aspects
transformational
grammatical
supplementary
rather
to
some. methodological
the
by transformational
provided
their
for
given
rules.
different,
aspects
is
emphasis
explaining
languages.
on non-Aryan
on different
clauses
be expected,
the
using
relative
explain
As would
zation.
arose
More
relativization.
aspects
based
is
is
inanimate.
occurrence
a human
Jini,
Ja
The human
in
407
When both
sentence.
due to
become deictic
they
Je and the
between
of
after
the
the
between
the
two
occurrence
to
occur
after
correlatives
a Bengali
sentence.
correlativet
but
the
of
Bengali
shows
for
the
Underly, ing
described
Bengali
the
the
shows
for
are
present
clauses
for
formulated
completely
not
From
Matzhing
this
point
Analysis,
have-been
Conjunction-Analysis
dissertation,
in
the
employing
are
clauses.
the
pronominali-
relative
rules
they
relative
pronoun
construction
of
the
a:
Moreover,
pronoun.
difficulties
Analysis,
Promotion
Structure
in
process
of
the'matrix
by a coreferential
construction,
relative
satisfactory
view,.
As most
languages.
the
in
linguists
by different
proposed
English
the
of
and
in
The relative-correlative
NP.
sentences
other
the
use
pronoun
marker
a relative
replaced
sentence,
matrix
zatioil
without
the
relative
relative
correlative
NP is
identical
an
when
the
to
are
construction
not
pronouns
in. regard
i. e.
and the
A relative
rules
clause
relative
clause
relative
shows
vs
vs non-honorific,
sentences..
matrix
construction,
relative
the
honorific
structures
in
(animate
properties
Bengali
different
in
correlative
of
juncture
their
of
postcedent,
a close
Je fails
different
having
vs non-deictic),
involved
the
respect
human vs non-human,
deictic
in
in
the
antecedent.
inanimate,
in
of
A contrast
The inanimate
antecedent.
before
presence
postcedent.
Besides
of
the
Je can be noticed
types
the
of Je occur
types
but
as they
fail
to
408
the
explain
been
has
new rule
Bengali
relative-correlative
clauses.
when it
headless
tive
of
and this
rent
structure
Like
the
the
the
with
single
them
relative
the
Je and Ja)
can occur
clauses.
- different
distinguish
them.
in
structure
shows a diffe-
also
Bengali
also
allows
double.
Bengali
'are
relatives
plural
double
preceding
shows
mark
double
related
or
types
relatives.
to
the
of
as a relative
double
and allow
This
and absence
with
Though
has
also
plural
used
side
All
plurality.
Though
relatives.
(except
inflections
relatives,
the, head
selectional
word
clauses
their
show
following
identical
include
to
in
or
Je as a rela-
of
presence
language
double
have
pronouns
as a
a pause
shows
helps
and
relative
with
the
relatives
plural
may occur
postcedent,
they
markers.
relatives
relative
inanimate
relative
as plural
pronouns,
by side
a deictic
when Je occurs
the
relatives,
single
relative
the
of
It
relative-correlative
clauses,
relative
relatives
for
also
the
from
the
relative
pronoun
The occurrence
Moreover,
Apart
Bengali
relative
the
as a complementizer,
or
can handle
Je.
of
antecedent
except
a sentence,
correlatives,
Bengali
the
clause.
a comma'intonation.
pronoun
case
and as a complementizer
pronoun
order
the
preceding
after
relative
in
of
Je becomes
occurs
pronoun
feature
as a aeictic
as a complementizer.
relative
in
pronoun,
as a relative
which
Bengali,
can be observed
pronouns
Bengali
interesting
The most
pronoun
for
proposed
relative
in
structure
not
all
nouns
in
restrictions
of
-i-i.
409
on the
in
different
of
occurrence
The different
head
the
juncture
relative
the
constructions
pronouns
can
inanimate
Je
is
the
useful
of
clause
formation
the
the
hand,
and the
noun
clauses
head
of
makes
other
which
The
noun.
structures
aspect
non-
clauses,
also
possible
in
Bengali
of
relative
Bengali
relative
The headless
relative.
Bengali.
headless
in
pronouns
which
also
All
the
relative
relatives,
the
(cf.
except
Object,
are
Noun Phrase
Bengali
2.2.2)
for
Oblique
easily
Bengali.
In
Accessi-
relative
shows
that
clauses.
Bengali
Subject,
Direct
Object,
Genitive
NP and
accessible
for
positions.
relativizable
in
(1977)
explaining
Hierarchy,
Comparison
Object
is
precede
relative
head
In
2.1.8).
in
Indirect
relative
relative
from
headless
and Comriels
the
head
On the
infinite
Keenan
The Accessibility
all
the
constitute
(cf.
nouns
the
common in
fairly
are
relatives
the
is
the
them,
interesting
The most
clauses.
Object,
clauses
shows
process
pronouns
definite.
clause
clauses
relative
restrictive
between
relative
relative
and stacked.
non-restrictive
relative
of
stacking
allows
in
in
or
exists
pronoun
separates
bility
pronouns
headless
As the
between
deictic
comma intonation
relative
follow
nouns
exists
clause,
the
clauses.
relative
before
and the
they
while
nouns,
restrictive
a close
relative
Bengali
of
clauses,
relative
head
occur
types
non-restrictive,
restrictive,
restrictive
the
of
clauses.
relative
are
types
relative
relative
cl ause
I
forming
410
case is
strategies,
Internal
for
the
it
sentence,
to
show Prenom,
As Bengali
strategies.
occurrence
POstnom and
becomes easier
due to the
Strategy
the
included
to
the
of
show the
verb
Internal
the
at
end of
sentence.
As case has been included
Accessibility,
Noun hrase
in
the
no separate
discussion
of the
of it
account
has
been given.
A short
and participial
gerundive
shows different
constructions
the
within
application.
relative
of the
of complement
either
as a relative
been made in
clause
complement
pronoun,
along
of Je,
Je 'that'
to
with
necessitates
A few rules
These include
Gapping,
and Focus.
constructions.
the
and different
or as a deictic
relative
use of Je in
different.
in
types
other
in
the
between
Scrambling,
allows
of
Je.
two types
deletion
The
senten-
clause
of Je.
Six
Topicalization,
the
the
complement
Chapters
has
complement
than
relative
the
in
Bengali
discussion
an extended
are included
Bengali
of head
in
show the
pronoun
the distinction
(4.2)
As Je can occur
as a complementizer
and as a relative
position
Five
section
illustrate
with
occurrence
ces,
clauses.
Chapter
their
occurrence
constructions
or as a complementizer,
pronoun,
This
infinitive,
showing
and participial
complementizer
types
clauses
of the
gerundive
The complement
after
clause.
possibilities
in-infinitive,
nouns
occurrence
discussion
and Seven.
Extra-
of
411
identical
verbs,
identical
elements
When the
object
SOV pattern
OSV, the
OVS, or
to
position
of
difference
sometimes
show the
the
the
fronting
When topic
topic.
the
subjectt
OVS, OSVO or
not
clause
antecedent
a topic.
constituents
marked
something
like
that
the
This
occurs
In the
than
the
rules
the
in
the
before
a relative
and, after
can be marked
be either
could
the
order,
clause,
of
as a
than
constituents
topicalization
due to
SOV
original
topic
word_order:
be-seen
to
the
end of
'Assigning
unmarked
SOV, word
included
the
a sentence
this.
may also
where
changed
of
movement
as a topic,:
other
of
and
this
to
assigned
condition
context
retains
initially,
order
clause
is
is
word
retained.
relative
is
shows
constituent
sentence
noun
to
rule
constituents
are-also
clauses
relative
subject
object
Other
Extraposition
When a Bengali
order,
word
of
to
gramma-
one
major
relation
a SVO,
scrambling
ows the
emphasis.
or
movement
sentence.
the
in
Topicalization
like
in
into
become
'The
certain
show
When an
etc.
patterns
rule'sh.
constituents
certain
sentences
constituents-from
of
movement
clauses.
changed
a sentence.
The movement
a sentence.
use
the
of
some
relative
them,
is
sentence
within
of
to
a sentence
movement
freedom
the
of
another
the
when
alternate
the
tical-after
from
applied
such
original
in
is
movement'rule
structures
and adverbs
dropped
are
variable
shows
nouns
on any
ofSOV
case
of
is
a relative
rule.
it
assigned"to
the'constituents
-When an
is
marked
any other
move
as
412
initially
in
of the relative
object
of the
place
topicalization
takes
comparison
is
difference
between
Bengali
it
initially,
Bengali
the
is
clause
sentence
easier
verb.
is
more easily
moveable
the
impose restrictions
occasionally
a. subject
before
insertion
does
honorific
not
nouns
non-honorific
position
is
possible
embedded
in
initial
Three
position.
extraposition
position
from
transformational
in
Bengali
rules.
relative
NP,
complex
Subject
of
-'anyiinanimate
extra-
but
NP shift#,
is
clause
final
not-in
extraposition,
are
of eTa as
eTa
-Moreover,
positions,
pro-
sentences-
when a relative
types
different
Sentential.
relative
on, t4einsertion,,
and pronouns.
an. intransitive
and-the
any problem-before.
and medial
from
than
nouns and'pronouns.
create
becomes
Moreover,
The Bengali
positions.
to a
When
it
toBengali,
applied
are dropped
correlatives
their
change
nouns
the
is
for
of the
clause,
has a head.
clauses
or
to a relative
When extraposition
occurs
fsapplied
moves forward.,,
one which
verb
sentence
and
to extrapose
transitive
contains
moves--to, the-end
sentence
Extraposition
a sentence
end of
and
applied
Primary
Topicalization,
and, this
which
the latter
clauset
is
shown in
When a complement
rule.
relative
extrapos-ition
and
and Indonesian.
moved to the
extraposition
place,,
Indonesian,
by eTa 'it'.
it
pattern
In Secondary
made with
copies
replaces
the
changed.
Topicalization.
Secondary
in
is
clause
antecedent
namely
extra-and
examined'with
their
413
a discussion
is
There
to
show the
new information
is
included
only
the
to
focus.
show their
differences
application.
Focus
as to
as well
study
tant
is
is
introduced
in
the
in
first
reason
in
tense
the
A cleft
Various
element.
by a verb,
are
sentences
cleft
of
cedent
in
sentence
as the
of
in
subject
a pseudo-cleft
of
eTa,
focusing
without
moves
to'the
As both
is.
on the
next
from
any
and pseudo-
different
constituthe
preceding
construction
sentence.
may be
can be derived
or
The
which
cleft
either
present
falls
and a cleft
clause
relative
the
with
occurs
a verb
with
either
the
'it'
clause
a relative
constituted
cedent
eTa
a sentence.
Bengali
in
sentence
absent
in
verb
clauses
shown after
a sentence
sentence.
and focus
sentences
Relative
sentence.
neutral
or
in
a sentence
cleft
in
When a cleft
clause
impor-
play
may remain
begins
The
and pseudo-clett
a copular
sentence
followed
optionally
in
or
noun,
sentences.
c.onstructions
verb
second
constitu-
object
constituents
the
occasionally
a clause
deleted.
ents
in
noun,
clauses.
relative.
Bengali,
or
that
is
different
its
any major
cleft
sentences
and after
to
in
in
relevant
the
subject
included
also
the
is
before
meaning
applied
Presupposition
applied,
and pseudo-clef
and extraposing
it
and negative
focusing
in
roles
is
as the
such
Cleft
sentences.
in
affirmative
focus
of
that
extent
is
which
a sentence.
can be assigned
a sentence
of
ents
in
When focus
describing
focus,
of
sentence
it.
ante-
may be
The ante-
end of**th6
and Ja
eTa
'it'
twhatt
occurs
and Ja
414
'what'
they
inanimate,
are
any honorific
clefting
nouns
The present
in
Bengali
of
for
it
but
the
which
many aspects
frame
versus
for
depend,
relative
the
absence
any detailed
cannot.
of
relevant
claim
are
clauses.
investigated,
relative,
as
consti-
formulate
to
be final,
pronouns,
as far
illustrated
language.
non-restrictive
to
relative
aspects
which
in
clauses
and to
clauses
the
relativi-
Bengali
descriptions
the
apply
on my, intuition
solely
can be further
relative
of
case of
and pronouns.
and relative
study
of
eTa and Ja
describe
colloquial
examples
pattern
colloquial
restrictive
of
as
to
an attempt.
the
standard
and their
clauses
the
to
up-to-date
All
to
the
nouns
to
The present
them.
possible.
case
of
types
gives
relative
in
I had
speaker
different
rules
is
pronouns
relative
grammar,
a native
Owing
Bengali.
description
tute
pronouns,
honorific
study
in
problem
transformationallmodel
generative
zation
or
of
as subjects
stand
cannot
create
as
are
There-are
such
clauses
used
still
as the
and
Bibliography
(1972)
Judith
Aissen,
(1972:
J. P. Kimball
In
(1970)
Adrian
Akmajian,
"Where Do Relative
(1979)
Sentences",,
of the
Aspects
& Heny,
Adrian
Akmajian,
LI
Sentences
Grammar of FocUi'in
Publishing.
tional_'-Sntix**'3rd
Transforma.
of
Cambridge,
Mass:
to. the
Edition.
The MIT-Press.
(eds')-'(1973)-"'A'Festshrift
P.
Holt,
New York:,
Halle,
Morris
For
English.
& Kiparsky,
From
1.2,149-168.
Principles
S. R.
Anderson,
Cleft
*Garland
187-198).
"On Deriving
Pseudo-cleft
Clauses
Rinehart
&
Winston.
Avery
Andrews,
(1975)
Annamalai,
(1969)
R. E.
(1982)
University
Emmon (1968)
& Robert
Bach,
Studies.,
'. '
North-Holland.
In
T.
(eds)
Theory.
New-York:
Leif
Kvistgaard
Emmon Bach
--
T. Harms (19680.91-122)'.
Unpublished
Chicago.
of
Lingua'Descriptive
Tamil.
Amsterdam:
Bach,
'disser-
Tamil-,
Adjectival'Clausesin,
Ph. D. dissertation,
Asher,
Ph.'D.
MIT.
tation,
E.
Unpublished
Clauses.
Comparative
. of-Relative'and
theSyntax
in
Studies
(1968)
Universals
-Holt#
Rinehart
in
&
Winston.
Bache,
Carl
& Jakobson,
Distinction
Relative
between
Clauses
Restrictive
(1980),
and Non-restrictive
in Modern English".
243-267.
415
"On the'
Lingua
52.3/4:
416
R. (1976)
Bartsch,
and Semantics
"Syntax
Amsterdam Papers
Clauses".
in
of Relative
Formal
Grammar
1: 1-24.
(1974)
Arlene
Berman,
1n Michael
"Infinitival
W. LaGaly
John S. (1981)
Ithaca
Joan W. (1970)
Bresnan,
(1971)
of Grammatical
Cornell
in
Relations.
University
"On Compleme.ntizers:
Press.
Toward a
of Complement'Typesll.
Theory
Syntactic
Progress
Mouton*'
The Theory
and London:
Constructions".
(1974,37-46).
al
The Hague:
Linguistics.
Bowers,
et
(eds)
K.
M. & Heidolph,
Bierwisch,
Relative
297FL-6*.
321.
.
Bresnan,
(1979)
Theory_of
Syntax
New York
Joan
& Grimshaw,
in
Relatives
Brown,
E. K.
(198
Brown,
E. K.
Jane
(1978)
English".
Introduction
"The, 'Syntax'of
LI
9-3:
Clauses
in
GSRC CA
Vant
& Miller,
GarlandPublishing.
and London:
Relative
Speech.
in En
Complementation
Free
331--391-a CorRus
of
Scots
Sl s-2./ 1.
J. E.
(1980)
to
Sentence
Syntax:
A Linguistic
Structure.
London:
Hutchinson.
(1982)
Syntax:
Generative
Grammar.
London:
Hutchinson.
Burt,
(1971)
M. K.
Harper
Carlson,
L.
(1977)
From Deep to
Surface'Structureo'-New
York:
Row.
and
"Amount
Relatives",
53-3:
520-542.
417
(1976)
J.
Chattopadhyaya,
Complement
Constructions
M. Litt.
Bengali, #'Unpublished
thesis,
in
University
of Delhi.
Chomsky, Noam (1965)
Aspects
Mass:
Cambridget
(1971)
(1971:
8-3:
(1981)
In Peter
"Filters
Constraint".
"Noun Phrase
Peter
& L. A.
183-216).
W.. Culicover
and Control".
Nelson,
Sachiko;
Cole,
and
In D. D. Steinberg
H. (1977)
Wayne, Harbert;
In
Structure,
425-504.
Guglielmo
Peter;
Surface
71-132).
Relativization
Cole,
of Syntax.
"On Wh-Movement".
Cinque,
Theory
Interpretation".
Jakobovits,
LI
the
uDeep Structure#
Semantic
et al
of
LI
Sridhar,
Cecil;
and Smietna,
Accessibility
and Sadock,
and Island
Semanticsp
J. M. (eds)
293-308.
Shikaripur;
Peter
12.2;
Primary
(1977:
(1977)
Hashimoto,
Diane
Constraints".
27-46).
!. Syntax
(1977)
and
London:
Seminar
Press.
Culicover,.
Peter
W. (1976)
Syntax,
New York:
Academic
Press.
Culicovert
Peter
(1977)
Academic
Formal
Press.
Syntax.
Adrian
(eds)
418
(1980)
P.
Dasgupta,
Questions
in
Clauses
a Bangla
dissertation,
"A Note
Relativization".
Delorme,
E.
& Dougherty,
(1980)
Simon
& London:
(1971)
"Appositive
Grammar.
New York
Press.
La 46.4;
"A Grammar
NP
1-28.
"A Grammar. of
1".
and
59-76.
Functional
Academic
Part
tion,
in
Ph. D.
Australia.
Nouns
(1972)
FL 8;
(1970)
Ray C.
Dougherty,
Unpublished
on Evaluative
R. C.
Studies
and Complement
University,
JL 14-1:
Constructions"s
Dik,
Grammar,
New York
(1978)
R.
Declerck,
and Relative
of
Coordinate
Conjunc-
850-898.
Coordinate
Conjunction,
Part
211, LR 47.2,298-339.
Downing,
Bruce
(1978)
T.
Clause".
Drubig,
In
Journal
Ferguson,
Syntax.
(1979)
"Appositive
Fillmore,
A.
Charles
a Note
(1972:
Clauses
as a Second
of_English
New York
& London:
Relatives
to
Academic
Press.
Have no Propertiesly,
(1972)
"Verbs
on Amharic"*
of
'Being'
In
John
in
Bengali
W. M. Verhaar
74-114).
J.
& Langendoen,
Linguistic
Semantics.
Charles
in
on Relative
211-242.
10.2;
with
(1978,375-418).
A TransformationalApproach
English
LI
Relative
23-40.
(1976)
Joseph
of
H. Greenberg
"Some Remarks
English",
Language,
Emonds,
Joseph
(1968)
Bernhard
in
"Some Universals
& Winston.
D. T.
(eds)
New York:
(1971)
Holt,
Studies
Rinehart
419
0
Givon,
Talmy (1975)
NP Accessibility,
"Promotion,
Marking:
Toward Understanding
Papers
on Language Universals
and Case
Grammar".
Working
19: 55-125,
Stanford
University.
Greenberg,
Hagege,
Joseph H. (ed)
(1978)
Language.
Stanford,
University
Press.
Claude
(1976)
Universals
California:
"Relative
Halliday,
(1967)
M. A. K.
English".
(1967)
"Notes
JL 3.2t
(1968)
Jorge
Centre
7-1:
Embedding
198-201.
on Transivity
and Themb in
37-81.
on Transivity
199-244.
"Notes
JL 4.2;
Hankamer,
LI
"Notes
JL 3.1;
Stanford
Clause,
and ComPrehensibilitylls
of Human
on Transivity
179-215.
(1973)
"Unacceptable
Ambiguity".
LI 4-10,
17-68.
(1979)
York
Higgins,
Deletion
London:
F. R. (1973)
tion! '.
In
(1979)
Garland
"On J.
Rodney (1977)
Ray S. (1971)
2.10,21-35.
Analysis
"Gapping
of Extraposi-
Construction
Publishing.
An Introduction
Syntax.
New
(1973,149-196).
Garland
& London:
Structures.
Publishing.
Emond's
J-. P. Kimball
Transformational
Jackendoff,
Coordinate
The Pseudo-Cleft
New York
Huddleston,
in
London:
in
English.
-
to English
Longman.
and Related
Rules".
LI
420
(1927)
Otto
Jespersen,
Winter's
Carl
Heidelbergh:
Volume.
Second
Syntax,
3,
Part
Grammar,
A Modern-English
Universit*a*tsbuchhandlung.
in
Kabir,
H.
(1973)
Y.
Indira
Junghare,
IL
Marathill.
(1976)
34.4;
Kachru,
Yamuna (1973)
University
(1976)
(ed)
Conference
Research
Kendall,
of
Keenan,
in
Academy
(1974)
"Relative
Hindi-Urdu".
Clause
Formation
(1977)
and
89-101.
40.2;
"Noun
Grammar".
and Universal
Accessibility
IJAL
Bernard
Linguistic
Text
Finland.
of
Scandinavian
Third
Turku:
Yavapari".
in
and Comrie,
L.
the
Linguistics.
Topicalization
Edward
Pronominalization
of
from
Papers
Group,
B.
Martha
Edinburgh.
of
Construction
Clause
Unpublished
87-103.
SLS 3.2;
Karisson,
Bengali.
in
"Some Aspects
and Relative
P.
251-262.
Pronominalization
Ph. D. dissertation,
Clauses
Relative
"Restrictive
Phrase
LI 8.1;
63-99.
(1979a)
LR 55.2:
Hierarchy".
Keenan,
on the
"Data
Edward L.
& Comriet
Kimball,
(1872)
(1973)
London:
Bernard
Syntax
(1979b)
LR 55-3:
Seminar
Press.
"Noun Phrase
649-664.
and Semantics,
Semantics,
and
Seminar
Accessibility
333-351.
Revisited".
Accessibility
J. P. (ed)
Noun Phrase
Volume 1.
Press.
Volume 2. New York
&
421
M. H. (1976)
Klaiman,
IL 37.4;
Hindi".
A. (1971)
Koutsoudas,
LI
(1976)
of Relative
5.1;
Clauses
and
117-143.
A Functional
"Gapping:
and
FL 7: 337-386.
"The Position
Conjunctions".
Reduction.
Conjunction
Deletion".
Susumo (1974)
in
315-333.
"Gapping,
Coordinate
Kuno,
and Relativization
"Tppicalization
LI 7.2:
Analysis".
300-318.
Kuroda,
(1969)
S. -Y.
Related
Relativization
"English
D. A. Reibel
In
Problems".
and Certain
& S. A. Schane
(1969,264-287).
LaGaly,.
M. W; Fox# Robert
From the' Tenth
Lakoff,
George B. (1970)
Holt,
Rinehart
Ronald
Langackerp
Holt,
Leesp
Robert
Rinehart
B. (1960)
The Hague:
(1963)
Li,
Charles
Papers
of Chicago.
New York:
Syntax.
Now York:
(1969)
D. T.
Irregularity-in
W. (1972)
Analysis.
Langendoen,
University
(1974)
of the Chicago
Meeting
Regional
Societyp
Linguistic
A. (eds)
and Brucki,
Fundacentals
of Linguistic
Harcourt
Brace Javanovich.
New York:
& Winston.
The Grammar of E"lish
Nominalization.
Houton.
"Analysis
of
the
'Cleft
Sentence'
English".
Zeitschrift
senschaft
Und Kommunikationgforchung
16:
(1970)
New York
11. (ed)
London:
Academic
Fur Phonotik,
in
SubjectandTopic.
Press.
Sprachwis371-388.
422
Lyons,
John (1977)
Semantics,
Cambridge University
Maling,
Joan M. (1972)
LI 3.1'.
Masica,
P. H. (1981)
et al
Syntax.
N. (1979)
Daniel
James D. (1981)
English
Relative
of Relativi:
"The Syntax
and Semantics
Linpun
Claunes"s
and
Gapping, -A
of
99-149-
53.2/3:
ContrIbution
to
Foris
Grammar. Dordrecht-Holland:
Sentence
ation
Lg 55.1.352-371.
V. A. H. (1979)
NeiJt-Kappen,
Cambridge
Cambridge:
"Strategies
HP Accessibility"*
McCawley,
198-204)o
Press.
-University
Maxwell,
(1972#
In
South Asia",
in
Clauses
"Relative
P. M. Peranteau,
Matthews,
of Cons '..ituents*.
101-108.
(1972)
Colin
Press.
Publication.
Partee,
Barbara
Hall
(ed)
Peranteau
P. M; Lovit
Chicago
Clause
Ll
Hontneue
Academic
"Montaguo
Grammar".
(1970)
6.2:
Prons.
teds)
J. 11; and Pharon(A,
Which Hunt:
Festival,.
Now
Granz4r.
(1972)
Tho
Chicago:
Chicago
Lineulatic
Surface
5tructure
Society.
Perlmutter#
David
Constraints
& Winston.
M.
(1971)
Daa2and
in-SXntax.
Now Yorki
Holt.
Rinohart
423
Paul M. (1971)
Postal,
Holt,
Quirk,
Rinehart
Randolph;.
Eighth
(1981)
Andrew
David
A.
R.
Rodman,
Impression.
in
(1970)
and Relative
and
Longman.
Syntax.
Cambridge:
Press.
Sanford
English
"Scope
Geoffrey;
London:
Transformational
& Schane,
Studies
Leech,
A Grammar of Contemporary
University
Cambridge
Reibel,
Sidney;
Jan (1979)
English,
Radford,
& Winston.
Greenbaum,
Svartvik,
Cross-Over
(eds)
A.
New Jersey:
Barbara
In
Modern
Prentice-Hall.
Movement
Phenomena,.
Clauses".
(1969)
Transformation,
Partee
Hall
(1970,165-177).
Rosenbaum,
Peter
S. -(1967)
The Grammar
Constructions.
ment
Cambridge,
of
English
Mass:
Comple-
The MIT
Press.
Ross,
John
R.
(1967)
Unpublished
(1970)
Constraints
Syntax.
Constituents",
In
Ph. D. dissertation,
"Gapping
Manfred
in
on Variables
and Order
Bierwisch
MIT.
of
and Karl
E.
(1970,
Heidolph
249-259).
H.
Sastri,
(1916)
(ed)
Bangiya
Schachter,
Paul
Sahitya
(1973)
Gan 0 Doha.
Baudha
Calcutta:
Parisad.
"Focus
Lg 49-11,
and Relativization".
19-46.
Smith,
Carlota
(1964. ) "Determiners
Generative
S. A.
Schane
Grammar
(1964:
in
and Relative
English".
247-263).
In
Clauses
D. A.
Reibel
in
&
424
Steinberg,
(1975)
J. T.
Stockwell,
Robert
Theory.
Stockwell,
P. (1977)
Paul;
The Major
A. (1973)
(1968)
Papers
Ohio State
80-99,
Report
No-lo
(1971)
Charles
J.
& Winston.
123-148).
Clause
and
in LinRuistics,
University.
Clauses",
of Relative
& D. T. Langendoen
Fillmore
of
the Case of
(1973:
nRelative
WorkinR
Conjunctions"@
In
Rinehart
In J. P. Kimball
Kihunglan".
Structures
and Relativization:
"Focus
Barbara
and Partee,
Syntactic
Holtv
New York:
English.
Takizalap
Prentice-Hall.
P; Schachter,
(1973)
Hall
247-273.
of Syntactic
Foundations
New Jersey:
Robert
in
Types in
LA 1.3;
Transformations",
Syntactic
Press.
Variable
for
Semantics.
of Gappifig
"The Formulation
as Evidence
English
(1971)
University
Cambridge
Cambridge:
Stillings,
L. A. (eds)
D. D. & Jakobovits,
(1971*.
79-94).
Vergnaud..
J. -R.
(1974)
French
Yeoh,
Ziv,
Chiang
Yael
Clauses.
(1972)
The Verb
'BE'
5. Dordrecht-Holland:
Part
Unpublished
MIT.
Ph. D. dissertation,
Verhaar,
Relative
and Its
D. Reidel
Company.
Kee (1977)
"Restrictive
Bahasa Malaysia".
SLS 7.2;
(1973)
"Why Can't
Appositives
Papers
in Linguistics
6.2:
Relative
Clauses
in
82-105.
be Extraposed?
143-156.
"
'